Calibration and Test Services

of the National Bureau of Standards

United States Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

Miscellaneous Publication 250
THE NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Functions and Activities

The functions of the National Bureau of Standards include the development and maintenance of the national standards of measurement and the provision of means and methods for

making measurements consistent with these standards; the determination of physical constants

and properties of materials; the development of methods and instruments for testing materials,

devices, and structures; advisory services to government agencies on scientific and technical

problems; invention and development of devices to serve special needs of the Government; and

the development of standard practices, codes, and specifications, including assistance to industry, business, and consumers in the development and acceptance of commercial standards and

simplified trade practice recommendations. The work includes basic and applied research,

development, engineering, instrumentation, testing, evaluation, calibration services, and various

consultation and information services. Research projects are also performed for other government agencies when the work relates to and supplements the basic program of the Bureau or when the Bureau's unique competence is required. The scope of activities is suggested by the

listing of divisions and sections on the inside of the back cover.

Publications

The results of the Bureau's research are published either in the Bureau's own series of

publications or in the journals of professional and scientific societies. The Bureau itself

publishes three periodicals available from the Government Printing Office: The Journal of

Research, published in four separate sections, presents complete scientific and technical papers;

the Technical News Bulletin presents summary and preliminary reports on work in progress;

and Central Radio Propagation Laboratory Ionospheric Predictions provides data for determining the best frequencies to use for radio communications throughout the world. There are

also seven series of nonperiodical publications: Monographs, Applied Mathematics Series,

Handbooks, Miscellaneous Publications, Technical Notes, Commercial Standards, and Simplified Practice Recommendations.

A complete listing of the Bureau's publications can be found in National Bureau of Standards Circular 460, Publications of the National Bureau of Standards, 1901 to June 1947 ($1.25),

and the Supplement to National Bureau of Standards Circular 460, July 1947 to June 1957

($1.50), and Miscellaneous Publication 240, July 1957 to June 1960 (includes Titles of Papers

Published in Outside Journals 1950 to 1959) ($2.25); available from the Superintendent of

Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402.
UNITED STATES DEPAETMENT OF COMMERCE . Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS • A. V. Astin, Director

Calibration and Test Services

of the National Bureau of Standards

[Reprinted from the Federal Register

July 26, 1963—Vol. 28, No. 145, Part II,

and November 7, 1963—Vol. 28, No. 218.]

National Bureau of Standards Miscellaneous Publication 250

Issued November 22, 1963

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office "Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price 70 cents
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 63-60099
Contents

Page

Introduction 1

Part 200—Policy and general information concerning calibrations and tests 2

Part 201—Electricity 5

Resistance measurements 6

201.101 Precision standard resistors 7 201.102 Precision resistance apparatus 8

201.103 Multi-megohm resistors 9

Inductance and capacitance measurements 9

201.104 Standard inductors 9

201.105 Standard capacitors 10

Electrochemistry 11 201.201 Standard cells 11

Electrical instruments 12

201.301 Standard resistors for current measurements 12

201.302 Volt boxes (fixed ratio voltage dividers) 13

201.303 A-c-d-c instruments and thermal converters 15

201.304 A-c-d-c wattmeters, single phase 15

201.305 Watthour meters 15

201.306 Current transformers 16

201.307 Current transformer comparators (testing sets) 18

Magnetic measurements 18

201.401 General magnetic measurements; normal induction and hysteresis 19

201.402 Magnetic materials; alternating-current permeability and core

loss 19

201.403 Magnetic testing apparatus; mutual inductors, search coils, and

fluxmeters 20

Dielectric measurements 20

201.500 Dielectric constant, power factor 0

Voltage ratio and high-voltage measurements 20

201.601 Voltage dividers 20

201.602 Voltage transformers 21

201.603 Voltage transformer comparators 23

201.604 Kilovoltmeters 24

High-frequency region 24

201.810 Rf, rf-d-c voltmeters, and thermal converters in the frequency

range of 30 kc/s to 1000 Mc/s; from 0.2 to 300 v 25

201.811 Rf voltmeters and signal cources in the frequency range of 30 kc/s

to 1000 Mc/s; from 1 /jv to 0.1 v 25

201.820 Rf calorimeters, 30 kc/s to 400 Mc/s 25

201.830 Immittance, 30 kc/s to 1 Gc/s 26

201.840 Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators 27

201.841 Dissipative variable coaxial attenuators 28

201.842 Waveguide below cutoff (piston) attenuators 28

201.843 Coaxial fixed directional couplers 29

201.844 Coaxial variable directional couplers 29

201.850 Field strength measurements, 30 c/s to 1000 Mc/s 30

Microwave region 31

201.910 Continuous, low-level power messurement of waveguide bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units 32

201.911 Continuous low-level power measurement of waveguide dry

calorimeters 33

iii
Part 201—Electricity—Continued

Microwave region—Continued

201.920 Reflection coefficient magnitude measurement on waveguide Page

i reflectors (mismatches) 33

201.930 Frequency measurement on cavity wavemeters 34

201.940 Attenuation difference measurements on variable attenuators 34

201.941 Insertion loss measurements on fixed attenuators 36

201.950 Effective noise temperature measurements on noise sources 36

Part 202—Metrology 37

Photometry and colorimetry 38

202.181 Lamp standards of candlepower 38

202.182 Photometric instruments and accessories 40

202.183 Miscellaneous photometric measurements and tests 40

202.184 Rating of incandescent electric lamps 41

202.185 Spectrophotometric standards 41

202.186 Spectrophotometric measurements 43

202.187 Colorimetry 44

202.188 Reflectometry 45

202.189 Opacimetry 46

202.191 Lovibond glasses 47

202.192 Signal glasses 47

202.193 Haze standards 47

202.194 Radiometry 48

Refractometry 48

202.201 Optical instruments 48

202.202 Photographic objectives 48

202.203 Optical components, spectacle lenses, goggle lenses, etc 51

202.204 Refractometric instruments 51

202.205 Refractive indices 52

202.206 Polarimetric instruments 52

Photographic research 53

202.311 Photography (step table density, residual thiosulfate concentration, etc.) 53

Length 54

202.401 Reference line standards of length 54

202.402 Working line standards of length 54

202.403 Commercial line standards of length 54

202.404 Steel tapes 54

202.405 Invar base-fine tapes 56

202.406 Surveyors' measuring instruments (other than tapes) 58

202.407 Sieves 58

202.408 Haemacytometers 58

202.409 Areas and area-measuring instruments 59

202.410 Precision circles 59

202.411 Linear thermal expansion of solids 59

202.412 Gage blocks 59

Engineering metrology 61

202.501 End standards of length 61

202.502 Plain cylindrical plug and ring gages 62

202.503 Thread plug and ring gages 62

202.504 Instruments and components 64

202.505 Optical reference planes 65

202.506 Angle blocks 66

202.507 Polygons 66

202.508 Master balls 66

202.509 Gears 67

iv
Part 202—Metrology—Continued page Mass and volume 67

202.611 Reference standards of mass 68

202.612 Large mass standards 70

202.613 Calibration of mass elements of pressure gage testing apparatus. _ 72

202.614 Recalibration of mass standards 72

202.615 Glass volumetric apparatus 72

202.616 Metal volumetric apparatus 74

202.617 Hydrometers 75

202. 61S Density determination of solids and liquids 76

Part 203—Heat 76

Temperature physics 76

203.101 Laboratory thermometers 76

203.102 Thermocouples, thermocouple materials, and pyrometer indicators 77

203.103 Resistance thermometers 79

203.104 Clinical thermometers 80

203.105 Optical pyrometers and ribbon filament lamps 80

Part 204—Radiation physics 81

Radioactivity 81

204.201 Calibration of gamma-emitting radioactive samples 81

204.202 Calibration of alpha-emission rate of sources 82

204.203 Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples 82

Radiological equipment—gamma-ray sources 83

204.501 X-ray and gamma-ray instruments 83

204.502 Gamma-ray sources 85

Neutron physics 86

204.701 Neutron sources 86

204.702 Neutron instruments 86

204.703 Neutron irradiation of foils 87

Part 205—Analytical and inorganic chemistry 87

Pure substances 87

205.101 Measurement of physical properties of primary reference fuels used for octane number determination 87

Part 206—Mechanics 87

Vibration 87

206.001 Vibration pickups 87

Sound 89

206.101 Acoustic measurements 89

Pressure and vacuum 90

206.201 Pressure measurements 90

Fluid mechanics 91

206.301 Aerodynamical measurements 91

206.302 Fluid meters, including gas-measuring instruments 91

Engineering mechanics 92

206.401 Hardness tests 92

206.402 Calibration of load cells with remote reading electrical indicators. _ 92

206.403 Special mechanical tests of devices, materials, and structures 93

206.404 Calibration of proving rings 94

206.405 Calibration of elastic force-measuring devices 95

V
Page Part 208—Metallurgy 96

Electrodcposition 96

208.601 Standard thickness samples of electroplated coatings 96

Part 210—Building research 96

Fire resistance 96

210.201 Fire resistance tests of building components 96

Thermal conductivity 97

210.601 Thermal conductivity 97

Part 215—Physical chemistry 97

Organic chemistry 98

215.301 Synthesis of C14 labeled sugars and related products 98

215.302 Synthesis of tritium-labeled carbohydrates 98

Index 99

Publications and order form 103

vi
Calibration and Test Services

of the National Bureau of Standards

Introduction

To promote accuracy and uniformity in physical measurements, the National Bureau of

Standards provides calibration and testing services for a wide variety of standards and instruments. These services, together with the fees for their perfomance, are listed in the following

sections of this publication. However, calibration and testing are but one aspect of NBS

service to science and industry; a brief resume of some of the other services is presented below:

Standard Materials. NBS prepares and sells nearly 600 different standard materials

whose chemical composition or physical properties have carefully been determined. These

materials are used for standardizing solutions in volumetric analysis, for checking methods

of analysis and evaluating their accuracy, and for calibrating spectrometers, calorimeters,

pH meters, and other instruments. Among the standard materials offered by the Bureau are

steels of certified composition, metals of known freezing temperature for use in thermometry,

color standards, and radionuclides of known emission rate. A complete listing of the standard

materials is available in NBS Misc. Publ. 241, available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, for 30 cents.

Standard Radio Broadcast Services. The Bureau broadcasts standard time and frequency

signals from radio stations WWV (Beltsville, Md.) and WWVH (Maui, Hawaii). These

broadcasts, made on 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 25 Mc/s from WWV, and 5, 10, and 15Mc/sfrom

WWVH, provide standard radio and audio frequencies, time signals and standard time intervals, standard musical pitch, radio propagation forecasts, and alerts concerning outstanding

geophysical events. To improve the accuracy of long-distance coverage, low-frequency stations

WWVL (20 kc/s) and WWVB (60 kc/s) have been established in Colorado. Single copies of

NBS Misc. Publ. 236, Standard frequencies and time signals from NBS stations WWV and

WWVH, which describes these radio broadcasts, can be obtained by writing to the Office of

Technical Information, NBS, Washington, D.C., 20234.

Note: If you wish to be placed on a mailing list to receive periodic listings of changes

in fee schedules, please fill out and mail the post card inserted after p. 103.

The sections that follow are reprinted from the Federal Register of July 26, 1963, and

amended November 7, 1963. As services are initiated or discontinued, or fees are changed,

further announcements will appear in the Federal Register, and major changes will be noted

in the Standards and Calibration column of the NBS Technical News Bulletin.

1
Code of Federal Regulations

Title 15—Commerce and Foreign Trade

(Reprinted from the "Federal Register" July 26, 1963—Vol. 28, No. 145, Part II, and November 7, 1963—Vol.

28, No. 218.)

Part 200—General 1

200.1 Tests 2 performed by the National Bureau of Standards.

a. Statutory functions: The National Bureau of Standards has been assigned the following

functions (15 U.S.C. 271-282):

(1) The custody, maintenance, and development of the national standards of measurement together with the provision of calibration services related to these standards.

(2) The determination of physical constants and properties of materials.

(3) The development of methods for testing materials, mechanisms, and structures and

the testing of materials, supplies, and equipment.

(4) Cooperation in the establishment of standard practices, incorporated in codes and

specifications.

(5) Advisory services to government agencies on scientific and technical problems.

(6) Invention and development of devices to serve special needs of the government.

The testing activities stem from the functions in subparagraphs (1), (3), and (4) of this paragraph. This schedule of fees lists the services that are available to the public.

b. Testing policy: (1) The Bureau's principal emphasis is on those calibrations and other

tests requiring such accuracy as can be obtained only by direct comparison with NBS standards. The public is urged to obtain secondary standardization services from qualified sources other than the Bureau. Except in unusual circumstances, calibrations and other tests are performed for the users of the equipment rather than for suppliers. Tests that the Bureau

undertakes are restricted to the following:

(i) Tests involving comparison of standards or instruments with NBS standards.

(ii) Tests of devices or materials to determine compliance with specifications or claims,

only if the device or material is critical in national scientific or technical operations, and if suitable testing facilities are not available elsewhere.

(hi) Referee tests, to which paragraph (i) above does not apply, where private laboratories are unable to agree on the method of measurement, the results of tests, or the interpretation of these results, provided that the importance of the case justifies the test and that all

parties agree in advance in writing to accept and abide by the findings of the Bureau.

(iv) Cooperative tests with national or international standardizing organizations to

develop standards or specifications of mutual interest.

(2) Tests of the following types are not made for private organizations or individuals:

(i) Tests of devices and materials regularly performed by commercial laboratories.

(A Directory of Testing Laboratories, Commercial and Institutional, is available from the

American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103)

(ii) Tests of secret processes, or of inadequately described materials, devices, or processes.

(iii) Tests whose objective is public relations, advertising, or sales promotion.

(3) Requests for calibration of any equipment may be declined if, in the Bureau's opinion

the equipment is not suitable for use as a plant or laboratory standard. The Bureau reserves the right to decline any request for testing, temporarily or permanently, if the tests would

interfere with other activities deemed by the Director to be of greater importance.

1 Chapter II—National Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce, Subchapter A—Test Fee Schedules. Pursuant to authority contained in 15 U.S.C. 275a the following revision, effective upon publication in the Federal Register, supersedes in its entirety Subchapter A, Chapter II, Title 15 of the Code of Federal Regulations previously issued. Authority: §§ 200.1 and 200.2 issued under sec. 9, 31 Stat. 1450, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 277. Interpret or apply sec. 7, 70 Stat. 959; 15 U.S.C.

275a.

1 "Tests" as used herein includes calibrations.

2
c. Request for tests: (1) Except for specific tests listed in the fee schedule a preliminary

letter, stating clearly the tests desired, should be sent to the National Bureau of Standards,

Washington, D.C., 20234, or to the National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colo., 80310, as appropriate, prior to any shipment, to determine if and when and at which laboratory the

Bureau can undertake the test. In general, the purpose of the test and the manner in which

the results are to be used should be stated. A formal purchase order for the test should be

sent prior to or at the time of shipment.

(2) A test number will be assigned by the Bureau to each item or group of items accepted,

and this test number should be referred to in all subsequent communications. If the apparatus

submitted has been previously calibrated by the Bureau, reference should be made in the letter or order to this test number.

(3) Acceptance of such orders does not imply acceptance of any provisions set forth in the

purchase order contrary to the policy, practice, or regulations of the National Bureau of

Standards or the U.S. Government. (A statement to the effect that the National Bureau of

Standards is an agency of the U.S. Government should satisfy other Government agencies with

regard to compliance with Government regulations and executive orders.)

d. Packing, shipping, and insurance: (1) Equipment sent to the Bureau must be properly

packed by the applicant to minimize likelihood of damage in shipment and handling. Suggestions on packing and shipping are made in some sections of the fee schedule. In every

case, the applicant should consider the nature of the equipment, pack it accordingly, and clearly

label shipments containing fragile instruments or materials, glass, etc. The use of "security

express" should be considered in shipping delicate instruments.

(2) Shipping charges both to and from the Bureau must be assumed by the applicant.

It is generally impractical for the Bureau to prepay shipping charges and add this cost to the

billing invoice. Return shipments are made by the Bureau in accordance with its judgment of

the best method of shipping unless specific instructions are received. Such instructions should

be clearly shown on the purchase order for the test. The Bureau cannot guarantee that instructions printed obscurely on the order will be followed. Parcel post shipments generally

will be returned prepaid by the Bureau.

(3) When a test number has been assigned prior to shipment to the Bureau this number

should be clearly marked on the shipping container. When a test number has not been assigned,

an invoice, copy of the purchase order, or letter should be enclosed in the shipment to insure

proper identification. The original purchase order should be forwarded to the Bureau.

(4) The risk of loss or damage, either in shipment or in testing, must be assumed by the

applicant. Any arrangements for insurance covering such risk must be made by the applicant,

except that the Bureau will, in other than parcel post shipments, request the carrier to provide

insurance coverage for a specified amount for return shipment if this is specified by the applicant

on the face of the purchase order. If transit insurance is carried by the applicant this should

be stated on the face of the purchase order, and in any case the purchase order should show

the value of the equipment.

e. Identification: The data reported in the Bureau's tests pertain only to the individual

item or piece of apparatus tested. It is therefore essential that this piece be identified uniquely

by an appropriate number or symbol. In most cases, the manufacturer's name and serial

numbers are used When such a number is lacking, the applicant should provide an alternative

identifying mark. If none is found, the Bureau may apply an appropriate one, usually the

Bureau's test number, for which an additional charge may be made.

f. Condition of apparatus: All apparatus submitted for test must be in good operating

condition. Repairs and adjustments should be attended to by the applicant prior to shipment.

Apparatus not in good condition cannot be tested, nor can the Bureau undertake the repair

or adjustment of any equipment, except by special arrangement. If it is evident that equipment

has been abused or has not received proper care, a test ordinarily will not be conducted. If

697-49S—63- 2 3
defects are found at the Bureau after a test has begun, this fact will be reported, the test maybe terminated and a report issued summarizing such information as has been found, and a

fee charged in accordance with the amount of work done.

g. Priority and time of test: (1) In general, tests are undertaken in the order in which

the requests are received, provided that the proper arrangements have been made and the

information necessary for test performance has been received by the time the test is scheduled

to start. When it is desired that apparatus be out of normal service for a minimum time,

arrangements may in some cases be made in advance for the setting of a specific date for the

test; in such cases shipment can then be made in accordance with this date.

(2) The time for the completion of tests depends on a number of factors. Some tests

require considerable time in themselves, as is indicated in the fee schedules. The condition

of submitted equipment, the test load in the Bureau's laboratories, and emergency work for

the Government are other factors that enter into consideration. Time estimates made by

the Bureau are therefore tentative.

h. Witnessing oj tests: The Bureau welcomes scientists and engineers who may wish to

visit its laboratories and discuss test methods. However, visitors ordinarily will not be permitted to witness the actual carrying out of highly precise measurements because their presence

introduces distraction that may lead to errors or delays. This policy may be waived in those

cases where the visitor can be of service in setting up apparatus of a new or unusual nature,

in the case of referee tests, or in other cases in which the legal validity of the result may require

the presence of duly authorized witnesses.

i. Report of test: Results of calibrations and other tests are issued as reports entitled

"National Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration" or "National Bureau of Standards

Report of Test," as appropriate. The report form used carries no special significance. Whenever formal certification is required by law, or to meet special conditions adjudged by the

National Bureau of Standards to warrant it, a letter will be provided certifying that the particular item was received and calibrated or tested, and identifying the Report containing the

results.

j. Use of test results: (1) The results of tests are pertinent only to the particular device

or specimen tested and their application to other items of the same lot or type may not be

warranted and therefore is not authorized by the National Bureau of Standards. However,

the Bureau may declare that an entire lot of nominally identical items does or does not meet

stated requirements for acceptance on the basis of tests on a sample of instruments or objects

drawn from the lot in accordance with an approved sampling procedure.

(2) The National Bureau of Standards does not "approve," "recommend," or "endorse"

any proprietary product or material as a class or group, and results reported by the Bureau

shall not be used in advertising or sales promotion, or to indicate either explicitly or implicitly

endorsement of the product or material by the National Bureau of Standards.

k. Fees: (1) In accordance with 15 U.S.C. 271-282, fees are charged for all tests made for

the public.

(2) This fee schedule is published subject to the above-mentioned basic act which authorizes the Secretary of Commerce, from time to time, to make regulations regarding the payment

of fees, the limits of tolerance to be obtained in standards submitted for verification, and related

matters.

1. Billing charges: The minimum billing charge for any test request accepted by the Bureau

is $5.00, unless otherwise indicated in a particular fee schedule. If apparatus is returned

without testing a minimum charge of $5.00 may be made to cover handling. Fees for tests

include the cost of preparation of an original report. Copies of reports ordinarily are not issued

to other than the recipient of the original, and are not issued unless the applicant has shown a

4
JSHi

technical need for them. Copies of reports requested subsequent to the date of tests will be

supplied at a cost of $1.00 each. All checks should be made payable to NBS, Department of

Commerce.

200.2 Location of Laboratories. The calibrations listed in Parts 201 (low-frequency),

202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 208, 210, and 215 of this subchapter are performed in the laboratories

of the National Bureau of Standards at Washington, D.C., 20234. Many of the calibrations

listed in Part 201 can also be performed at the NBS Boulder Laboratories, although in some

cases only over limited ranges. Calibrations listed in Part 201 (high-frequency) are performed

by the Radio Standards Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards at Boulder, Colo.,

80310. In general, electrical calibrations at frequencies higher than 30 kc/s are made at Boulder

and those at lower frequencies are made either at Washington or at Boulder. Inquiries concerning calibrations (giving full details of ranges, frequencies, burdens, etc.) and shipment of

apparatus should be directed in accordance with the foregoing. If apparatus is to be calibrated

at both high and low frequencies, arrangements should be initiated with the Boulder Laboratories. The cost of shipping the apparatus between laboratories will be billed to the applicant.

Part 201—Electricity

The calibration service covered by this part includes the determinations of the corrections

for standard electrical and electronic measuring apparatus and their range-extending auxiliaries used at power and audio frequencies (up to 30 kc/s), high frequencies (30 kc/s to 300

Mc/s), and microwave frequencies (above 300 Mc/s).

The Bureau does not test, except occasionally for other agencies of the Federal Government, electrical devices or supplies not directly related to the field of measurement. Tests of

power transformers, motors, generators, relays, wiring, appliances, etc., should not be re- quested.

Resistance Measurements

Precision Wire-Wound Resistance Standards and Apparatus

Sec.

201.100 General

201.101 Precision standard resistors

201.102 Precision resistance apparatus

Resistance Standards Other Than Wire-Wound

201.103 Multi-megohm resistors

Inductance and Capacitance Measurements

201.104 Standard inductors

201.105 Standard capacitors; tests with alternating current

Electrochemistry

201.201 Standard cells

Electrical Instruments

201.300 General

201.301 Standard resistors for current measurements

201.302 Volt boxes (fixed-ratio voltage dividers)

201.303 A-c-d-c instruments and thermal converters

201.304 A-c-d-c wattmeters, single phase

201.305 Watthour meters

5
201.306 Current transformers

201.307 Current transformer comparators (testing sets)

Magnetic Measurements

201.400 General

201.401 General magnetic measurements; normal induction and hysteresis

201.402 Magnetic materials; alternating-current permeability and core loss

201.403 Magnetic testing apparatus; mutual inductors, search coils, and fluxmeters

Dielectric Measurements

201.500 Dielectric constant, dissipation factor

Voltage Ratio and High-Voltage Measurements

201.601 Voltage dividers

201.602 Voltage transformers

201.603 Voltage transformer comparators

201.604 Kilovoltmeters

High-Frequency Region

201.800 General

201.810 Rf, rf-d-c voltmeters, and thermal converters in the frequency range of 30 kc/s to

1000 Mc/s; from 0.2 to 300 v

201.811 Rf voltmeters and signal sources in the frequency range of 30 kc/s to 1000 Mc/s;

from 1 juv to 0.1 v

201.820 Rf calorimeters, 30 kc/s to 400 Mc/s

201.830 Immittance, 30 kc/s to 1 Gc/s

201.840 Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators

201.841 Dissipative variable coaxial attenuators

201.842 Waveguide below-cutoff (piston) attenuators

201.843 Coaxial fixed directional couplers

201.844 Coaxial variable directional couplers

201.850 Field strength measurements, 30 c/s to 1000 Mc/s

Microwave Region

201.900 General

201.910 Continuous, low-level power measurement of waveguide bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units

201.911 Continuous low-level power measurement of waveguide dry calorimeters

201.920 Reflection coefficient magnitude measurement on waveguide reflectors (mismatches)

201.930 Frequency measurement on cavity wavemeters

201.940 Attenuation difference measurements on variable attenuators

201.941 Insertion loss measurements on fixed attenuators

201.950 Effective noise temperature measurements on noise sources

Resistance Measurements

Involving Precision Wire-Wound Resistors

201.100 General. In general, 201.101 and 201.102 apply only to apparatus embodying

the following essential features:

(a) The resistance material should have a low temperature coefficient, should not change

its resistance appreciably with time, and for low-valued coils should have a small thermoelectric

power against copper.

(b) All wire standard resistors and the more important section of resistance apparatus for use in d-c circuits should be wound on metal or ceramic supports, preferably in a single layer.

Electrical connections to the resistance material should be brazed in all cases in which the total

resistance is less than 1,000 ohms. The resistance material should be protected against oxidation and other chemical action and should be annealed or aged by baking after winding.

(c) Precision standard resistors should be so adjusted as to give an accuracy of at least

6
0.02 percent without corrections. Precision resistance apparatus should be adjusted within

0.05 percent of nominal value.

(d) Because comparatively rapid changes in resistance take place in new apparatus, it is not advisable to calibrate new or repaired apparatus until at least two months after the resistors have been annealed and adjusted. Precision apparatus known to be new will be held

in the laboratory (in the absence of other instructions) for at least a month, when the measurements will be repeated to determine the drift in value, if any. No extra charge is made for

these later measurements. Occasionally during the course of calibration it is discovered that

the standard or instrument under observation is defective and in need of repair. In such instances the item in question will be rejected and a fee equal to the published fee, in whole or in

part, will be assessed commensurate with the effort expended before the calibration was halted.

(e) Unless otherwise stated, the tests listed are generally made using a direct current of

such magnitude as to cause only a negligible heating of the resistance material. Calibrations

of standard resistors, bridges, and decade resistors consist of determinations of the resistance

of the standards or of the resistance of the elements of the bridges or similar apparatus from

which values corresponding to aU possible readings can be computed. Measurements of

potentiometers consist of determinations from which the ratios of the resistances corresponding

to all possible readings can be computed. Precision standard resistors are ordinarily measured

at a temperature of 25 °C, while resistance apparatus is measured at room temperatures,

usually from 22 to 25 °C.

(f) The Bureau does not calibrate portable self-contained test equipment having relatively

low accuracy such as portable potentiometers, resistance test sets, and double-bridge ohmmeters. The accuracy of these devices is such that a complete detailed determination of cor- rections is not economically feasible. Apparatus of this type may be spot-checked by measuring

known voltages or resistances with them. Adequate calibration services of this type can be

obtained from a number of commercial testing laboratories.

201.101 Precision standard resistors. Standards of 10 ohms and less of the precision type

provided with amalgamated current terminals and designed for oil immersion must be of the

four-terminal type, that is, must have both current and potential terminals. The resistance

of standards having nominal values in the range 0.0001 ohm to 100,000 ohms will usually be

given to the nearest 0.0001 percent in terms of the calibrating unit (the legal unit) maintained

by the Bureau with a group of 1-ohm standard resistors. Each report of calibration will state

the accuracy of the reported value at the time of calibration. This accuracy will vary from

0.0001 percent for Thomas-type 1-ohm standards to 0.002 percent for resistors of nominal

value 0.001 ohm. Additional information regarding standard resistors may be found on the

back of the report of calibration.

Item Description Fee

201.101a Determination of resistance in oil bath at 25 °C. For all standards

having resistances in the range 0.0001 to 100,000 ohms, inclusive,

provided they are adjusted within 0.05 percent of a nominal value

which is itself a decimal multiple (or submultiple) of 1 ohm

201.101b

201.101c

Determination of resistance in oil bath at 25 °C. For odd-valued

standards not falling within the scope of item 201.101a

$32. 00

47. 00

Measurement of resistance in oil bath at 20, 25, and 30 °C, and determination of temperature coefficient. Such measurements are made only when it is shown that the small changes in resistance re- sulting from necessary variations of the temperature from 25 °C are

of importance 115. 00
Item Description Fee

201.101z For special calibrations not covered by tbe above schedule, advance

o tt<i t\ rfom nnf rvi net \\n mo r\ n Hooc \*7i II r~\fi r* n <1 VCTPf\ f\(±T\Civ\f\c*Y\i' r\Y\ t ri HI I ILligcIIltJH L IIllLoL Ut? 1 11 cl Lie. J? ceo Will UtJ LilcLlgcU. Llc^JcllLieil U LM1 tUC

time involved in making a calibration.

20 1 . 102 Precision resistance apparatus. Corrections pertinent to apparatus of suitable

quality submitted under this section will ordinarily be reported to a number of significant

figures so chosen that normal variation of ambient conditions within the stated bounds of test

conditions will not affect the corrections by more than a few units in the last place reported.

Calibrations will be made at room temperature, usually 22 to 25 °C.

Item Description Fee

201.102a Precision decade and plug boxes. For decades not exceeding 10,000

ohms per step.

(1) First point in each box $15. 00

(2) Each additional point in same resistance box 5. 00

201.102b Megohm box, 10 sections each 100,000 ohms 145. 00

201.102c Wire-wound 0.1- to 100-megohm boxes with 10 equal sectionscalibration with all sections in parallel 47. 00

OA 1 1 AO.-] 1 Precision Wheatstone bridges SHo. 00

201.102d-2 Calorimetric bridges of all kinds . 520. 00

201.102e Potentiometers, minimum steps 10 /xv or more 220. 00

201.102f Potentiometers, minimum steps less than 10 fj.v 410. 00

201.102g Kelvin bridge ratio box _ 160. 00

201.102b. Double ratio set for Kelvin bridge, with double set of fixed and variable arms . _ 465. 00

201.102i-l Four-dial precision resistive voltage divider _ _ 260. 00

201.102i-2 Five-dial precision resistive voltage divider 320. 00

201.102i-3 Six-dial precision resistive voltage divider or universal ratio set 350. 00

201.102z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent on the

time involved in making the tests.

8
Resistance Standards Other Than Wire-Wound

201.103 Multi-megohm resistance standards—except wire-wound. Measurements

made on resistors submitted under this section are accurate to 0.1 percent at the time of test

if nominal values are in the range 106 to 1012 ohms; for higher-valued resistors the accuracy is

0.5 percent. In order that the reported results be of significance it is necessary that standards

submitted for tests be made of suitable materials processed in such a manner that resistance

values do not change rapidly with time. They should be so constructed and treated that the

effect of relative humidity is minimized. The resistance of these standards usually depends on

the magnitude of the applied voltage; the test voltage should therefore be specified. Each

resistor should have an identifying number engraved on or permanently attached to it.

Description

Determination of resistance of a resistor at one voltage (1.5 to 250 v)

at room temperature (23 °C) and humidity (50% rh or less) when

the resistor has a nominal value between 106 and 1010 ohms

Determination of resistance of a resistor at one voltage (1.5 to 250 v)

at standard laboratory temperature (23 °C) and humidity (50% rh

or less) when the resistance is higher than 1010 ohms but the current

involved is not less than 10-12 amp

Determination of resistance of a resistor at each voltage (1.5 to 250 v)

at standard laboratory temperature (23 °C) and humidity (50% rh

or less) when the current involved is less than 10-12 amp but not less

than 10-13 amp

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent on the time

involved in making the tests.

Inductance and Capacitance Measurements

Note: Tests at radiofrequencies are performed at the NBS Boulder Laboratories, Boulder, Colo., 80310.

201.104 Standard inductors.

(a) Inductors for use in a-c bridges are ordinarily tested at 100, 400, 1,000, or 10,000 c/s at a room temperature of 23 °C and a relative humidity of 50 percent or less. Measurements at

10,000 c/s are limited to standard inductors of 0.1 henry or less. Most inductors used at 60 c/s can be tested at 100 c/s since the variation of inductance with frequency in this range is usually

negligible. Purchase orders should state which frequency or frequencies are to be used for

calibration purposes. A metal-encased standard is calibrated with the case connected to the

"low" terminal of the inductor unless other conditions are specified. Variable inductors used

as circuit elements in laboratory setups are low-accuracy devices which do not come within the

purview of this schedule and should not be submitted for calibration. Q values are not supplied

for inductors calibrated under this schedule. Inductors intended for use as ^standards atradiofrequencies should be referred to the Boulder Laboratories. Mutual inductors used in mag9
netic testing for calibrating ballistic galvanometers should be calibrated with direct current

under item 201.403a.

(b) Accuracy: Inductance values and accuracy statements given in reports of calibration

depend upon two factors: (1) the accuracy of the comparison of the client's inductor with the

NBS working standards of inductance; (2) the uncertainty in the derivation of the unit of

inductance which is embodied in the NBS working standards. In general, inductance values

will be given to as many significant figures as are justified at the time of measurement. The

accuracy figure given in each report of calibration takes into account factors (1) and (2) stated

above and will vary from 0.02 percent to 0.2 percent depending upon the nominal value of the

inductor and the frequency of the test current empk^ed.

(c) Inductors can usually be shipped safely express but should be carefully packed to

avoid damage to the coil fastenings and terminals.

Item Description Fee

201.104a Determination of self or mutual inductance of a fixed inductor with nonmagnetic core at one frequency, 100, 400, 1,000, or 10,000 c/s _ $30. 00

201.104b Determination at an additional frequency 100, 400, 1,000, or 10,000 c/s

on an inductor tested under 201.104a __ 20. 00

201.104z For special calibrations not covered by the above schedule, advance

arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged depending upon

the nature of the calibration.

201.105 Standard capacitors.

(a) Calibrations are ordinarily performed at 65, 100, 400, 1,000, and 10,000 c/s with an

ambient temperature of about 23 °C and a relative humidity of 50 percent or less.

(b) The accuracy stated in the report of calibration is determined in part by the accuracy

of the NBS measurements and in part by the performance characteristics of the capacitor

itself and is sufficiently broad to allow for variations in the stray capacitance at the connectors,

variations in temperature of a few degrees Celsius, considerable variation in relative humidity

and atmospheric pressure, and frequency deviations of a few percent from the stated test

conditions. Over the above frequency range, and in the capacitance range from 0.001 pf to

100 juf, the available accuracy usually lies in the range 0.002 to 0.5 percent.

(c) The capacitance value given is the equivalent parallel capacitance. In general a determination of the equivalent parallel conductance with high accuracy is not feasible; however, for solid dielectric capacitors an approximate value is given without additional charge.

(d) Continuously adjustable ("variable") capacitors are no longer calibrated by the

Bureau.

(e) In applying the following schedule to decade capacitance boxes the first entry (201.-

105a) applies to a determination of the zero capacitance and conductance of the box (all dials

set at zero). The second entry applies to the determination of the capacitance and conduct- ance added to the circuit when any one dial is advanced from zero to a specified setting, and

at the frequency used in determining zero capacitance. For measurements at additional

frequencies the schedule is applied in the same manner, i.e., the higher fee is used for the first

point (zero calibration) at the new frequency, and the lower fee applies to additional points

at that frequency.

10
Item Description Fee

201.105a Determination of either direct or grounded capacitance of a fixed capacitor or one section of a subdivided capacitor, with alternating current

at one irequency seiecieo. irom inose nscea aoove i. iuo ) _ $35. 00

201.105b Determination of either direct or grounded capacitance of each additional point on the same subdivided capacitor submitted under item

201.105a 12.00

201.105z For special calibrations not covered by the above schedule, advance

arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent on

the time involved in making the calibration.

Electrochemistry

201.201 Standard cells.

(a) Unsaturated standard cells will be accepted for calibration by the Bureau only from

public utilities and others having operations of such a nature as to require calibrations by

the Bureau.

(b) Unsaturated cells normally require about two weeks for a complete calibration. The

cells are kept in a thermally insulated cabinet and readings of their emf are taken daily for a period of ten days after the values have become reasonably constant. If the emf continues

to fluctuate, or is unusually low, or if the cell shows other abnormal indications, the nature of

the failure is stated. Unsaturated cells are not likely to be injured by normal transportation

(mail or express), if they are carefully packed. Shipment during very cold weather should

be avoided because of the possible hazard from freezing.

(c) Saturated cells should be transported by messenger because they should never be

inverted nor tipped more than 45°. In order that the reported values are of the highest accu- racy the emfs of saturated cells are measured while they are kept 6 to S weeks in an NBS

temperature-controlled oil bath or in their own thermoregulated air bath.

Item Description Fee

201.201a Cadmium standard cell (unsaturated type), determination of electromotive force with accuracy of 0.01 percent $29. 00

201.201b Cadmium standard cell (saturated type), measurement of the first cell

of a group at a fixed temperature of 28 °C, in thermostatically controlled oil bath or at a fixed temperature in a thermoregulated air

bath__ _ _ _ _ 58. 00

201.201c Each additional saturated cell of a group. 29.00

201.201d Cadmium standard cell (saturated type), measurement of the first cell

of a group at any temperature between 20 and 35 °C, except 28 °C,

in a thermostatically controlled oil bath 71. 00

11
Item Description Fee

201.201e

201.201z

Each additional cell of a group (at temperatures between 20 and 35 °C,

except 28 °C, in a thermostatically controlled oil bath)_ .

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$34. 00

Electrical Instruments

201.300 General.

(a) Indicating (pointer-and-scale) instruments should be calibrated quite frequently with

d-c standards and a-c-d-c transfer instruments, or with stable d-c or a-c sources which are

calibrated periodically in this way. Suitable standards and transfer instruments are now

readily available commercially. Because of the necessity of frequent tests, a single d-c or a-c calibration of an indicating instrument has little permanent value. Thus in this category the

Bureau ordinarily accepts for calibration only rms a-c-d-c instruments and thermal converters

of 0.1 percent rated accuracy or better, for a-c-d-c difference tests only.

(b) The Bureau's a-c-d-c difference tests consist of determination of the difference between

quantities (current, voltage, or power) required to give the same response (output) of an

instrument or thermal converter on alternating current and on reversed direct current, as evaluated by comparison with an NBS a-c-d-c transfer standard. The alternating quantity,

Qa , required for a given response of the instrument or converter is then Qa =Qd (l-\-S) where

Qa is the average quantity required for this response on reversed direct current, as determined

by d-c standards, and S is the small fractional a-c-d-c difference. Usually NBS a-c-d-c difference tests are made on each range of the instrument or converter. The differences depend

on the ratios of the reactances of the components, and increase with frequency, but are small

and relatively permanent over the rated frequency range of a well-designed instrument. Therefore, NBS tests are normally made only at the upper rated frequency on each range and at the

lower rated frequency on one range. Ordinarily, the tests need not be repeated at intervals

of less than five years, and then only if the instrument is to be used over the upper part of its

frequency range.

201.301 Standard resistors for current measurements.

(a) Calibration: The Bureau normally calibrates only resistors of 0.04 percent accurac^y or better. Test results for suitable standard resistors for current measurements are usually

reported to an accuracy of 0.01 percent.

(b) Design: A standard resistor for current measurements is a four-terminal resistor, for

which the resistance is defined as the ratio of the open-circuit potential difference between the

potential terminals to the current through the current terminals. The resistance value will be

definite and reproducible only if the current flow pattern at the potential terminals is completely reproduced. This flow pattern should be fixed by resistor design to be independent of

the way in which current is introduced at the current terminals and of the location of leads on

the potential terminals. In some instances where this has not been done the type and location of connections to the current terminals can be specified adequately to fix the flow pattern

at the potential terminals.

(c) High-current resistors: Resistors for high currents (above about 1,000 amp) require

considerable power, so that their temperature rise between low and rated current, and the re- sulting change in resistance, will depend not only on their design, including means provided

for dissipating heat, but also on the connecting bus bars and their junctions to the resistor.

Bus bars of generous cross section may carry away a significant part of the heat generated in

the resistor; inadequate bus bars may actually contribute to the heating of the resistor. In

addition, contact resistance at the points of connection to the bus bars, unless carefully minimized, may contribute appreciably to the heating. (Contact resistance of bolted connections

12
depends on area of contact, cleanness of surfaces, and pressure.) Resistance determinations

made in the laboratory at rated current may therefore be of little value because the working

temperature conditions cannot be duplicated. The best experimental procedure to use in such

cases is to place the standard in a temperature-controlled enclosure and measure its resistance

with a comparatively low test current when it is heated uniformly to temperatures approximating that at which it will operate in service (201.30 Id and e). From data at two or more

elevated temperatures, combined with that at room temperature, a curve can be plotted from

which the resistance at the operating temperature can be read, provided this temperature is determined by the user with the resistor under the actual operating conditions.

Changes in resistance may also result from strains in the resistance element produced by

mechanical forces incidental to clamping the resistor connections, as well as from inherent internal expansion constraints on resistor parts, or forces from the magnetic field produced by

the current.

(d) Test schedule: Resistors when first submitted for test should be tested with about 20

percent of rated current and with full rated current; normally when resubmitted for test, determinations need be made only with 20 percent of rated current; once stability is proved, the

resistor need not be recalibrated at intervals of less than two years.

Item Description Fee

201.301a-l Initial determination of resistance of a single-range resistor or one range

of a multirange resistor, at 30 percent rated current or less (cm-rent

rating not to exceed 300 amp) $44. 00

201.301a-2 Same as a-1, except current rating above 300 amp but not to exceed

1,000 amp 74. 00

201.301b Determination of resistance on another range of a multirange resistor,

at 30 percent rated current or less (current rating not to exceed 300

amp) 10.00

201.301c Test according to item 201.301a or 201.301b having been made, for an

additional determination at another test cm-rent (not to exceed 1,000

amp) 22. 00

201.301d Additional determination of resistance at temperatures above room

temperature at a current not greater than 30 percent rated, for first

elevated temperature 74. 00

201.301e Additional determination of resistance of each additional elevated temperature, at a current not greater than 30 percent rated 18. 00

20 1.30 If Twenty determinations of resistances corresponding to 9 plug positions

and 11 slider positions of an adjustable low-resistance standard, at 30

amp 220. 00

201.301z For determinations of resistance at currents larger than 1,000 amp and

requiring unusual setups or procedures, and for special tests not

covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made.

Fees for such tests will depend upon the nature of the test.

201.302 Volt boxes (fixed ratio voltage dividers). A volt box is a resistive voltage

divider used to extend the range of the voltage measured by a potentiometer. Its ratio for

13
any range is obtained by dividing tbe voltage across its input terminals by tbe open-circuit

voltage across the section to be connected to the potentiometer.

(a) Calibration: The Bureau normally calibrates only volt boxes for which the maker's

stated ratio accuracy is 0.04 percent or better. Values of ratio are normally reported to an

accuracy of 0.005 percent.

(b) Humidity effects: The insulating structure of a volt box is equivalent to a network of

high resistances in parallel with one or more of its wire -wound precision resistance elements.

Thus, changes in insulation resistance as a result of variations in surface or volume moisture

may affect the ratios. Such ratio changes are normally less on low than on high ratios. This

effect can be reduced or eliminated by constructions which provide built-in guard electrodes,

maintained at appropriate potentials. Another effect of humidity is to produce changes in the

values of the precision wire-wound resistors. The magnitude of this effect varies with coil

construction and with wire size and coating. Because humidity effects may reach equilibrium

only after days (or even weeks), it is recommended that laboratory humidity be held continuously at or below 50 percent.

(c) Ambient temperature and self-heating effects: Changes in ambient temperature should

have little effect on ratio if all the resistance elements have the same temperature coefficient.

However, self-heating as a result of sustained operation may significantly change the ratios

because of unequal temperature rise in the various resistors. The magnitude of this effect

depends on construction and coil arrangement, and on the power dissipated. It should (1) be

less for low than for high ranges, (2) be greater for volt boxes that require higher current at

rated voltage, (3) increase approximately with the square of the applied voltage, and (4) be

entirely negligible at 20 percent of rated voltage on all ranges.

(d) Suggested test schedule: Volt boxes should be tested at rated voltage. The first calibration test should also include a test at 20 percent rated voltage on one or more of the higher

ranges, which are preferably selected by the Bureau. The equilibrium values at 20 and 100

percent rated voltage may be used to estimate the magnitude of the self-heating effects for

the various ranges. Tests having once been made at 20 and 100 percent rated voltage, subsequent determinations need be made only at rated voltage, since the self-heating effect should

not change with time.

Once stability has been established, a volt box should not require recalibration at intervals

less than two years.

Item Description Fee

201.302a-l__ Determination of ratio on one range at rated voltage, not to exceed

1,500 v, and at a ratio not to exceed 5,000/1 $67. 00

201.302a-2__ Determination as in (1) above except ratio not to exceed 10,000/1 100. 00

201.302b Determination of ratio at rated voltage on an additional range _ 16. 00

201.302c Determination at a reduced voltage on a range tested in 201 .302a or b_ 9.00

201.302d Test per range, at rated voltage, of a multirange guarded standard

voltage divider. (Design similar to that described inNBS RP1419.)

Value normally reported to an accuracy of 0.001 percent 20. 00

201.302z For tests on volt boxes not covered by the above schedule advance

arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged depending upon

the nature of the test.

14
201.303 A-c-d-c instruments and thermal converters (20 to 50,000 c/s, up to 50 amp

and 600 v). Ordinarily only rms a-c-d-c instruments or converters of 0.1 percent rated accu- racy or better are accepted for test, which consists of a-c-d-c difference determinations by the

procedures of items 201.303a to c. See 201.300.

Item

201.303a

201.303b

201.303c

201.303z

Description

Initial determination of a-c-d-c difference of an instrument or converter

at one applied voltage or current, frequency from 20 through 50,000

c/s

Each additional determination of a-c-d-c difference of the same instrument, converter, or set of converters, frequency from 20 through

20,000 c/s

Each additional determination of a-c-d-c difference of the same instrument, converter, or set of converters, frequency from 20,000 through

50,000 c/s

For special tests not covered by the above schedule advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged depending upon the

nature of the test. For tests at higher voltages see 201.604

Fee

$33. 00

10.00

20. 00

201.304 A-c-d-c wattmeters, single phase (20 to 2,000 c/s, up to 15 amp and 500 v).

Ordinarily only single-phase a-c-d-c wattmeters of 0.1 percent rated accuracy or better are accepted for test, which consists of a-c-d-c difference determinations by the procedures of items

201.304a to c. See 201.300. Unless otherwise specified, these tests are made at two scale

points at 0.5 power factor on a base range and one scale point at other combinations of ranges,

followed by tests at unity power factor at one scale point on one or more ranges, depending

upon the results obtained.

Item Description Fee

201.304a Determination of the difference between the reading on reversed direct

current and the reading on alternating current at the first scale point

at which this difference is determined, at currents not to exceed 15

amp

201.304b

201.304c

201.304z

Determination of this difference at one scale point on an additional

range, frequency, or power factor, at currents not to exceed 15 amp..

Determination at each additional scale point with the same combination

of range, frequency, and power factor, at currents not to exceed 15

amp

$44. 00

16.00

7. 00

For frequencies greater than 70 c/s and for special tests not covered by

the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will

be charged depending upon the nature of the test.

201.305 Watthour meters. Except under unusual circumstances, only portable

standard watthour meters (rotating standards) will be accepted for test. Tests consist of

15
determinations of the percentage registration of the meter "as received." If meters are to be

cleaned and adjusted this must be done before they are submitted for test. The Bureau does

not undertake the cleaning and adjustment of meters and does not knowingly begin tests on

faulty meters. Before tests can be started the test conditions must be completely specified

by the user as to current and voltage ranges to be tested, frequency, applied voltage and current,

and power factor. A guide listing a limited yet adequate schedule of tests is available at no

charge. Test voltages should be chosen from the following values: 1, 2, or 4 times 110, 115, 120,

125, and 130 v. Test current should be chosen from the following values: 1, 10, or 100 times

0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.75, 4, 5, 7.5 amp (but not to exceed 100 amp). Tests

at other voltages or currents, or at power factors other than 1.0 and 0.5 current lagging, will be

considered as special tests, because rearrangements of circuits are required (see 201.305z).

Unless otherwise specified, test runs on portable standard watthour meters (rotating standards)

are of approximately 100 sec duration. The meters are energized for at least 30 min at rated

voltage and current on one range before starting the test.

Item uescripnon r ee

201.305a Test at 60 c/s on one combination of range, applied voltage, and power

factor, at not more than five current loads $54. 00

201.305b Additional test on the same or an additional combination of range,

applied current, voltage, and power factor 8. 00

201.305c Test of one or two additional meters simultaneously with first, under

the same conditions as 201.305a, per meter 28. 00

201.305d Test of each additional meter simultaneously with the first, under the

same conditions as 201.305b, per meter 4. 00

201.305z For special tests not covered by the above schedule advance arrangements must be made. Fees vull be charged depending upon the time

required for the test.

201.306 Current transformers.

(a) Calibration: The Bureau normally calibrates only current transformers of high quality

for use as reference standards. The Bureau may decline requests for tests which are not to

be used for establishing or checking a reference standard. If the transformer quality is stated

in terms of ASA accuracy classes, calibration will normally be limited to transformers stated

to be in the 0.3 percent class for one or more ASA burdens. Bureau equipment is primarily

designed for testing current transformers whose rated secondary current is 5 amp. Results

obtained at frequencies near 60 c/s will normally be reported to an accuracy of 0.05 percent

in ratio and 1 min in phase angle. However, in some instances the ratio can be reported to an

accuracy of 0.02 percent and the phase angle to 0.5 min.

(b) Test information: Tests cannot be started until information is furnished concerning

the following conditions: (1) test frequency, (2) secondary test currents, (3) secondary burdens,

(4) ranges to be tested. It is customary to make tests at secondary currents of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4,

and 5 amp.

(c) Transformer burden: Current transformers should be tested with burdens equivalent

to the impedances imposed when the transformer is used as a reference standard. Inclusion

of tests at ASA burdens is not recommended. The burdens fisted in the American Standard

for Instrument Transformers, C-57.13, are for rating purposes only and differ from the

instrument burdens imposed on a reference standard. Large errors in measurement can

16
result if the values of ratio and phase angle obtained with an ASA burden are used for the

transformer when it supplies only an instrument burden.

Preferably the burden should be specified in terms of the measured resistance and inductance, including the leads to connect the instruments to the secondary of the transformer.

If this measurement cannot be made conveniently, it will suffice in most cases to state the

name of the maker, the type, range, and serial number of each instrument used in the burden,

and the length and size of the wire of the leads used in the secondary circuit. Alternatively

the burden may be stated in terms of the volt-amperes and power factor of the secondary

circuit at the test frequency.

The test equipment regularly used at the Bureau imposes a minimum test burden of

about 0.16 ohm with a minimum inductance of about lOjuh (if the burden inductance is larger

than 10/ih, the minimum resistance is increased above 0.16 ohm). Special test equipment

and procedures must be used for burdens lower than 0.16 ohm, so that advance arrangements

must be made and higher fees must be charged. In planning for the tests of a transformer

it is therefore desirable to select a low burden, but one larger than this minimum, preferably

not less than 0.2 ohm. The required total may be made up by incorporating resistance in the

leads to the instruments.

(d) Multirange current transformers, in which the same sections of primary windings

are used in series and in parallel, usually have phase angles and ratio factors which are equal

on the several ranges to within the accuracy needed for almost any measurement purpose.

Hence a test at six values of secondary current on one range is nearly always sufficient to

determine the characteristics of the transformer. Further tests, often made at 0.5 and 5

secondary amperes on each additional range, merely serve as a safeguard by means of which

mistakes in winding may be detected. When the various ranges of a multirange transformer

are obtained by taps on either winding, this relation does not necessarily hold, particularly in

the case of secondary taps; and tests in addition to the initial six-point test on one range should

be made, using two values of secondary current on each of the ranges so obtained. Transformers of some designs, however, show very little difference in ratio factor and phase angle

on the various ranges, and the Bureau should be consulted before tests on a large number of

ranges are requested.

(e) Demagnetization: Unless otherwise specified, current transformers will be demagnetized before being tested. If it is desired to have a transformer tested as submitted (without

demagnetization), this fact should specifically be stated.

(f) Test limitation at frequencies greater than 60 c/s: At 400 c/s, the maximum current

range for which tests are made is about 200 amp and the phase angle values are normally re- ported to an accuracy of 3 min; at 800 c/s there is a further reduction in the current range

and accuracy. If the burdens at these higher frequencies are specified in terms of volt-amperes

and power factor, the frequency for which these values are stated must be clearly indicated

so that the proper burden resistance and inductance can be duplicated.

(g) Recalibration: At room temperature the ratio and phase angle under a specified

test condition should be repeatable unless the core is magnetized. Once stability has been

demonstrated a current transformer should not require recalibration at intervals less than 5

years.

Item Description Fee

201.306a-l Determinations of the ratio and phase angle of a current transformer on

one range at one frequency and one burden (not less than 0.2 ohm re- sistance) at not more than six values of secondary current, namely,

0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 amp unless otherwise specified; primary current

not to exceed 500 amp $87. 00

17
Item

201.306a-2

201.306b-l

201.306b-2

201.306c

201.306z

Description

Same as a-1 except primary current greater than 500 amp but not to

exceed 8,000 amp

Determinations of the ratio and phase angle at one value of secondary

current on an additional combination of frequency, range, and burden (not less than 0.2 ohm resistance); primary current not to exceed

500 amp

Same as b-1 except primary current greater than 500 amp but not to

exceed 8,000 amp

Determinations of ratio and phase angle at an additional value of secondary current with the same combination of frequency, range, and burden used in 201.306 a or b, primary current not to exceed 8,000 amp

For tests of current transformers at frequencies other than 25, 50, or 60

c/s, or with burdens less than 0.2 ohm resistance, or with primary

currents greater than 8,000 amp, and for special tests not covered by

the above schedule advance arrangements must be made. Fees will

be charged depending upon the nature of the test

201.307 Current transformer comparators (testing sets).

Item Description

201.307a

201.307b

201.307z

Determination of the values of current ratio and phase angle for settings

of the dials of a current transformer comparator for 60 c/s (not ex- ceeding 13 points on ratio dial and 15 on phase angle dial)

Determination according to 201.307a having been made, for 10 determinations at 25 c/s or for determinations on the second range of a double-range comparator

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged depending upon the

nature of the test

Magnetic Measurements

201.400 General.

(a) A general discussion of magnetic principles and methods used in magnetic testing

is given in NBS Monograph 47, Basic magnetic quantities and the measurement of the magnetic

properties of materials. Price 30 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents,

U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402. See p. 103 for order blank.

(b) Tests in this field are for the most part made on samples which serve as standards

to coordinate work in various laboratories and thus secure uniformity in commercial testing.

For this purpose it is essential that the standard bars be very uniform in their magnetic properties. The Bureau does not normally make routine acceptance tests of magnetic materials

unless these specimens are to be used, at least temporarily, as standards. The standard

dimensions of magnetic test specimens are given in 201.401 and 201.402. It is occasionally

18
possible to test specimens of unusual materials or shapes where the services of the Bureau

are needed in the development of new test procedures which are likely to be of importance in

the industry. In such cases a full understanding of the problem should be developed by cor- respondence, or preferably by a visit which will permit direct discussion between the engineers

concerned and the Bureau staff.

201.401 General magnetic measurements; normal induction and hysteresis.

Specimens submitted for test should be of rectangular cross section, width not to exceed 3.0

cm in.); thickness not to exceed 1.0 cm (% in.); for magnetizing forces from 0 to 300 or 0

to 5,000 oersteds, length to be not less than 25.4 cm (10 in.) ; for magnetizing forces in the range

100 to 5,000 oersteds, length to be not less than 7 cm (2% in.). Specimens whose permeability

is not greater than 4 may be of circular cross section, diameter not to exceed 1.27 cm {){ in.)

but in any event cross-sectional area must be not less than 0.2 cm2 (0.031 in. 2 ).

Item

201.401a

201.401b

201.401c

201.401d

201.401e

201.401f

201.401g

201.401z

Description

Determination of data for normal induction curve in the range 0 to

300 oersteds

Determination of data for normal induction curve in the range 100 to

5,000 oersteds

Determination of data for normal induction curve in the range 0 to

5,000 oersteds

Determination of data for demagnetization curve, one value of magnetizing force

Same as 20 1.40 Id, each additional value of maximum magnetizing

force

Determination of permeability for specimens whose permeability is

less than 4; first specimen

Each additional specimen submitted at the same time

For examination of material found to be unsuitable for test, or for

special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent on the cost of such examination or special test.

Fee

$50. 00

50. 00

90. 00

60. 00

40. 00

20. 00

10. 00

201.402 Magnetic materials; a-c permeability and core loss. Test specimens

should consist of the proper number of strips 3 cm (1% 8 in.) wide and either 28 cm (11 }i2 in.)

to 30.5 cm (12 in.), or 50 cm (19 'Xe in.) long prepared in accordance with the specifications

of the American Society for Testing and Materials, A-34.

Item Description Fee

201.402a

201.402b

Determination of total core loss at 60 c/s at one value of maximum induction ______ __ $45. 00

Same as 201.402a, each additional value of maximum induction__ 15. 00

19
Item Description Fee

201.402c

201.402d

201.402z

Determination of a-c permeability at 60 c/s at one value of maximum

induction _ _ _ $45. 00

Same as 201.402c, each additional value of maximum induction 15. 00

For examination of material found to be unsuitable for test, or for spe-

/il q facto t\ 4- /iAi'Ai'A/1 rv^r thfl q nATTA o ft r> £i ri 1 1 1 Q tooc wn 1 1 r"*o a h o T"n'An f\

a

ciiii bests iiol cuveieci uy tiie iiuuve bciieciuie, iee» win ue oiiuigeu. dependent on the cost of such examination or special test.

201.403 Magnetic testing apparatus; mutual inductors, search coils, and fluxmeters.

Item Description Fee

201.403a Determination of mutual induction by direct current $30. 00

201.403b Same as 201.403a, each additional inductor submitted at the same

tune or each additional value for variable or tapped inductors 15. 00

201.403c Determination of the area-turns of a search coil, first coil 35. 00

201.403d Each additional search coil submitted at the same time 20. 00

201.403e Calibration of fluxmeter at not more than five points on one range. _ 45. 00

201.403f Calibration of fluxmeter at one scale point on an additional range 10. 00

201.403g Calibration of standard magnets 30. 00-70. 00

201.403z For examination of apparatus unsuitable for test, or for special

tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged dependent on the cost of such examination or special test.

Dielectric Measurements

201.500 Dielectric constant and dissipation factor. In general, the Bureau will make

tests of insulating and dielectric properties of materials only on (1) specimens of known composition of pure materials for which values are considered of use by the Bureau, or by other

government agencies ; and (2) dielectric reference standards made from materials exhibiting re- producible behavior under specified environmental conditions (such as humidity), when such

standards are needed for improving methods of measurement. Measurements are not made

on the effective insulation resistances, dielectric constant or dissipation factor of structures

and assemblies of insulation, or on electric breakdown generally. Inquiries giving comprehensive information regarding any tests desired from low frequencies up to 30 kc/s should be

directed to the National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., 20234. Inquiries concerning tests above 30 kc/s should be addressed to the National Bureau of Standards, Boulder,

Colo., 80310.

Voltage Ratio and High-Voltage Measurements

Note: See section 201.102 for information relative to the calibration of resistive voltage dividers with

direct current. See section 201.302 for information relative to the calibration of volt boxes.

201.601 Voltage dividers.

(a) The calibration of ratio devices such as voltage dividers need not be referred to the

national standards of inductance or resistance or to any other national standard. However,

methods and equipment are available at the Bureau for the measurement of alternatingvoltage ratios with high accuracy, and a routine calibration service for first-quality decade

inductive voltage dividers is provided. Inductive voltage dividers which incorporate a re- sistive divider as a fine adjustment are not accepted for calibration.

20
(b) The largest contribution to instability in inductive voltage dividers often arises in

the decade switches. Variable contact resistance in these switches sometimes affects the

stability of voltage-ratio measurements to a significant extent but is most evident by its effect

on the phase angle. When a decade inductive divider exhibits large changes in phase angle

on repeated measurements after the switches have been disturbed, the divider should no longer

be considered satisfactory for use as a standard of voltage ratio.

(c) Corrections for the separate decades of an inductive divider, in general, cannot be

simply combined; however, the correction to a step setting of one of the higher decades is usually independent of the setting of the lowest decades. Stray impedances must be fixed by

connecting the case to the divider at one point; and unless otherwise specified, the case will

be connected to one of the common terminals. Calibration intervals of three years should be

satisfactory for good quality inductive voltage dividers which have not been abused.

(d) Decade inductive voltage dividers are calibrated at the Bureau by a comparison

method, using as a working standard a well-constructed inductive divider which has previously

been calibrated by capacitance-ratio methods. The comparison method is simple and con- venient and can be used in other laboratories for the rapid calibration of other voltage dividers.

Accordingly, it is recommended that, in general, only one divider from a laboratory be submitted

to the Bureau for calibration and that other dividers be calibrated by a comparison method

using it as a standard.

Item Description Fee

201.601a Determination of the ratio and phase angle of an inductive voltage

divider for each setting of each of the three highest decades (all

decades except the one under test being set to 0) and for two arbitrary settings of all decades at one frequency (100, 400, or 1,000 c/s)

and with an input voltage not exceeding 150 v rms $115. 00

201.601z Determinations of the ratios and phase angles of resistive or capacitive

voltage dividers and of inductive voltage dividers beyond those

covered in 201.601a are handled on a special test basis, and advance

arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent upon

the nature of the test.

201.602 Voltage transformers.

(a) Acceptance: The Bureau normally accepts voltage transformers for calibration only

if they are suitable for use as reference standards. Results of tests at or near 60 c/s will nor- mally be reported to 0.01 percent in ratio and 1 min in phase angle.

(b) Test information: Tests cannot be started until information is furnished concerning

the following test conditions: (1) test frequency, (2) secondary test voltages, (3) secondary

burdens, (4) ranges to be tested.

(c) Transformer burdens: The ratio and phase angle of a voltage transformer vary linearly

with secondary current under conditions of constant voltage, frequency, and power factor

within its rating. Hence, if values of ratio and phase angle are determined on open circuit

(zero burden) and at one burden having a particular power factor, values at other current

burdens with the same power factor (and at the same voltage and frequency) can be found by

linear interpolation. If the ratio and phase angle of a voltage transformer are known both on

open circuit (zero burden) and at a single unity power-factor burden, the ratio and phase

angle for any burden within its rating at any power factor (at the same voltage and frequency)

21
can be computed with sufficient accuracy for many measurement purposes by the following

formulas:

F=Fa +y [(F.-Fo) cos $+(70-7:) sin *],

j i and

7=7o+y- [(Fi—Fo) sin $-(70-71) cos *],

-t 1

where Ii and / are the secondary currents at the known unity power factor burden and the

desired burden, respectively; F0 , Fu and F are the ratio correction factors at zero burden, the

known unity power-factor burden, and the desired burden, respectively; y0 , yu and 7 are the

corresponding phase angles in radians; and cos <i> is the power factor of the desired burden

($ being taken as positive for inductive burdens). The following conversion factors apply:

1 minute= 0.000291 radian

1 radian=3438 minutes

The "standard burdens" of the ASA Standard for Instrument Transformers (C57.13) are for

rating purposes only, and are not recommended for use as test burdens in calibrating a voltage

transformer for use as a reference standard. Values of ratio and phase angle at any ASA burden

can be computed with sufficient accuracy for rating purposes by using the above formulas.

The test burdens recommended are stated in items 201.602a, b, or c below. In these items, the

instrument burden "to be specified by the user" should preferably be the burden with which

the transformer will be used as a reference standard, in the test circuit, and may be stated

either in terms of volt-amperes and power factor at a specified voltage and frequency, or the

resistance and reactance of the test circuit elements.

(d) Test voltages: When a secondary burden of fixed impedance is used, the ratio and

phase angle of a well-designed voltage transformer are nearly independent of the secondary

voltage within its normal operating range. Hence, tests at a single voltage are sufficient unless

the transformer is to be operated over an extended voltage range. In extended-range operation

the variations of ratio factor and phase angle with voltage are identical for any constantimpedance burden. Hence, it should be sufficient to make ratio and phase-angle determinations

at the extremes of the expected voltage-range of operation and at one or perhaps two intermediate voltage points on one burden (preferably zero burden). Tests at all additional burdens

need be made at only a single voltage.

(e) Multirange transformer: When multiple ranges are provided by series-parallel

primary connections, the ratio correction factors and phase angles (for constant secondary

voltage, burden, and frequency) are practically identical for all ranges so obtained. (Hence a

single determination on each range after the first serves to completely define the transformer

performance when the added ranges are obtained by primary series-parallel combinations.)

When multiple ranges are obtained by tapping a portion of one of the windings, or by secondary

series-parallel combinations, the ratio correction factors and phase angles are not necessarily

the same on the various ranges.

(f) Fuses: It is recommended that voltage transformers intended as reference standards

be used without fuses, because fuse resistance affects both ratio and phase angle values so that

fuse deterioration or replacement may alter the values. When a fused transformer is submitted,

tests with the fuses in place will be made only if this is specifically requested by the customer.

(g) Tests at 400 c/s : Ratio and phase angle determinations at 400 c/s can be made up to

9,000 v. Results of such tests will normally be reported to 0.03 percent in ratio and 3 min in

phase angle.

(h) Recalibration : The ratio and phase angle of a voltage transformer for a given burden,

voltage, and frequency should not change significantly with time unless the transformer is damaged. Once stability has been demonstrated, a transformer should not require recalibration

at intervals less than five years.

22
(i) Shipment: Heavy transformers should be shipped in wooden boxes and held in place,

if necessary, by checks or cleats. Large transformers, especially those having oil-filled iron

cases, should be crated separately and arranged, whenever possible, so that the terminals can be made accessible for tests without removing the entire crate. The tops of boxes should be

marked "this side up." Large transformers (those more than 12 ft high including crating, or weighing more than 6,000 lb) require special handling; advance arrangements, including

provision for delivery inside the laboratory, must be made.

Item

201.602a-l

201.602a-2

201.602b

201.602c

201.602d

201.602e

201.602z

Description

Determinations of the ratio and phase angle of a voltage transformer

at one frequency (25, 50, or 60 c/s), one range, and one secondary

voltage, with not more than four values of secondary burden;

namely, those giving zero, half, and full rated noninductive load at

rated voltage, and with one instrument burden of approximately

unity power factor to be specified by the user; primary voltage not

to exceed 25,000 v

As in a-1 except primary voltage greater than 25,000 v but not to

exceed 100,000 v

Determination of ratio and phase angle at one value of secondary

voltage on an additional range or frequency, and with any of the

burdens used in 201.602a

Determination of ratio and phase angle with an additional burden

(already used in 201.602a) and with the same combination of range,

frequency, and voltage used in 201.602b

Determination of ratio and phase angle at an additional burden of

approximately unity power factor other than those used in 201.602a.

Determination of ratio and phase angle at an additional value of

secondary voltage on the same combination of range, frequency,

and burden used in 201.602a, b, or c

For tests of voltage transformers at other frequencies, with primary

voltage greater than 100,000 v, or with other than unity power

factor burdens, and for other special tests not covered by the above

schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be

charged depending on the nature of the test. At 400 c/s, test fees are approximately double those at 60 c/s.

201.603 Voltage transformer comparators.

Item Description Fee

201.603z Calibrations of voltage transformer comparators are handled on a special

test basis; however, advance arrangements need not be made. Fees

will be charged dependent upon the nature of the calibration required.

23
201.604 Kilovoltmeters.

Item Description Fee

201.604a Calibration of kilovoltmeters at five scale points on one range using

60 c/s alternating voltage (up to 60 kv) _ _ _ $80. 00

201.604b Calibration of kilovoltmeters at five scale points on one range using

direct voltage of one polaritv to ground (up to 60 kv) 80. 00

201.604c Calibration at one scale point on an additional range (up to 60 kv) for

201.604a or b 21. 00

201.604d Calibration of eacb additional scale point on one of the ranges calibrated

under 201.604a, b, ore __ 7. 00

201.604z For calibration at voltages above 60 kv, advance arrangements must be

made. Fees will be charged dependent upon the nature of the

calibration required.

High- Frequency Region

201.800 (a) General: In the high-frequency region of approximately 30 kc/s to 300

Mc/s and higher, the Electronic Calibration Center, Boulder Laboratories, is equipped to calibrate standards of voltage, power, immittance, attenuation, and field strength. These standards

are limited at present to those designed for cw measurements and having coaxial terminals

(usually Type N connectors). No general provisions have yet been made for standards with

balanced transmission-line terminals.

Stable rf power sources and detectors are required to perform such measurements. This

is accomplished by use of crystal-controlled rf power sources and receivers. Rf power sources have power stabilization circuits that provide a power output constant to within 0.1 percent

or better over periods of one hour or more. Special low-noise, crystal-controUed receivers

meet the exacting requirements to monitor or detect these signals. In using standards at

high frequencies it is often desirable, and even necessary, to duplicate these conditions.

Calibration services for high-frequency standards with coaxial connectors are performed

at the fixed frequencies of 30, 100, and 300 kc/s, and 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, and 1000 Mc/s.

Calibrations are available at other frequencies for some standards, as well as continuous

frequency coverage up to 10 Gc/s for certain calibrations, but usually with less accuracy.

Connectors limit the accuracy of measurements in the high-frequency region to some

extent. To avoid instability from this cause, precision connectors should be used on interlaboratory standards. In the case of Type N connectors, certain mechanical dimensions

should fall within tolerances specified by the Armed Services Electro-Standards Agency

(ASESA) in Procurement Specification MIL-C-71. If dimensions fall outside the specified

tolerances, there is a possibility of damaging the mating connectors on interlaboratory standards

and NBS working standards. Critical dimensions of Type N connectors are indicated on

drawings in the brochure entitled "Facilities and Services of the Electronic Calibration Center.

This brochure may be obtained from the Electronic Calibration Center, National Bureau of

Standards, Boulder, Colo., 80310.

(b) Fees: The fees to be chargedf or the following calibration services performed at the

Boulder Laboratories are not fixed at this time, but estimates will be furnished on request to

those who plan to submit standards for calibration. If it becomes apparent that the estimated

cost of calibration will be exceeded by more than 10 percent, notification will be made by the

Electronic Calibration Center, before further work is done.

24
201.810 Rf, rf-d-c voltmeters, and thermal converters in the frequency range of

30 kc/s to 400 Mc/s; from 0.2 v to 300 v. Ordinarily instruments equally suitable for use on d-c and rf will be calibrated only for rf-d-c difference by the procedure of item 201.810a,

since periodic calibrations can be made by the user on reversed direct current. Such reversed

d-c calibrations will be made at the Bureau only under unusual circumstances and by advance

arrangement. Instruments suitable for use only on rf will be given rf calibrations by the procedures of items 201.810a, b. Instruments which respond to average or peak values or which

are not in ASA accuracy class % percent or better are not usually accepted for calibration

below 30 Mc/s.

Item Description Fee

201.810a Determination of voltage at 30, 100, 300 kc/s, 1, 3, 10, 30, and 100 Mc/s

from 0.2 to 300 v (*)

(*)

(*)

201.810b Determination of voltage at 300, 400, 500, 700, and 1000 Mc/s from

0.2 to 20 v

201.810z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

*See 201.800 (b) Fees.

201.811 Rf voltmeters and signal sources in the frequency range of 30 kc/s to 1000

Mc/s, from ljuv to 0.1 v. The Bureau normally accepts for calibration only high-quality voltmeters

suitable for use as interlaboratory standards. These instruments should have a stability of

one percent or better and an accuracy of three percent or better. Rf voltmeters will be calibrated by the procedures of items 201.811a, b. The Bureau usually accepts only signal sources

(signal generators) high enough in quality to be considered as interlaboratory standards. If

these instruments are equally suitable for use on d-c and rf, they will be calibrated for rf-d-c

difference by the procedures of items 201.811a, b, c. Signal sources suitable for use only on

rf will be calibrated by the procedures of items 201.811a, c.

Item Description Fee

201.811a

201.811b

201.811c

201.811z

Determination of voltage for voltmeters and signal sources from 30 kc/s

to 400 Mc/s, from ljuv to 0.1 v

Determination of voltage for voltmeters from 400 to 1000 Mc/s, from

100 mv to 0.1 v

Determination of voltage for signal sources from 30 kc/s to 900 Mc/s,

from 100;uvto0.1v

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

•See 201.800 (b) Fees.

201.820 Rf calorimeters, 30 kc/s to 400 Mc/s.

(a) For maximum calibration accuracy, interlaboratory rf calorimeters should repeat

readings to one percent or better with a constant power input.

(b) At present only rf calorimeters utilizing Type N connectors for rf power input can be

calibrated. Refer to 201.800 for special requirements for Type N connectors used on interlaboratory standards.

25
Item Description Fee

Calibration of rf calorimeter at one frequency at 100 and 300 kc/s; 1, 3,

10, and 30 Mc/s; and at one power level from 0.001 to 200 w (*)

i^aiiDrauon oi n caioiimei/er at one frequency au iuu, zuu, ouu, anci 4uu

Mc/s; at one power level from 0.001 to 100 w . _ _ (*)

201.820c Each additional power level at the same frequency (*)

201.820z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule. (*)

•See 201.800 (b) Fees.

201.830 Immittance, 30 kc/s to 1 Gc/s.

(a) Maximum accuracy can be achieved only in the case of instruments and components

equipped with connectors having a plane of reference directly compatible with the Bureau

system with no necessity for special adapters. In the interest of preserving higher calibration

accuracies, coaxial connectors should be utilized on standard instruments and components

wherever possible.

(b) Power applied to any under test will normally not exceed 1 w. Where caution in this

respect is necessary it should be clearly stated in the calibration request. All calibrations

described in this section are performed under ambient conditions of approximately 23 °C and

50 percent relative humidity.

Item Description

Two-terminal impedance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 30 to 400 kc/s, 0 to 10,000 ohms resistance, and 0 to 1100 fib. inductance

Each additional point within the limits in item 201.830a-l

201.830a-l

201.830a-2

201.830b-l

201.830b-2

201.830c-l

201.830c-2

201.830d-l Two-terminal admittance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 5 to 250 Mc/s, 0 to 50 /miho conductance, and 0 to 50 pf

capacitance

•See footnote at end of table.

Two-terminal impedance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 30 kc/s to 1 Mc/s, 0 to 1000 ohms resistance, and 0 to 110

juh inductance

Each additional point within the limits in item 201.830b-l

Two-terminal admittance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 30 kc/s to 1 Mc/s, 0 to 1100 //mho conductance, and 0 to 1100

pf capacitance

Each additional point within the limits in item 201.830c-l

26
Item Description Fee

201.830d-2 Each additional point within the limits in item 201.830d-l (*)

201.830e-l Two-terminal impedance measurement of coaxial components at

frequencies from 50 Mc/s to 1 Gc/s, within the ranges 0.5 to 5000

ohms lor magnitude and 0 to 90 tor phase angle _ (*)

201.830e-2 Each additional point within the limits in item 201.830e-l _ __ (*)

201.830f-l (/-Standard calibration in the frequency range 50 kc/s to 45 Mc/s, 0

to 1000 for effective Q, and 30 to 450 pf for effective resonating

capacitance.- ____________ __ (*)

201.830z O ' "I j. j. * 1 * 1 * 1 j

• * 11 il opecial two-termmal unmittance calibrations not covered by the

above schedule.- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (*)

zl)1.8ola—

1

1 nree-terminal capacitance calibration at 100 kc/s, 465 kc/s, or 1 Mc/s for the following fixed nominal values: 10~2

, 10_1, 10°, 101

, 102

, and 103 pf, per frequencey __ _ __ _ _ _ _ (*)

1 n T*£» _ i" OT*1V1 IT! Q 1 Q T\ Q Ol t &Y\ f*Ci OSltl TWO t ~\ Q t A.(\^\ 17" f* /a Q f Ar> £_ n/"*! n "T ir> TT V» /_i J. Ill t/C" ut?I llllllctl CIXjpclOJ. to-ilOt? L/ttllUI ctulULl Hl» rtUU iVU/o d-u UiltJ UUJXLu 111 bile range 0.001 to 100 pf__ (*)

201.831b-2 Each additional point within the limits in item 201.831b-l (*)

See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.840 Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators.

(a) Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators are normally calibrated in a system having a

characteristic impedance of 50+ jO ohms. Since the accuracy of the calibration is degraded by

any deviation or uncertainty in this characteristic impedance, the types of allowable connectors

are limited. Precision connectors having a known plane of reference or the Type N meeting

Procurement Specification MIL-C-71 are required. All measurements are made by the substitution method which requires that the connectors used be asexual or the attenuator have

a male connector at one port and a female connector at the other port. If an adapter is re- quired to comply with the foregoing, it must be supplied with the attenuator and the combination will be calibrated as one unit. Attenuators having a VSWR of 1.30 or greater at either

port are not acceptable.

(b) Maximum power to any attenuator will not exceed 20 mw unless prior arrangements

for higher power levels have been made.

Item Description Fee

201.840a1Measurement of insertion loss of fixed attenuator at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10, 30, 60, 100, and 30 Mc/s. Range: 0 to 100

db (*)

•See footnote at end of table.

697-498—63 3 27
Item Description Fee

201.840a-2 Each additional attenuator at the same frequency and over the same

range as item 201. 840a-1 ___ ___ (*)

201.840b-l Measurement of insertion loss of fixed attenuator at any frequency

between 300 Mc/s and 8 Gc/s. Range: 0 to 60 db (*)

201.840b-2 Each additional attenuator at the same frequency and over the same

range as item 201. 840b- 1 ______-._ ___ (*)

201.840z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule _ _ _ _ _ (*)

•See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.841 Dissipative variable coaxial attenuators.

(a) These attenuators are calibrated in accordance with item 201.840 except that the zero or other specified setting of the attenuator is used as the reference. Because attenuation difference only is measured, both ports may have the same connector.

(b) Variable attenuators must have a repeatability of setting better than 0.1 db; incremental attenuators must have a repeatability of 0.01 db or better.

Item Description Fee

201.841a-l Measurement of one increment on dissipative variable attenuator or

at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10, 30, 60, 100, and 300 Mc/s.

Range: 0 to 100 db (*)

201.841a-2 Each additional increment at the same frequency and over the same

range as item 201. 841a-l__ __ _ _____ (*)

201.841b-l Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at any frequency between 300 Mc/s and 8 Gc/s. Range: 0 to 60 db_ (*)

201.841b-2 Each additional increment at the same frequency and over the same

range as item 20 1.84 lb-l_ _ _ (*)

201.841z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule . _ . .

.

(*)

•See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.842 Waveguide below-cutoff (piston) attenuators.

(a) Waveguide below-cutoff attenuators are normally calibrated in a system having a

characteristic impedance of 50+jO ohms. As only attenuation difference measurements are made on this type of attenuator, Type BNC, C, TNC, etc., connectors are acceptable but

precision type connectors are preferred.

28
(b) An insertion loss measurement at the attenuator zero setting can be made. Maximum power to any attenuator will not exceed 20 mw unless prior arrangements for higher power

levels have been made.

(c) Calibrations are performed at the following frequencies: 1, 10, 30, 60, 100, and 300

Mc/s.

Item Description Fee

201.842a-l

201.842a-2

201.842z

One increment on a waveguide below-cutoff attenuator at one of the

following frequencies : 1, 10, 30, 60, 100, and 300 Mc/s. Eange (including initial insertion loss) : up to 110 db (*)

Each additional increment at the same frequency and over the same

range as 842a-l (*)

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

*See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.843 Coaxial fixed directional couplers. Fixed directional couplers are calibrated in accordance with item 201.840. Terminations must be supplied for any arm not

used during a measurement.

Item Description Fee

201.843a-l Single insertion loss measurement between any two arms of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10,

30, 60, 100, and 300 Mc/s. Kange: 0 to 100 db.

(*)

201.843a-2 Each additional insertion loss measurement between any two arms at

the same frequency and over the same range as item 201.843a-l.

(*)

201.843b-l Single insertion loss measurement between any two arms at any

frequency between 300 Mc/s and 8 Gc/s. Kange: 0 to 60 db.

(*)

201.843b-2 Each additional insertion loss measurement between any two arms at

the same frequency and over the same range as item 201.843b-l.

(*)

201.843z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

*See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.844 Coaxial variable directional couplers.

(a) Coaxial variable directional couplers are calibrated in accordance with item 201.841.

Terminations must be supplied for any arm not used during a measurement.

(b) The change in coupling to the sidearm relative to the minimum setting on the device

is normally measured.

29
Item Description Fee

201.844a-l

20l.844a-2

201.844b-l

201.844b-2

201.844z

Single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial

variable directional coupler at one of the following frequencies: 1,

10, 30, 60, 100, and 300 Mc/s. Range (including initial coupling

loss): up to 110 db.

Each additional increment at the same frequency, and over the same

range as item 201.844a-l.

Same measurement as in item 201.844a-l at any frequency between

300 Mc/s and 8 Gc/s. Range (including initial coupling loss):

up to 60 db.

Same measurement as in item 201.844a-2 at the same frequency and

over the same range as item 201.844b-l.

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

•See 201.800(b) Fees.

201.850 Field strength meters, 30 c/s to 1000 Mc/s. Field strength standards and

field strength meters are calibrated in terms of cw signals in the frequency range from 30 c/s

to 1000 Mc/s. Loop antennas are calibrated in the frequency range from 30 c/s to 30 Mc/s,

and horizontally polarized dipole antennas are calibrated from 30 to 1000 Mc/s. The magnitude of the calibrating fields varies from approximately 25 to 200 mv/m for loop antennas, and

approximately 50 mv/m for dipole antennas.

The internal characteristics of field strength meters, such as the overall linearity of the

receiver, accuracy of the signal input attenuators, and the accuracy of the receiver as a twoterminal rf voltmeter can be measured at frequencies from 30 c/s to 1000 Mc/s.

When field strength standards or meters are submitted for calibration an instruction

manual and all accessories should be included, and the instrument should be in excellent

operating condition.

Item Description Fee

201.850a--1 Calibration of loop antenna at one frequency, 30 c/s to 30 Mc/s _ (*)

201.850a--2 Calibration of loop antenna at frequencies additional to item

201.250a-l, 30 c/s to 1 Mc/s (*)

201.850a--3 Calibration of loop antenna at frequencies additional to item

201.850a-l, 1 to 30 Mc/s (*)

201.850z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule. _ (*)

201.851a--1 Calibration of dipole antenna at one frequency, 30 to 1000 Mc/s (*)

*See footnote at end of table.

30
Item Description Fee

201.851a-2 Calibration of dipole antenna at frequencies additional to item

201.851a-l, 30 to 400 Mc/s (*)

20l.851a-3 Calibration of dipole antenna at frequencies additional to item

201.851a-l, 400 to 1000 Mc/s (*)

( )

201.852a-l Calibration of input attenuators at one frequency, initial step (*)

201.852a-2 Calibration of additional steps of input attenuator in addition to

item 201. 852a-1 (*)

201.852b-l Calibration of the overall linearity of receiver and output circuit at

one frequency and one attenuator setting, initial point _ _ (*)

20l.852b-2 Calibration of overall linearity of receiver at other points in addition

to item 201.852b-l (*)

201.852c-l Calibration of the receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter, 1 to

10,000 juv, 0 to 400 Mc/s, at one frequency (*)

200.852c-2 Calibration of the receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter at other

frequencies additional to item 201.852c-l, 0 to 400 Mc/s _ (*)

201.852c-3 Calibration of receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter at other frequencies additional to item 201.852c-l, 400 to 1000 Mc/s... _ _ _ (*)

201.852z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule __ _ (*)

•See 201.800(b) Fees.

Microwave Region

201.900 General.

(a) Microwave calibration services presently available include measurements in power,

impedance, frequency, attenuation, and noise. The frequency range covered for each of the

measurements is given below.

In performing microwave calibrations, a considerable amount of time usually is needed to

prepare the system for measurement operation. Much of this preparation is related to the

adjustment of the system to the frequency of operation selected for the calibration. Time

and cost often can be reduced by minimizing the number of times the operating frequency of

the calibration system must be readjusted. To help in achieving this reduction in costs, a

list of suggested calibration frequencies is presented in the following table. These frequencies

are suggested for use in connection with this schedule and for interlaboratory standards utilizing

terminations consisting of the standard waveguide sizes given below in the table of suggested

calibration frequencies. It should be emphasized that the suggested frequencies are primarily

for economy and for convenience to those requesting calibrations. In general the calibration

31
instrumentation for the microwave region is intended to provide complete and continuous

frequency coverage as appropriate for the various waveguide sizes. Those having need for

calibrations at other than suggested frequencies can be accommodated.

Suggested calibration frequencies

Frequency UrC/S

EIA waveguide designation range, Gc/s

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

WR 284 2. 60- 3. 95 2. 85 3. 25 3. 55

WR 187 3. 95- 5. 85 4. 35 4. 90 5. 25

WR 137 5. 85- 8. 20 6.45 7. 00 7.40

WR 112 7. 05-10. 0 7. 75 8. 50 9. 00

WR 90 8. 20-12. 4 9. 00 9. 80 11. 2

WR 62 12.4 -18.0 13. 5 15.0 17. 0

WR 42 18. 0 -26. 5 19. 8 22. 0 23.8

WR 28 26. 5 -40. 0 29. 0 33.0 37. 0

(b) Fees : The fees to be charged for the following calibration services performed at the Boulder

Laboratories are not fixed at this time, but estimates will be furnished on request to those

who plan to submit standards for calibration. If it becomes apparent that the estimated cost

of calibration will be exceeded by more than 10 percent, notification will be made by the Electronic Calibration Center, before further work is done.

201.910 Continuous low-level, power measurement of waveguide bolometer units

and bolometer-coupler units.

(a) Power measurements are made on barretter-type bolometer units having nominal

resistance of either 100 or 200 ohms at a bias current between 3.5 and 10 ma, and on thermistortype bolometer units having a nominal resistance of either 100 or 200 ohms at a bias current

between 5 and 15 ma. Bolometer units should be of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband

type.

(b) Power measurements are made on bolometer units at power values from 0.1 to 10 mw.

(c) Power measurements are made on bolometer-coupler combinations having coupling

ratios from 3 to 20 db. A bolometer unit of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband type should

be permanently attached to the side arm of the coupler. The three-port directional coupler

should have good design features with a directivity of 40 db or greater and a VSWR no greater

than 1.05 for the input and output ports of the main arm of the coupler.

(d) Effective efficiency, -q eu , for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the substituted

d-c power in the bolometer element to the microwave power dissipated within the bolometer

unit.

(e) Calibration factor for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the substituted d-c

power in the bolometer unit to the microwave power incident upon the bolometer unit.

(f) Calibration factor for bolometer-coupler units is defined as the ratio of the substituted

d-c power in the bolometer unit on the side arm of the directional coupler to the microwave

power incident upon a nonreflecting load attached to the output port of the main arm.

32
Item

201. 910a-l

201. 910a-2

201. 910b-l

201. 910b-2

201. 910c-l

201. 910c-2

201.910z

Description

Measurement of effective efficiency of bolometer unit at a single frequency of tbe following waveguide sizes terminated with standard

waveguide connectors:

WR90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s)

WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s)

Measurement of calibration factor of bolometer unit at a single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard

waveguide connectors:

WR90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s)

WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s)

Measurement of calibration factor of bolometer-coupler unit at a

single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with

standard waveguide connectors:

WR90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s)

WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s)

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

Fee

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

•See 201.900(t>) Fees.

201.911 Continuous low-level power measurement of waveguide dry calorimeters.

(a) Power measurements are made on dry calorimeters at power values from 10 to 100 mw.

Item Description Fee

201. 911a-l

201. 911a-2

201. 911z

Measurement of output voltage versus input microwave power for

dry calorimeter at a single frequency of WR90 waveguide (8.2-

12.4 Gc/s) terminated with standard waveguide connectors.

Each additional power value at the same frequency as Item 201.911a1.

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

(*)

•See 201.900(b) Fees.

201.920 Reflection coefficient magnitude measurement on waveguide reflectors

(mismatches).

(a) Reflection coefficient measurements are made on reflectors producing a reflection

coefficient magnitude in the range of 0.025 to 1.0.

33
(b) Reflectors must be fitted with standard types of waveguide flanges. The face of

these flanges should be machined flat and smooth and should not contain protrusions or indentations. The connecting holes of the flange should be symmetrically and accurately

alined to the rectangular waveguide opening.

Item Description Fee

201.920a-l Measurement of reflection coefficient magnitude of reflector at a single

frequency of WR 90 waveguide (8.2-12.4 Gc/s) terminated with

standard waveguide connectors _ _ _ (*)

201.920z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule _ (*)

•See 201.900 (b) Fees.

201.930 Frequency measurement on cavity wavemeters.

(a) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters of either

the reaction (one-port) type or the transmission (two-port) type.

(b) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters having

coaxial terminals with Type N connectors (male or female) in the frequency range of 100

Mc/s to 10 Gc/s.

(c) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters having

standard rectangular waveguide terminals with standard type waveguide terminals in the

frequency range of 2.6 to 75 Gc/s.

Item Description Fee

201.930a Measurement of resonant frequency of fixed cavity wavemeter_ (*)

201.930b Setting of adjustable cavity wavemeter at prescribed resonant frequency. (*)

201.930(5-1 Calibration of dial setting versus resonant frequency of variable

cavity wavemeter at initial prescribed frequency. _ (*)

201.930c-2 Calibration of dial setting versus resonant frequency of variable

cavity wavemeter at each prescribed frequency additional to the

initial frequency and on the same wavemeter as 201.930c-l (*)

201.930z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

•See 201.900 (b) Fees.

201.940 Attenuation difference measurements on variable attenuators.

(a) Attentuation difference measurements are made on step or continuously variable

attenuators usually with the zero dial setting used as the reference position.

34
(b) Attenuation measurements are made for attenuation values from 0 to 50 db. This

range of attenuation values can be extended to 70 db in some frequency ranges.

(c) Variable attenuators should have a repeatability of dial setting better than ±0.1 db.

(d) Variable attenuators should have a VSWK less than 1.1 at each waveguide port.

Item Description Fee

201.940a-l

201.940a-2

201.940a-3

201.940a-4

201.940a-5

201.940a-6

201.940a-7

201.940a-20

201.940b-l

201.940b-2

201.940b-3

201.940b-4

201.940b-5

201.940b-6

201.940b-7

Measurement of attenuation difference of direct-reading variable

attenuator at an initial prescribed dial setting at a single frequency

of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

WR284 (2. 60-3.95 Gc/s)

WE187 (3.95-5.85 Gc/s)

WR137 (5.85-8.2 Gc/s)

WE112 (7.05-10.0 Gc/s)

WK90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s)

WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s)

WK42 (18.0-26.5 Gc/s)

Measurement of attenuation difference of direct-reading variable

attenuator at each prescribed dial setting additional to the initial

dial setting at the same frequency and on the same attenuator as 201.940a-l to 201.940a-7.

Calibration of dial setting versus attenuation difference for indirectreading variable attenuator at an initial prescribed attenuation

difference value at a single frequency of the following waveguide

sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

WR284 (2.60-3.95 Gc/s)_.

WR187 (3.95-5.85 Gc/s)).

WR137 (5.85-8.2 Gc/s)._.

WR112 (7.05-10.0 Gc/s)_.

WE90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s)_._.

WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s)._.

WR42 (18.0-26.5 Gc/s).

*)

'*)

:*)

*)

'*)

*)

<)

* See footnote at end of table.

697^9S—63 4 35
Item Description Fee

V_/ixll olir»'PQfir\n Ul cLLlUIl (\\ Ul riiol 111 Ml ooi bo lino* v/^rc nc off^mnofinn Hi novon no \ ax* mr 1 i ropf- L Ulllg V CI f> Uo civ tell U a- LIU 11 Lllll t/1 tJIlUt; 1U1 lllLlllCOU" (*\

TAnnino* ICMUIJU^ vino VMllMUlt? hip Ml/UL/11 nttomiofnT' U.M IU1 ofMU aoph LilA. 11 "nT'PQpvi |J1 Col 1 1 1Jnf»n l_ vl Moffpnnotinn u Lt>li U IX L1U11 flifVpr— U.lllGi~ ence value additional to the initial attenuation difference value at

the same frequency and on the same attenuator as 201.940b-l to

201.940b-7.

201.940z Special calibrations not included in the above schedule _ (*)

•See 201.900(b) Fees.

201.941 Insertion loss measurements on fixed attenuators.

(a) Insertion loss measurements are made on fixed two-port attenuators.

(b) Insertion loss measurements are made for insertion loss values from 0 to 50 db. This

range of attenuation values can be extended to 70 db in some frequency ranges.

(c) Fixed attenuators should have a VSWR less than 1.1 at each waveguide port.

Item Description Fee

Measurement of insertion loss of fixed attenuator at a single frequency

of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

201.941a-l WR284 (2.60-3.95 Gc/s) (*)

201.941a-2 WR187 (3.95-5.85 Gc/s) (

*"\

201.941a-3 WR137 (5.85-8.2 Gc/s) (*)

201.941a-4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 Gc/s) (*)

201.941 a-5 WR90 (8.2-12.4 Gc/s) (*)

201.941a-6 WR62 (12.4-18.0 Gc/s) (*)

201.941a-7 WR42 (18.0-26.5 Gc/s) (

201.941z Special calibrations not included in the above schedule (*)

•See 201.900(b) Fees.

201.950 Effective noise temperature measurements on noise sources.

(a) Effective noise temperature measurements are made on waveguide noise sources

(usually a gas-discharge tube) under conditions of continuous, unmodulated operation in the

range 900 to 300,000 °K (excess noise ratio range 2.5 to 30 db).

36
(b) The direct current required for normal operation of the gas-discharge tube should

not exceed 300 ma but should be sufficient to prevent excessive plasma oscillations.

(c) The waveguide noise source must have an input VSWR no greater than 1.7.

(d) The gas-discharge tube should be secure in the mount, and the output port of the unit

should be terminated with a matched load.

Item Description Fee

201.950a-l

201.950z

Measurement of effective noise temperature of noise source in WR90

waveguide at a single frequency selected from 9.0, 9.8, and

11.2 Gc/s (*)

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule. (*)

•See 201.900(b).

Part 202—Metrology

Photometry and Colorimetry

Sec.

202.181 Lamp standards of candlepower

202.182 Photometric instruments and accessories

202.183 Miscellaneous photometric measurements and tests

202.184 Rating of incandescent electric lamps

202.185 Spectrophotometric standards

202.186 Spectrophotometric measurements

202.187 Colorimetry

202.188 Reflectometry

202.189 Opacimetry

202.191 Lovibond glasses

202.192 Signal glasses

202.193 Haze standards

202.194 Radiometry

Refractometry

202.201 Optical instruments

202.202 Photographic objectives

202.203 Optical components, spectacle lenses, goggle lenses, etc. 202.204 Refractometric instruments

202.205 Refractive indices

202.206 Polarimetric instruments

Photographic Research

202.311 Photography (step table density, residual thiosulfate concentration, etc.)

Length

202.401 Reference line standards of length

202.402 Working line standards of length

37
202.403 Commercial line standards of length

202.404 Steel tapes

202.405 Invar base-line tapes

202.406 Surveyors' measuring instruments (other than tapes)

202.407 Sieves

202.408 Haemacytometers

202.409 Areas and area-measuring instruments

202.410 Precision circles

202.411 Linear thermal expansion of solids

202.412 Gage blocks

Engineering Metrology

202.500 General

202.501 End standards of length

202.502 Plain cylindrical plug and ring gages

202.503 Thread plug and ring gages

202.504 Instruments and components

202.505 Optical reference planes

202.506 Angle blocks

202.507 Polygons

202.508 Master balls

202.509 Gears

Mass and Volume

202.610 General

202.611 Reference standards of mass

202.612 Large mass standards

202.613 Calibration of mass elements of pressure-gage testing apparatus

202.614 Recalibration of mass standards

202.615 Glass volumetric apparatus

202.616 Metal volumetric apparatus

202.617 Hydrometers

202.618 Density determination of solids and liquids

Photometry and Colorimetry

202.181 Lamp standards of candlepower.

(a) The Bureau is prepared to standardize incandescent filament lamps which have been

properly seasoned, or to season and standardize lamps when necessary, or to furnish lamps

(of the more common types and sizes) that have been seasoned and standardized, the respective

fees being as given in the test fee schedule in this section.

(b) A normal incandescent lamp when operated at constant voltage usually increases

slightly in candlepower for a short time, the length of which depends upon the temperature of

the filament. A relatively stable period is then reached, after which there is a progressive drop

in the candlepower. Therefore, in order that a lamp may be useful as a photometric standard,

it should be seasoned by a preliminary burning sufficient to bring it to the stable state. This

seasoning is usually done by operating the lamp at a voltage somewhat higher than the normal

operating voltage of the lamp.

(c) Lamps with coiled filaments are not usually satisfactory as standards unless they have been

specially constructed for this purpose. In particular, lamps of this type are not suitable for

standards of horizontal candlepower unless they are of the monoplane-filament projection type.

This type of gas-filled lamp with clear bulb (items 202.181a, b, and c) has been found to be

satisfactory as a standard of horizontal candlepower when standardized with a diaphragm in

front of the lamp. This diaphragm is slightly larger than the filament and allows only the

light coming directly from the filament to reach the photometer. In addition, great care must be taken to orient such standards properly because their candlepower varies appreciably

38
with change of angle around both a vertical axis and a horizontal axis. Recently made available are gas-filled standards of horizontal candlepower in tubular, inside-frosted bulbs with

medium-bipost bases (items 202.181d, e, f, and g), which are calibrated and used without a diaphragm and for which accurate orientation has been found to be much less critical. These

inside-frosted lamps are recommended for use where reproducibility of candlepower to 1 percent or better is required.

(d) When lamps are submitted for standardization it is necessary that they be accompanied by a statement as to whether they have been seasoned. If they have been seasoned, the

voltage at which they were burned and the number of hours should be given if known. It

should be stated also whether they are to be standardized at a given voltage or current at the

fees listed below or at a given candlepower or color temperature at an increased fee. In the

reports which are issued with standard lamps, the voltage and the corresponding current and

candlepower are given. The Bureau cannot guarantee the permanence of these values, since

all lamps change gradually with use.

Item Description Fee

202.181a

202.181b

202.181c

202.181d

202.181e

202.181f

202.181g

202.181k

202.1811

202.181n

202.181O

Incandescent lamps issued from stock as standards of luminous intensity:

Clear bulb, approximately 120-v lamps, horizontal candles in a specified direction, screw base, 100-w size, calibrated at 105 v, one lamp

each

Same, 250-w size, one lamp each

Same, 500-watt size, one lamp each

Inside-frosted, T-20 bulb, approximately 120-v lamps, horizontal candles in a specified direction, medium-bipost base, 100-w size, calibrated at 110 v, one lamp each

Same, 300-w size, one lamp each

Same, 500-w size, one lamp each

Same, 1,000-w size, one lamp each

Additional fee for calibrating lamps on items 202.181a to g inclusive

at voltages other than those listed, each lamp

Standardization of seasoned incandescent lamps submitted for standardization, approximately 120-v lamps, medium-screw, mogulscrew, or medium-bipost base

Clear or inside-frosted bulb, horizontal candles in a specified direction,

100- to 1,000-w sizes, one lamp each

Same as item 202.1811, each additional lamp of same size submitted at the same time for calibration at approximately the same

voltage

Seasoning of incandescent lamps for standardization, and preliminary

measurements, 10 to 200 w, each lamp

$35. 00

40. 00

42. 00

47. 00

49. 00

51. 00

55. 00

11. 00

46. 00

31. 00

7. 00

39
Item Description

202.181p Same, other sizes and types up to 5,000 w and all series-burning lamps

Standardization of seasoned fluorescent and mercury lamps submitted

for calibration:

202.181q Determination of luminous flux (lumens) of "white," "cool white," or "daylight" fluorescent lamps, one lamp

202.181r Same, each additional lamp

202.181s Determination of luminous flux (lumens) of mercury vapor lamps, one

lamp

202.181t Same, each additional lamp

202.181z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.182 Photometric instruments and accessories.

Item Description Fee

202.182f Standard of luminous directional transmittance (approximately 0.5 fl/fc)

supplied from stock, each _ _ .__ $34. 00

202.182z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.183 Miscellaneous photometric measurements and tests.

Item Description Fee

202.183a Determination of luminous transmittance of neutral or colored filter,

one sample _ _ _ $33. 00

202.183b Same, each additional sample of approximately the same transmittance

submitted at the same time or at each additional color temperature

of illuminant _ _. 10. 00

202.183z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

40
202.184 Rating of incandescent electric lamps.

Item Description Fee

Rating tests on lamps. These are routine photometric rating tests of

of the type made initially on lamps to be life-tested, the same

standards and equipment being used. The purpose of these tests

is to afford a quick check of the photometric values assigned to

lamps by various lamp life-test laboratories. Lamp standards of

candlepower are issued or calibrated under 202.181.

202.184a Rating of incandescent lamps up to 1,000 w, one lamp $22. 00

202.184b Same, each additional lamp of same size and type _. 5. 00

202.184z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.185 Spectrophotometric standards.

Note on item a. Transmittances of these disks at wavelengths from 365 to 390 nm (nanometer, 10~9 meter) and from 750 to 1,000 nm will also be determined on request in accordance with item c of fee schedule

202.185. Values will be obtained for a temperature of 25 °C. The effect of change of temperature has not been

determined for these glasses outside the range from 390 to 750 nm. It is known, however, that for all four

types of glass the temperature effects are very small from 750 to 1,000 nm, probably negligible for the usual

room-temperature variations. On the other hand, temperature effects are always large for these kinds of glass

when the transmittance curve is decreasing rapidly towards shorter wavelengths, so that increasingly large

temperature effects may be expected for these filters in the ultraviolet.

Note on items j and k. In the General Electric recording spectrophotometer the design is such that the

radiant energy is incident in a slightly diverging beam whose axis is at 6° to the perpendicular to the surface.

The specular component of the reflected energy is thus diverted away from the entrance aperture towards a

port on the side. This port may be filled with MgO or with a black material, so that the specular component

may be respectively "included" in, or (for plane surfaces) "excluded" from, the measurements. This is covered

in items j and k. Only one Vitrolite working standard is needed for the measurement of spectral directional

reflectance on the General Electric recording spectrophotometer. This calibrated Vitrolite

standard and the samples to be tested are in turn placed at the sample aperture of the integrating spheres, and any highly reflecting substance such as MgO or MgC03 may be used at

the comparison aperture provided the material to be tested does not reflect more than the

comparison material. The directional reflectances of the test samples relative to freshly prepared MgO are then obtained by multiplying (at the respective corrected wavelength) the

values for these samples read from the curve sheet, by the ratios of (a) the standard Vitrolite

values reported to (b) the values for the Vitrolite read from the curve sheet.

Item Description Fee

Standards of spectral transmittance for checldng the photometric scale

of spectrophotometers; these consist of polished disks of glass, 2 to 3

mm thick and 30 mm in diameter, designated as cobalt blue, copper green,

carbon yellow, and selenium orange (copper green filter also available

in 25 mm square size); report includes (1) values of transmittance at

41
Item Description Fee

202.185a

202.185b

202.185c

202.185d

202.185e

202.185f

202.185g

202.185h

202.185i

202.1 85

j

202.185k

42

25 °C at certain wavelengths from 390 to 750 nm, (2) estimated

uncertainty of each value, (3) effect of temperature change on

transmittance at each wavelength:

Each disk

Transmittance, 365 to 1,000 nm for standardization purposes. Samples submitted must be in good optical condition. Measurements

at room temperature. (If the sample is a disk 29.7 ±0.2 mm in

diameter, the measurements can be made at a specified temperature):

One sample at one wavelength

Each additional wavelength on the same sample

Didymium glass standards for checking the wavelength calibration of

General Electric recording spectrophotometers; these consist of

Corning 5120 glass, 2X2 in., 3.0 mm thick, polished; report

includes table of wavelengths of minimum transmittance:

400 to 750 nm, 10 nm slits, each standard

730 to 1,080 nm, 20 nm slits, each standard

For two calibrations on the same glass (items 202.185d and 202.185e),

each standard

Holmium oxide glass standards for checking the ultraviolet and visible

wavelength calibrations of recording spectrophotometers with

slit width less than 2 nm; these consist of Corning 3130 glass 2X2

in., 2.5 mm thick, polished; report includes table of wavelengths

of minimum transmittance:

240 to 370 nm, each standard

360 to 650 nm, each standard

For two calibrations on the same glass (items 202.185g and 202.185h),

each standard

Working standards of spectral directional reflectance for use on General

Electric recording spectrophotometers with 6° from perpendicular

irradiation and diffuse reception; standards consist of white

structural Vitrolite glass, 4X4 in., %6 in. thick; report includes

table of spectral directional reflectances relative to freshly prepared

MgO at every 10 nm:

400 to 750 nm, specular component both included and excluded (on

same glass), 10 nm slits, each standard

730 to 1,080 nm, specular component both included and excluded (on

same glass), 20 nm slits, each standard
JL Lclil T~)pc:pTi "nti nn

Working standards of spectral directional reflectance for use on the

Beckman Model DU quartz spectrophotometer with nearly

i*j* l • j "I a 1* a • l i* perpendicular irradiation and approximately 45 circular reception;

standards consist of white structural Vitrolite glass, 1^X2 in.,

m. thick; report includes table or spectral reflectances relative

to freshly prepared MgO at every 10 nm:

202.1851 380 to 770 nm, each standard _ __ $64. 00

202.185m 750 to 1,000 nm, each standard 64. 00

202.185n 350 to 1,000 nm, each standard _ 115. 00

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

202.185z dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.186 Spectrophotometric measurements. The tests described in this section are primarily made for informational purposes, and samples so tested should not be accepted as "standards." All measurements are made at room temperature For various types of spectrophotometric standards, see 202.185.

Item Description Fee

Spectral transmittance, 210 to 1,000 nm:

202.186a One sample at one wavelength _ _ _ $43. 00

202.186b Each additional wavelength on the same sample 4. 00

202.186c Each additional sample, each wavelength _ 4. 00

Spectral directional reflectance relative to MgO, normal irradiation and

45° circular reception, as obtained with the Beckman Model DU

spectrophotometer, 254 to 1,000 nm:

202.186d One sample at one wavelength _ _ 43. 00

202.186e Each additional wavelength on the same sample, _ 4. 00

202.186f Each additional sample, each wavelength 4. 00

Spectral transmittance or transmittancy curves obtained on General

Electric recording spectrophotometer, including 100 percent and

zero calibration curves and didymium glass curve for checking the

wavelength calibration; report includes ozalids of tracings:

202.186g Testing a single sample, 400 to 750 nm or 730 to 1,080 nm, with slits 5S. 00

approximately 10 nm or 20 nm (respectively) of spectrum, either

spectral range.

43
Item Description Fee

202.186b Eacb additional curve or eacb additional sample _ _.. $9. 00

202.186i Same as 202.186g, but witb botb spectral ranges, 400 to 1,080 nm _ _ 80. 00

OnO 1 QRi Eacb additional pair of curves or eacb additional sample i a nn 14. UU

opecirui QiiecwoiiiU renecttinee curves ODt&ineu on vjreneiai ii/iectric

recording spectrophotometer, including (1) Vitrolite calibration curve for correcting values relative to fresb MgO as 100 percent,

(2) zero curve, (3) didymium glass curve for checking tbe waveleugtn CiUiora.ion, repoit mcj.uo.es ozmios oi .lacings.

ono i oci_ ZUZ.loOl- une sample, 4UU to / ou nm, or / ou to i,UoU nm, witn silts approximately

10 nm or 20 nm (respectively) of spectrum, witb specular component

of reflected energy included or excluded, either specular range, and

either condition of specular reflection __ _ _ _____ 58. 00

202.1861 Each additional curve or each additional sample, each curve 9. 00

akjZ. i oom oame as /u_/.iooiv, out ootn spectral ranges, 4uu to i,UoU nm on AA

oU. UU

202.186n Each additional pair of curves or each pair of curves on each additional

sample. ___ ___ i a nn 14. UU

202. I860 Eeduction of data obtained as in 202.186g to 202.186n, giving table of

values of transmittance, transmittancy, or directional reflectance

relative to ivigu ior every iu nm, ior eacn curve oa nn _I4. UU

ono 1 Sfi7 X'Kot\J1. OjJCV^ltXrl f"PQfQ ICOtD nnf HUlf pr_vPTprl l/U V CI CVJL nvk) \ fnp L i_iC ftdUUnnvpV v QPnpniilp Ol^ll Ovl lllC tppq will hp rnprtrpn j 1CCO Will UC OllillliCLl dependent upon tbe nature of the test.

202.187 Colorimetry.

Item Description Fee

202.187a Computing chromaticity coordinates and luminous directional reflectance or transmittance from spectrophotometric data for certain

specified light sources, per source per sample $13. 00

202.187b Computing luminous directional reflectance or transmittance from

spectrophotometric data for certain specified light sources, per source per sample, _____ ______ 9. 00

202.187c Determination of the Munsell renotation or book notation of a specimen

from its daylight reflectance and chromaticity coordinates, each

specimen. _ _ _ 7. 00

44
Item Description Fee

202.1 87d Conformity to chromaticity of standard, sample and standard illuminated normally by artificial daylight or by incandescent-lamp light,

chromaticity difference expressed in terms of chromaticity coordinates

on fundamental colorimetric coordinate system, one sample relative

to a standard $31. 00

202.187e Each additional sample relative to the same standard 7. 00

202.187f Each additional sample relative to an additional standard

202.187g Color temperature of 120-v, screw-base incandescent lamp, voltage for

specified color temperature, current for neighboring voltage to check

permanence, one color temperature, each lamp

202.187h Color temperature standard supplied from stock, 100-w, medium-screw

base or 500-w mogul-screw base projection type lamp, calibrated for

2,854 °K, one lamp each

202.187i Same, calibrated for any one other specified color temperature, one

lamp each 37. 00

202.187] Each additional color temperature on the same lamp

202.187k Equation giving any color temperature from 2,000 to 2,854 °K, each

lamp (fee includes cost of 500-w projection lamp) 85. 00

202.187z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.188 Reflectometry. Standards issued: Standards have been prepared for use in

the measurement of daylight 45°0° directional reflectance (45° illumination, perpendicular

viewing) of paints, paper, textiles, ceramic products, and other opaque materials. The standards are intended for use only with reflectometers designed to measure daylight 45°0° directional

reflectance such as the multipurpose reflectometer developed at the Bureau. (Refer to J. Res.

NBS 25, 581 (1940) RP1345.) Standards are available also for the tristimulus colorimetry

of reflecting specimens of nearly the same spectral character. A detailed discussion of the

method of photoelectric tristimulus colorimetry, its capabilities and limitations, is contained

in NBS Circular 429 (1942).3 The standards are calibrated in terms of the CIE tristimulus

values, X, Y, and Z. Information sheets describing these standards more fully are available

on request.

Item Description Fee

Standards issued

KB chromatic reflectance standards—-calibrated for CIE tristimulus

values X, Y, Z; 3 X 5 in. plaques in colors commonly called white,

3 NBS Circular 429, Photoelectric tristimulus colorimetry with three filters. In NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol. Ill, Optics, Metrology, and Radiation, p. 529 (see pp. 101-102 for price information and order form).

45
Item Description

202.188d

202.188e

202.188f

202.1882

202.188h

202.188i

202.188z

bath green, kitchen green, orchid, ivory, maize, bath blue, delphinium blue, royal blue, and red:

One KB chromatic standard

Each additional KB chromatic standard.

Set of 10 KB chromatic standards in above listed colors.

S chromatic reflectance standards—calibrated for CIE tristimulus

values X, Y, Z; 4% in. sq with %-in., 90-deg fold at each edge; in

colors commonly called safety red, aviation orange, safety orange,

school bus chrome, safety yellow, safety green, and safety blue:

One S chromatic standard

Each additional S chromatic standard.

Set of 7 S chromatic standards in above listed colorsSamples or standards submitted for calibration

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.189 Opacimetry. Opacity of diffusing glass by contrast-ratio (ratio of luminous

directional reflectance with black backing to that with white backing), illumination nearly

perpendicular to surface of glass, reception of all reflected flux regardless of angle. Reflectance

of white backing taken so as to accord with Bausch & Lomb type photoelectric opacimeter

correctly adjusted to read contrast-ratio for thin samples with a white backing reflecting

0.915 relative to MgO (TAPPI test method T425m-36). Diffusing glass rectangles, 5X12 cm,

supplied by the Bureau.

Item Description Fee

202.189a Each diffusing-glass opacity standard, opacity between 0.60 and 0.96

as desired __ _ _ _ ___ $35. 00

202.189b Set of four diffusing-glass opacity standards, opacities approximately

equal to 0.72, 0.79, 0.S6, and 0.93 105. 00

202.189z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

46
202.191 Lovibond glasses. Lovibond red glasses, determination of numeral on tbe

additive (N") scale established (by Priest and Gibson's adjustment set BS 9940) at the Bureau

in 1927, the value given being the effective value when the given red glass is used in combination

with a 35-yellow glass, each glass to be engraved with the National Bureau of Standards test number and the numeral found for the glass.

Item Description Fee

202.191a For testing a single red glass_ _ _ _ $32. 00

202.191b For each additional red glass. __ _ _ 10. 00

202.191z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.192 Signal glass limit glasses and IPL calibrating niters.

(a) Railroad, highway (traffic), and aviation signal glasses for use as chromaticity limits or transmittance standards in accord with specifications approved by the cognizant technical

association or government agency will be issued when available. The report of calibration

includes chromaticity coordinates, luminous transmittance, or both as determined relative to

national standards filters for the specified color temperature of source.

(b) Instrument Panel Lighting (IPL) calibrating filters are available in 2-in. polished

squares. They have the following designations (approximate chromaticity coordinates for

color temperature 2854 °K are shown below in parentheses): NBS 3056 (x=0.723, y=0.277),

NBS 3114 (x=0.712, y=0.288), NBS 3215 (x=0.69S, y=0.302), and NBS 3648 (x=0.667,

y=0.333). The NBS 3215 filters define the pale limit for airplane red instrument panel lighting

and are usually used in pairs ; the other types of filters listed are for calibrating photometers used

for measuring panel luminance.

Item Description Fee

202.192a Signal limit glasses, each. _ _ _ _ _ $100. 00

202.192b IPL calibrating niters, calibrated for chromaticity coordinates and

transmittance for 2854 °K, each _ _ _ _ 56.00

202.192c Calibration for transmittance at an additional color temperature 10. 00

202.192z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.193 Haze standards. Standardsare available for checking the accuracy of hazemeters

designed to measure haze according to ASTM Method D1003. Standards consist of hazy

cellulose acetate sheeting laminated between glass; they are 2-in. squares about % in. thick.

Several nominal haze values between 1 and 30 are usually available.

47
Item Description Fee

202.193a

202.193b

202.193c

202.193d

202.193e

202.193z

Standards issued

One haze standard.. ... . .. _ _ _ $40. 00

12. 00

62. 00

24. 00

8. 00

Each additional haze standard ordered at the same time

Set of four haze standards . _.

Samples or standards submitted for calibration

One haze sample or standard _____

Each additional haze sample or standard submitted at the same time

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.194 Radiometry.

Item Description Fee

202.194a

202.194b

202.194c

202.194h

202.194z

Eye protective glasses—calibration for transmittance of ultraviolet,

visible, and total radiation ____ _ $35. 00

35. 00

35. 00

325. 00

Calibration of radiant energy meter for energy of 2537 A

o Measurement of radiant flux of 2537 A, from germicidal or sterilamp_ _

Standard of spectral irradiance—quartz iodine lamp seasoned and calibrated for spectral irradiance from 0.25 to 2.6 ju _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Refractometry

202.201 Optical instruments.

Item Description Fee

202.201z Tests of telescopes, microscopes, binoculars, etc., to determine conformance to specifications of resolving power, aperture, alinement of

axes, etc. Fees determined by the actual cost of the work.

202.202 Photographic objectives. The following information is pertinent to the tests a to o in this schedule.

48
a. This test is applied to photographic objectives that are mounted in a lens barrel or

shutter. A visual or a photographic method is used, depending upon the probable use of the

lens. The back focal distance determines the lens position with respect to the focal plane for

an airplane camera or other fixed focus camera focused for an infinitely distant objective. The

equivalent focal length determines the scale factor for the interpretation of aerial photographs.

b. This test is given to the photographic objectives that are to be used in precision copying

cameras. The information is used in calibrating the camera scales that enable the user to obtain

the proper settings of lens, object plane, and image plane for any desired magnification without

visual focusing.

c. d. The test includes the information obtained in 202.202b, together with information

on distortion. It is applied to photographic objectives that are to be used in precision copying

cameras where the user wishes to be certain that the relative proportions of the image are not

significantly different from those of the object. Since the distortion changes with magnification,

it is advisable to specify a ratio for test that corresponds to the magnification most commonly

used.

e. This is a general-purpose test to determine the suitability of a lens so far as its definition

characteristics are concerned. It is performed photographically. In general, if a lens yields

satisfactory results when subjected to this test, it is probable that no additional test for lateral

chromatic aberration is necessary, and the lens will doubtless perform satisfactorily for either

black-and-white or color photography.

f. This is the qualifying test for photographic objectives intended for use in airplane

mapping projects. It is a photographic test and the determinations are made for the plane

of best average definition.

g. h. The /-number may be obtained by dividing the equivalent focal length of the lens

by the diameter of the effective aperture. These tests are primarily of value in determining

the accuracy of the geometric /-number markings at maximum aperture and at additional

specified apertures.

i, j. This test is applied to photographic objectives mounted in cameras. As the test

is a photographic one requiring a time exposure, it is necessary that the stop be open when

the lens is submitted for test. This is a useful test for nonprecision type airplane cameras

where the collimation index markers are located in a detachable magazine.

k. This test is applied to the platen of a precision aerial mapping camera, which is the

surface against which the film is pressed during exposure. It is a test to determine conformance to specifications requiring that the platen shall not depart from a true plane by more

than ±0.0005 in.

1. This test is applied to photographic objectives mounted in cameras. It gives the same

information as test 202.202f except for back-focal distance. It is preferable that these lens

characteristics be determined for the lens as mounted in a barrel shutter, but occasionally it

is desirable to determine these quantities for the lens mounted in a camera. The shutter of

the lens should be open when the camera is submitted for test. m. This test is applied to a lens-camera combination that is to be used in photogrammetric mapping. It gives the departure of the principal point from the center of collimation

which is the intersection point of lines joining opposite pairs of collimation index markers.

Since it is necessary to determine the shift of the principal point resulting from the prism

effect in the lens, the equivalent focal length of the lens as mounted in the camera is incidentally determined in this test, which checks whether the lens has been properly mounted to

yield best average definition throughout the image field.

This test cannot be performed on a camera having a detachable magazine which bears

the collimation index markers. This is the preliminary test on a precision type camera to

determine compliance with specifications. If no provision has been made for ready adjustment of the collimation index markers and the 90° condition is not satisfied, the camera is returned to the firm or agency submitting the camera with recommendations regarding the

necessary adjustments. If the 90° condition is satisfied, but no provision has been made for

49
ready adjustment of the principal point with respect to the center of collimation, the camera

is returned with recommendations regarding the necessary adjustments.

n. If no provision has been made for ready adjustment of the lens in a transverse direction to properly position the principal point with respect to the center of collimation, or if this can be done by ready movement of the collimation index markers, this task is done in the course of the test. Following adjustment, the camera is checked and, if satisfactory, pins are

set to insure preservation of the space relations between collimation index markers and

principal point.

When a camera is submitted for test, it is mandatory that the drill holes for the pins be

already present in one of the members that move with respect to one another. In addition, a proper sized drill and reamer and a sufficient number of pins to perform the doweling must

accompany the camera. It is desired that roll pins be submitted for this task.

Item Description Fee

202.202a Determination of focal length and back focal distance $26. 00

202.202b Determination of equivalent focal length, back focal distance, separation of nodal points, and thickness 38. 00

202.202c Determination of equivalent focal length, back focal distance, separation of nodal points, and distortion at 5° intervals from the center to

edge of field for one specified ratio of object to image size _ 105. 00

202.202d Fee for each additional ratio _ _ _ 55. 00

202.202e Determination of resolving power at 5° intervals from center to edge of

___ l l f* n 1 i * i j. j j held for parallel light at one aperture _ 30. 00

202.202f Determination of back focal distance, equivalent focal length, distortion and resolving power at 5° intervals from the center to edge of the

field _ _ __ 69. 00

This is the test usually required for lenses that are to be mounted in precision

airplane cameras.

202.202g Determination of equivalent focal length and true geometric /-number

for one marked stop oo. UU

202.202h Fee for each additional stop 10. 00

202.202i Determination of focal length for lens mounted in camera 43. 00

202.202j Fee for each extra magazine _ ____ 25. 00

202.202k Determination of compliance of camera platen with flatness requirements to ±0.0005 in __ ____ 15.00

202.2021 Determination of equivalent focal length, distortion, and resolving power at 7.5° intervals from center to edge of field for lens mounted in

camera. _ _________ 82. 00

202.202m Location of the principal point, and check of 90° condition for lens

mounted in camera 95. 00

202.202n Setting the principal point and 90° condition, checking and doweling for

lens mounted in camera ______ 72. 00

202.202z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

50
202.203 Optical components, spectacle lenses, goggle lenses, etc.

Item Description Fee

Optical components

202.203a Determination of equivalent focal length of single-component lens $26. 00

202.203b Determination of a single radius of curvature (single surface or matched

pair). Jb ee determined by the nature ol the work required; minimum

fee ____ _ ___ 56. 00

202.203c Determination of spherical and cylindrical power, axis of sphere, and

axis of cylinder for a single spectacle lens _ 16.00

202.203d Fee for each additional lens 10. 00

202.203e Determination of spherical and cylindrical powers, axis of sphere, and

axis of cylinder for a single spectacle lens with bifocal segment 23.00

202.203f Fee for each additional lens 15. 00

Sunglass lenses

202.203g Determination of refractive power, surface quality, and definition to

determine compliance of a single sunglass lens with commercial

standards ___ __ _ ___ ____ __ 16.00

202.203h Fee for each additional lens__ 10. 00

uroggie lenses

202.203i Determination of lens dimensions, refractive power, prismatic power,

and definition; and making drop test on a single hardened goggle

lens to determine compliance with Federal Specification GGG-G501b 16.00

202.203]

202.203z

Fee for each additional lens _ _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

10. 00

202.204 Refractometric instruments. Every instrument submitted for test should

be in good working order. The test slab or standard supplied by the maker, and the tables

if any, must accompany each refractometer. Upon request special attention will be given to

such portions of the scale as may be of particular importance in the contemplated use of the

instrument. Refractometers with compensators will be tested with "white" light unless

otherwise specified. Refractometers without compensators will be tested only with sodium

light unless otherwise specified.

51
Item Description Fee

202.204z For special tests and calibrations of refractometric measurements, fees

will be charged dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.205 Refractive indices. When submitting media for index measurement, the

temperature, wavelength of light (or spectral line), and approximate degree of desired precision

should be specified. Liquid samples should usually be as large as 10 ml. Solids for item d

must be in the form of test slabs, approximately lX^X/ia in., such as are commonly used for

the adjustment of Abbe refractometers. Two surfaces must be pitch polished (plane within

approximately one wavelength) and intersect at 90° to form an unbeveled edge.

Item Description Fee

Index of refraction (±1X10~4

) for D spectrum line for one liquid by

precision Abbe refractometer:

zuz.zUoa Determination of index for single temperature _ itzy. 00

202.205b Determination of index for each additional sample submitted at the

same time for same temperature, or for each determination and

additional spectral fines for same temperature. _ _ _ 11. 00

202.205c One index determination at each additional temperature. 16.00

index 01 i enaction ^± i a. iu ) i<Ji u spectium ime 101 one soiiu. oy piecision Abbe refractometer:

202.205d Determination of index for one sample.. ... . _ 16. 00

202.205e Determination of index for each additional spectrum line, C, F, or G 6. 50

Determination of index of refraction (±1X10-5

) of solid submitted in

form of 60° prism for one visible spectrum line:

202.205f Determination of index ____ _ _ ___ 26. 00

202.205g For each additional line in the visible spectrum . 12. 00

202.205z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.206 Polarimetric instruments.

Item Description Fee

202.206z Calibration of polarimeters, saccharimeters, and quartz control plates.

Fees determined by the nature and difficulty of the test.

52
Photographic Research

202.311 Photography. The following information is pertinent to the tests a to f in

this schedule.

a. American Standard Printing Transmission Density (Type P2-b) is measured on step

tablets of 21 steps or less, with a densitometer calibrated to ±0.01 density or ±1 percent of

the density, whichever is the greater. This type of density is the one most commonly employed

in the photographic industry and is customarily implied when the type of density is not specified.

b. American Standard Diffuse Visual Transmission Density (Type Vl-b) is measured on

step tablets of 21 steps or less, witn a densitometer calibrated to ±0.01 density or ± 1 percent

of the density, whichever is the greater.

c. d. The determination of the residual sodium thiosulfate content of processed photographic film is made according to American Standard Method PH4.8-1958 or the latest revision

thereof.

Hypo concentrations less than 0.005 mg per square inch are reported as "nil." When

hypo concentration is 0.005 mg per square inch or over, it is reported to one significant figure.

Each sample submitted should be properly identified, contain no image (slight fog^permissible), and must be submitted immediately after processing.

Each sample submitted should be 6 to 8 in. in length and should be attached securely to

request letter by stapling.

Samples are not returned since they are destroyed during the test.

e, f. The determination of residual sodium thiosulfate concentration of processed photographic paper is made according to American Standard Method PH4.30-1962 or the latest

revision thereof.

Each sample submitted should be properly identified, contain no image (slight fog permissible), and be of such dimensions that two strips, 1X4 in., can be cut for test.

Item Description Fee

202.311a

202.311b

202.311c

202.311d

202.311e

202.311f

202.3Hz

Calibration of photographic step tablets for printing density, one

sample

Calibration of photographic step tablets for visual density, one sample.

Eesidual sodium thiosulfate concentration of processed film, one

sample

Each additional sample for the determination of residual sodium

thiosulfate in film submitted at the same time

Residual sodium thiosulfate concentration of processed photographic

paper, one sample

Each additional sample for the determination of residual thiosulfate

concentration of processed photographic paper submitted at the

same time

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, such as precise

determination of contact printing density and measurements of

resolving power of photographic materials, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$28. 00

28. 00

12. 00

3. 00

20. 00

5. 00

53
Length

202.401 Reference line standards of length.

Item Description Fee

202.401z Calibrations of reference line standards to a higher precision than that

provided in schedule 202.402 are regarded as special tests. Fees

will be charged dependent upon the nature of the test; they may

be approximately estimated as twice the corresponding fees of

schedule 202.402.

202.402 Working line standards of length.

Item Description

202.402a

202.402b

202.402c

202.402d

202.402z

Yard or meter working line standard—determination of the total

length at room temperature to an accuracy of 0.001 mm if the character of the graduation justifies

Yard or meter working line standard-—determination of the total

length at an additional lower temperature to obtain the coefficient

of expansion

Yard or meter working line standard—determination of equal submultiples of a length, each

Yard or meter working line standard—determination of any other single

interval

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.403 Commercial line standards of length.

Item Description Fee

202.403z Calibrations of commercial line standards of length to an accuracy of

0.01 mm or 0.0004 in., if the character of the graduation justifies, are regarded as special tests. Fees will be charged dependent upon

the nature of the test; they may be approximately estimated as onehalf of the corresponding fees of schedule 202.402.

202.404 Steel tapes.

(a) Steel tapes accepted by the Bureau as suitable for calibration will be issued a National

Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration. Steel tapes are used for many types of long54
interval length measurements. The varied requirements for the application of calibrated

steel tapes to length measurements necessarily require variance in type and location of interval

markings and accessory attachments. Some tapes, although being of excellent quality and

having application that justifies NBS calibration, are not necessarily suitable for use as reference

tapes (see paragraph b). Such steel tapes for which a Report of Calibration has been issued

will be engraved with an NBS serial number for identification puposes. A steel tape considered by the Bureau to be suitable for use as a reference tape for checking other calibrated or uncalibrated steel tapes, or for other appropriate uses, will also be engraved with a mark

indicating the year of calibration. Reports of Calibration normally will indicate the measured

lengths of intervals to the nearest 0.001 foot or 0.1 mm. Length values will be reported at

68 °F (20 °C).

(b) A steel tape considered suitable for use as a reference tape, as defined above, should

possess the following minimum requirements: The error in total length of the tape at the

standard temperature of 68 °F (20 °C) and at standard tension shall not exceed 0.1 in. per

100 ft (2 mm per 25 m). The standard tension is 10 lb (4.5 kg) for tapes 25 to 100 ft, or from

10 to 30 m in length and 20 lb (9 kg) for tapes longer than 100 ft or 30 m. From the standpoint of inherent stability and to prevent the possibility of accidental displacement of reference

graduations, a reference tape should normally possess the following characteristic: All interval

graduations should be on a single piece of metal ribbon. This is usually construed to imply

that the graduations should not be on pieces of solder, sleeves, thin plates or blocks bonded

or attached to the tape, or on wire loops, spring balances, tension handles, or other accessories

likely to be detached or changed in shape.

Item Description Fee

202.404a Steel tape—determination of correction to the total length of the tape

when supported throughout at standard tension and at standard

temperature, for a tape not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m in length $21. 00

202.404b

202.404c

202.404d

202.404e

This is the regular standard test which will be made and charged for in each

case. To this amount must be added the fees for any additional tests made, and

for item (n), if applicable, in accordance with the following schedule.

Steel tape—determination of the correction to the total length when

supported throughout at any tension other than standard tension,

for a tape not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m in length

Tension desired must be specified.

Steel tape—determination of the correction to the total length when

supported at the ends only

The Bureau is not prepared to make this test on tapes having a greater length

than 200 ft or 50 m.

Standard tension will be used in this test unless another tension is specified.

Steel tape—determination of the correction to the total length when

supported at the ends and one or more intermediate points, for a tape not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m in length

Standard tension will be used unless another tension is specified.

Steel tape—determination of the correction to the length of a subinterval under the same conditions as to tension and points of support as

for the total length

4. 00

4. 00

4. 00

3. 00

The points at which these measurements are made must be points at which

the tape is supported.

The Bureau is not prepared to test tapes supported at points more than 200

ft or 50 m apart.

55
Item Description

202.404g

202.404h

202.404i

202.404f Steel tape—determination of the correction to the length of a subinterval under different specified conditions as to tension and points of support from those used for the total length

See item (e) above.

Steel tape—determination of the tension to the nearest integral halfpound or quarter kilogram at which the correction to the length of

an interval is most nearly zero, under a specified condition of support,

for a tape not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m

Steel tape—determination of the correction to a subinterval at the tension at which the correction to the total length is most nearly zero and under the conditions of support used in the test under item (g)

Steel tape—determination of correction to the total length of an interval on the reverse side of the tape, when supported at standard tension and at standard temperature, for a tape not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m in length

202.404]' Steel tape—determination of the coefficient of expansion of a tape, fee

will be determined in each individual case.

202.404k Steel tape—determination of Young's modulus of elasticity, for a tape

not exceeding 200 ft or 50 m in length

Not recommended for tapes having enameled, plastic, or heavy varnish

coatings.

202.4041 Steel tape—determination of the weight per foot or per meter of a tape.

202.404m Spring balance—testing in horizontal position

202.404n Steel tape—additional charge for each tape sent without reel

202.404o Steel tape—determination of AE

202.404p Steel tape—computed values (this does not include charge for neces- sary measurements)

202.404z For special tests not covered in the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.405 Invar base-line tapes. For testing of steel tapes, see schedule 202.404. The

test of an Invar base-line tape of any length less than 50 m on the NBS geodetic-tape comparator

will, in general, be made for the same fee as a 50-m Invar base-line tape. Attention is called

to the fact that only Invar base-line tapes of certain lengths can be tested on this comparator.

Invar tapes not tested on the geodetic-tape comparator will be tested on the bench standard

under items 202.405 (1) and (m).

56
Item Description Fee

202.405a

202.405b

202.405c

202.405d

202.405e

202.405f

202.405g

202.405h

202.405i

202.405]

202.405k

202.4051

202.405m

202.405z

Invar 50-m base-line tape—determination on the geodetic comparator

of total length with a probable error not greater than ±0.050 mm_.

Invar 50-m base-line tape—determination on the geodetic comparator

of total length at an additional tension and/or method of support,

with a probable error not greater than ±0.050 mm

Invar 50-m base-line tape—determination of total length supported

throughout, by computation from the observed length when supported at the ends and one or more intermediate points

Invar 50-m base-line tape—high-precision calibration of a group of

uniformly spaced subintervals when supported on a horizontal flat

surface, using the same tension specified for test item 202.405c.

Charge for each interval

Invar 50-m base-line tape—determination on the geodetic comparator of

the coefficient of expansion with an accuracy of at least 0.000001 per

degree Celsius using the electrical resistance method and calibration

of its total length at one temperature, tension, and method of support

with a probable error not greater than ±0.050 mm

Invar base-line tape—determination of Young's modulus of elasticityInvar base-line tape—-determination of the weight per meter (or per

foot)

Spring balance—testing in horizontal position

Invar base-line tape—-additional charge for each tape sent without a reel

Invar base-line tape—-determination of AE

Invar base-line tape—computed values other than as provided in item

202.405c

Invar base-line tape not more than 50 m in nominal length—-determination on bench standard at room temperature of length of one interval

when supported at one method of support and under one tension, or determination of the tension to the nearest integral half pound or quarter kilogram at which the correction to the length of the interval

is most nearly zero at a specified method of support

Invar base-line tape not more than 50 m in nominal length—each additional determination on bench standard at room temperature of

length of interval, or tension to the nearest integral half pound or quarter kilogram at which the correction to the length of an interval

is most nearly zero

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$130. 00

40. 00

20.00

20.00

225.00

15. 00

6.00

10.00

4.00

10.00

5.00

33.00

13.00

57
202.406 Surveyors' measuring instruments (other than tapes).

Item Description Fee

202.406a

202.406z

Leveling rod—testing principal intervals. _ ______

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$48. 00

202.407 Sieves.

Note: The precision seal of the National Bureau of Standards on any sieve indicates that the sieve has

been tested at the Bureau and found to conform to specification. Except by special arrangements, the testing

of sieves at the Bureau is limited to No. 2/_ to No. 400 inclusive.

Item Description Fee

202.407a

202.407z

Sieve—-test of a sieve No. 2% to No. 400 inclusive to determine conformity to specification, but not including the sieving test . _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$16. 00

202.408 Haemacytometers. Each haemacytometer chamber and each cover glass which

passes the specification is marked with a National Bureau of Standards precision seal. In

general, work will be discontinued when a substantial mimber of items in a lot fail to comply

with the specifications, and the fee will be computed on the basis of the number of items tested

plus a special handling charge. Items 202.408a to e inclusive will be applicable if a minimum

of 12 chambers are submitted at one time; otherwise item 202.408z will be applicable. Only

one letter reporting results of test will be supplied for any one test at the prices of items 202.408a

to e inclusive.

Item Description Fee

202.408a

202.408b

202.408c

Single Neubauer haemacytometer chamber—testing single cell chamber

(having Neubauer ruling) and two cover glasses for conformity with

specification _ _ $7. 00

10. 00

8.00

Single Fuchs-Rosenthal haemacytometer chamber—testing single cell

chamber (having Fuchs-Rosenthal ruling) and two cover glasses for

conformity with specification

Double Neubauer haemac3^tometer chamber—testing double cell

chamber (having two Neubauer rulings) and two cover glasses for

conformity with specification

58
Item Description Fee

202.408(1

202.408e

202.408z

Double Fuchs-Rosenthal haemacytometer chamber—testing double

cell chamber (having two Fuchs-Rosenthal rulings) and two cover

glasses for conformity with specification- _ __ _

Quadruple haemacytometer chamber—testing quadruple cell chamber

(having two Neubauer rulings and two Fuchs-Rosenthal rulings) and

two cover glasses for conformity with specification _ _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$20. 00

21. 00

202.409 Areas and area-measuring instruments.

Item Description Fee

202.409z Special tests only are conducted in this category and fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.410 Precision circles.

Item Description Fee

202.410z Special tests only are conducted in this category and fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.411 Linear thermal expansion of solids.

Item Description Fee

202.4Hz Special tests only are conducted in this category and fees for accepted

tests will be charged dependent upon their nature. Only those tests that cannot be carried out elsewhere may be accepted.

202.412 Gage blocks.

(a) Test fee schedules in 202.412 include a statement of the accuracy to which measure- ments are ordinarily made; however, if the character of the defining surfaces of a gage block

is not such as to warrant this accuracy, the report will show the accuracy actually obtained.

All gage blocks submitted for test should be in substantially new block condition and each

block should be marked with an identification number.

(b) In the shipment of gage blocks extreme precaution should be taken both against

corrosion and damage by contact with other gage blocks during transit. All defining steel

surfaces should be greased and the blocks padded with waxed paper or volatile rust inhibitor

697-498—63 5 59
treated paper. A greased steel surface coming in contact with newspaper, wrapping paper

(unwaxed) or excelsior is very likely to corrode. Sets of gage blocks should have packing

inside the case, and the case should be bound shut as the clasps frequently open or break during

shipment.

(c) Shipments and purchase orders should be sent to the National Bureau of Standards,

Washington, D.C. 20234, marked to the attention of the Length Section.

Item

202.412a

202.412b

202.412ab

202.412c

202.412d

202.412cd

202.412e

202.412f

Description

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000004 in. and excessive

errors in flatness and parallelism, for sizes from 0.100 in. to and including 1.000 in., in lots of 10 or more, each

Actual cost of calibration will be charged for smaller lots.

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000005, ±0.000006, and

±0.000007 in., respectively, for blocks from 1 to 2 in., 2 to 3 in., and

3 to 4 in. in length, and excessive errors in flatness and parallelism,

in lots of three or more, each

Actual cost of calibration will be charged for smaller lots.

Measurements as described under items (a) and (b) for usual 81-block

set, per set

Extra blocks will be charged for under items (a) or (e)

.

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000002 in. and excessive

errors in flatness and parallelism, for sizes from 0.100 in. to and including 1.000 in., in lots of 10 or more, each

Actual cost of calibration will be charged for smaller lots.

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000002, ±0.000003, and

±0.000004 in. respectively, for blocks from 1 to 2 in., 2 to 3 in., and

3 to 4 in. in length, and excessive errors in flatness and parallelism,

in lots of three or more, each

Actual cost of calibration will be charged for smaller lots.

Measurements as described under items (c) and (d) for usual 81-block

set, per set

Extra blocks will be charged for under items (c) or (e).

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000003 in. and excessive

errors in flatness and parallelism, for sizes from 0.010 to and including 0.090 in., in lots of 10 or more, each

Blocks in this size range are usually warped and do not warrant calibration to a higher accuracy. In special cases blocks 0.040 in. and thicker will be cali- brated under item (c) if the errors in flatness of the blocks are not excessive.

Gage blocks—determination of length to ±0.000001 in. per inch of

length and excessive errors in flatness and parallelism, for blocks of

the following length: 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, and 20 in., in lots of three

or more, each

Actual cost of calibration will be charged for smaller lots.

60
Item Description Fee

202.412z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Engineering Metrology

202.500 General.

(a) Test fee schedules 202.501 to 202.509 include a statement of the relative accuracy to

which measurements are ordinarily made. However, if the character of the defining surface

of a gage or other article is not such as to warrant the measurement to this accuracy, the report

will show the accuracy actually obtained. If a greater accuracy is requested and the defining

surfaces are such as to permit measurements to the accuracy requested, the necessary measurements will be made and a special fee will be charged.

(b) In addition to the items covered by schedules 202.501 to 202.509 other items such as gage block accessories, taper plug and ring gages, and gill net gages are occasionally calibrated.

Other sizes than those listed in the fee schedules are also calibrated on special request. These

tests and calibrations are made so infrequently that it is not practical to list a definite fee, and

such work will be done on the basis of the cost of the work.

(c) In the shipment of gages, extreme precautions should be taken both against corrosion

and damage by contact with other gages during transit. All defining steel surfaces should be

greased and protected with waxed paper or a suitable strippable plastic coating. A greased

steel surface coming in contact with newspaper, wrapping paper (unwaxed), or excelsior is

very likely to corrode. Small gages suitably wrapped may be fastened in place in a strong

rigid container so that no movement is possible. Plug and ring gages should ordinarily not

be shipped mated. In the case of large-size threaded plugs and rings, however, mating is permissible as a means of protecting the plug threads. In such cases a grease must be used

that will prevent electrolytic corrosion between the mating gages.

(d) Minimum test fee for calibration work is $20.00.

202.501 End standards of length.

Item Description Fee

End standards with spherical or pointed ends, or flat ends with area

of contact less than % hi. 2:

202.501a Determination of length to ±0.00005 in. for lengths up to and including 8 in., each._ ___ _ _. $12. 00

202.501b Determination of length to ±0.000005 in. per inch of length for lengths over 8 in. up to and including 20 in., each ___ 16. 00

202.501c Determination of length to ±0.000005 in. per inch of length for lengths over 20 in. up to and including 40 in., each. 20. 00

202.510d Determination of length to ±0.000005 in. per inch of length for lengths over 40 in. up to and including 72 in., each__ _ __ _ 24. 00

202.501e Determination of length to ±0.00002 in. for lengths up to and inincluding 8 in., each . _. 24. 00

61
Item Description Fee

202.50H

202.501g

202.501h

202.502z

Determination of length to ±0.000003 in. per inch of length for lengths over 8 in. up to and including 20 in., each. _ _ _ _

Determination of length to ±0.000003 in. per inch of length for lengths over 20 in. up to and including 40 in., each _ _

Determination of length to ±0.000003 in. per inch of length for lengths over 40 in. up to and including 72 in., each __

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$32. 00

40. 00

48. 00

202.502 Plain cylindrical plug and ring gages.

Item Description Fee

202.502a

202.502b

202.502c

202.502(1

202.502e

202.502f

202.502z

Plain cylindrical plug gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.00005 in. for sizes up to and including 4 in., each__

Plain cylindrical plug gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.00001 in. for sizes up to and including 2 in., each. .

Plain cylindrical plug gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.000005 in. for sizes up to and including 2 in., each.

Plain cylindrical ring gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.00001 in. for sizes 0.03 in. up to and including 2 in.,

each

$12. 00

35. 00

50. 00

50. 00

75. 00

100. 00

Plain cylindrical ring gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.000005 in. for sizes 0.03 in. up to and including 2 in.,

each__ _ __

Plain cylindrical ring gages—determination of diameter, taper, and

roundness to ±0.000003 in. for sizes 0.25 in. up to and including 2 in.,

each _ _ _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.503 Thread plug and ring gages.

Item Description Fee

202.503a Straight thread plug gages and setting thread plug gages—determination

of angle to 3' to 15' depending on pitch and diameter; lead error and

pitch diameter to 0.0001 in., major diameter to 0.0002 in. thread form

as to clearance, for sizes % in. to 6 in., each _ _ $30. 00

62
Item Description Fee

202.503b

202.503c

202.503d

202.503e

202.503f

202.503g

202.503h

202.503i

202.503]'

202.503k

202.5031

202.503m

Straight thread ring gages—determination of angle to 3' to 15' depending on pitch and diameter, lead error to 0.0001 in., minor diameter to

0.0002 in., thread form as to clearance, and fit on setting plug, for

sizes % in. to 6 in., each

Taper thread plug gages having 60° threads (except API Cable and

Rotary gages) —determination of half angles to 3' to 15' depending on

pitch and diameter, lead error, pitch diameter and taper to 0.0001 in.,

major diameter to 0.0003 in., and thread form as to clearance, for

sizes up to and including 10 in., each

Taper thread plug gages having 60° threads—determination of half

angles to 3' to 15' depending on pitch and diameter, lead error and

taper to 0.0001 in., pitch diameter to 0.0002 in., major diameter to

0.0004 in., and thread form as to clearance, for sizes over 10 in. to

24 in., inclusive, each

Taper thread ring gages having 60° threads (except API Cable and

Rotary gages) —determination of angle to 3' to 15' depending on pitch

and diameter, lead error to 0.0001 in., taper to 0.0002 in., minor

diameter to 0.0005 in. (or truncation of thread crest), thread form as

to clearance, and standoff from mating plug to 0.002 in. for sizes up

to 10 in., each

Taper thread ring gages having 60° threads—determination of angle to

3' to 15' depending on pitch and diameter, lead error to 0.0001 in.,

taper to 0.0002 in., minor diameter to 0.0005 in. (or truncation of

thread crest), thread form as to clearance, and standoff from mating

plug to 0.002 in., for sizes over 10 in. to 24 in. inclusive, each

API Cable and Rotary taper thread plug gages—determination of

dimensions specified in API Standard 7, each

API Cable and Rotary taper thread ring gages—determination of dimensions specified in API Standard 7, each

API Cable and Rotary tool connection gages—determination of mating

standoff and standoff from grand master gages, per set

API sucker rod plug gages designated as Pi, P5, P7, B2, and B6

determination of dimensions specified in API Standard 11B, each

API sucker rod plug gages designated as P3 and B4-

dimensions specified in API Standard 11B, each__

-determination of

API sucker rod ring gages designated as P2, P6, P8, Bl, and B5

determination of dimensions specified in API Standard 11B, each

API sucker rod ring gages designated as P4 and B3—determination of

dimensions specified in API Standard 11B, each

30. 00

30. 00

60. 00

30. 00

50.00
Item Description Fee

202.503n

202.503o

202.503p

202.503q

202.503r

202.503z

API sucker rod gages—determination of dimensions specified in API

Standard 11B for the inspection of used gages, per set of any size. _

API buttress casing plug gages—determination of dimensions specified

in API Standard 5B for sizes up to 10 in., each

API buttress casing plug gages—determination of dimensions specified

in API Standard 5B, for sizes over 10 in., each

API buttress casing ring gages—determination of dimensions specified

in API Standard 5B, for sizes up to 10 in., each

API buttress casing ring gages—determination of dimensions specified

in API Standard 5B, for sizes over 10 in., each

For special tests not covered by the above schedule fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$140. 00

85. 00

105. 00

70. 00

95.00

202.504 Instruments and components.

Item Description Fee

202.504a

202.504b

202.504c

202.504d

202.504e

64

Micrometer calipers—determination of errors at 10 points selected to

test uniformity of graduations as well as lead errors. Also determination of planeness and parallelism errors of contact surfaces, each__

Dial micrometers—determination of errors in each one-tenth revolution of the pointer for one revolution and each half revolution up to

five revolutions, each

In the case of dial micrometers, the accuracy obtainable depends on the value

of the smallest division on the dial and on the mechanical condition of the instrument as evidenced by the degree to which it will repeat its indications.

Thread wires—determination of diameter, straightness, and roundness

of each of three wires in a set in accordance with specification for

wires in NBS Handbook H28, Screw Thread Standards for Federal

Services, and determination of mean diameter and C correction, for

the best sizes of wires for standard 60° screw threads, from 2 to 80

threads per inch and for 29° Acme screw threads from 1 to 20 threads

per inch, per set of three wires

Gear wires—determination of diameter, straightness, and roundness of

each of two wires in a set to an accuracy of ±0.000010 in., per set__.

Master wires—determination of mean diameter, and straightness to an

accuracy of ±0.000005 in., each

$50. 00

35. 00

6. 00

6. 00

15. 00
Item Description Fee

202.504f Penetration needles—test for compliance with ASTM specification D5-

52 without reporting actual dimensions, each _ $3. 00

202.504g Penetration needles—test for compliance with ASTM specification D5-

61 with dimensions reported, each.. _ _ 25. 00

Request quotation on test of six or more needles on above test.

2i)2. 504x1 Petroleum wax penetration needles—test for compliance with ASTM

Specification D1321-61T, without reporting dimensions, each 5. 00

Penetration needles must be serial numbered ; otherwise, needles will be num12± ±j * 00\J\J

202.504i Polariscope tubes—determination of the average length of polanscope

observation tube and marking with NBS serial number if length is within ±0.03 mm of nominal length for 100 and 200 mm tubes and

+ 0.04 mm for 400 mm tubes each 24. 00

202.504z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.505 Optical reference planes.

Item

202.505a

202.505b

202.505c

202.505d

202.505z

Description

Optical reference planes are tested interferometrically, horizontally supported with test surface supported on three equally spaced pads located at 0.7 of the radius from the center. The test is performed

along two marked diameters at 90° to each other on each surface,

when each diameter is parallel to two of the support pads. Graphs

of the profiles are supplied.

Optical reference plane—to an accuracy of ±0.0000005 in. for sizes not

exceeding 6 in., per surface

Optical reference plane—to an accuracy of ±.0000005 in. for sizes

larger than 6 in. but not exceeding 8 in. in diameter, per surface

Optical reference plane—to an accuracy of ±0.0000005 in. for sizes

larger than 8 in. but not exceeding 10 in. in diameter, per surface

Optical true plane not exceeding 3 in. in diameter—measured along four

marked diameters at 45° to each other, to an accuracy of ±0.0000002

in. Test performed by intercomparison of a group of three similar

planes supplied by customer. Total of 12 diameters—four each on

one surface of three planes

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

65
202.506 Angle blocks.

Item Description Fee

202.506a Calibration of set of AA grade angle blocks consisting of one each of the

following sizes: 1, 3, 5, 20, and 30"; 1, 3, 5, 20, and 30'; 1, 3, 5, 15, 30,

and 45°;—determination of flatness of faces, parallelism of elements

of surfaces and angle between faces. Accuracy of angle between faces

0.5". Per set $350. 00

202.506z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.507 Polygons.

Item Description Fee

Calibration of polygons—determination of flatness of faces, variation of

the angles between faces and the base of the polygon (where possible

the polygon will be adjusted for minimum variation) and the angle

between faces. Accuracy of values for angles between faces 0.5" or

less.

202.507a Polygons having 4 or 5 sides, each $175. 00

202.507b Polygons having 8, 9, or 10 sides, each ____ 200. 00

202.507c Polygons having 12 sides, each . __ 250. 00

202.507d Polygons having 24 sides, each _ __ 400. 00

202.507e Polygons having 36 sides, each_ 800. 00

202.507f Polygons having 72 sides, each . _ 2, 000. 00

202.507z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be

charged dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.508 Master balls.

Item Description Fee

202.508a Steel or Carbide balls—determination of diameter to ±0.000050 in. for

sizes from }{6 in. to 1 in., each__ _ _._ _ _ $10. 00

202.508b Steel or Carbide balls—determination of diameter to ±0.000010 in. for

sizes from %6 in. to 1 in., each _ . 15. 00

66
Item Description Fee

202.508c Master ball—determination of diameter to ±0.000005 in. by comparison with NBS master and measurement of roundness of two equators,

for sizes from %in. to % in. by y32 in. steps and K in. to 1 in. by }{6 in.

steps. Test applied only on balls with diameter variation of 0.000005

in. or less and deviation from nominal size within ±0.000030 in., each. $25. 00

202.508d Master balls—determination of mean diameter from five interferometric

readings to an accuracy of ±0.000003 in. and measurement of roundness of four equators. For sizes up to 1 in. in diameter. Test made

only on balls with diameter variation of 0.000003 in. or less, each 60. 00

202.508z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

202.509 Gears.

Item Description Fee

202.509a

202.509z

Tooth index measurement—calibration results recorded in tape form

with each tooth location being represented by a plateau and another

tape (taken simultaneously) of the reference diameter location during

the tooth index calibration. Gears, master gears, gear cutters, and

index plates, from 0.125 in. diam to about 8.0 in. diam and from about

24 teeth to about 500 teeth. The maximum overall length of the

part must be less than 3 in. Suitable reference and calibration sur- faces must be available to obtain the estimated accuracy of ±3" of

arc. For 71 teeth or less, each

For 72 teeth or more, each

The cost of any needed adaptors will be added to the calibration cost, if made

by the Bureau.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Mass and Volume

202.610 General.

(a) Calibration and testing.

(1) Calibration consists of determining the value, either mass or volume, relative to an

accepted standard. It is assumed that all items submitted for calibration will be used as reference standards. (This designation implies the use of a correction or actual value of the

standard in all measurements relative to it.) Results of a calibration will be reported in a National Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration listing the value together with an appropriate uncertainty. The Report of Calibration makes no reference to the compliance with

existing class tolerances which limit the departure of actual value from the nominal value.

(2) Testing consists of establishing compliance with applicable specifications or toler- ances. If the need is critical and the service is not available elsewhere, items may be accepted

67
for test. The results of the test will be reported in a National Bureau of Standards Report of

Test, which generally is a statement indicating the compliance, or noncompliance, with the

particular specification or tolerance.

(3) Acceptance for calibration or test is based on inspection at the Bureau. Acceptance

is based on suitability for use as a reference standard. Items not accepted for calibration or

test will be returned, the appropriate cleaning, handling, and inspection fee being applicable.

(4) The established fees are based on satisfactory test or calibration effected by normal

procedures. Total cost of test or calibration will include cost of items required to facilitate the use of normal procedures. Examples of items, the cost of which will be added to the established

fees as routine procedure, are replacement of missing small weights, repairs to damaged surfaces,

the cleaning and greasing of glass stopcocks, repairs to shipping cases or crates, and the reconditioning or modification of closures for weight-adjustment cavities.

(5) Occasionally items are received for test which vary excessively from nominal. Such

variation becomes evident in the actual calibration or test. Completion of calibration or test

may require considerable deviation from normal procedures. For such cases, the fee will be

computed on a cost basis.

(6) When requested, receipt of items and purchase orders will be acknowledged. Such

acknowledgment will not contain a price quotation. Actual cost of the calibration or test will

be stated in the acknowledgment copy of NBS Form 64. Usually, this acknowledgment is issued sufficiently in advance of the completion of the work so that change orders can be processed prior to return shipment.

(b) Correspondence and purchase orders.

(1) All correspondence concerning calibration and testing should be addressed to the

National Bureau of Standards, Attention: Mass and Volume Section, 2.06, Washington,

D.C., 20234.

(2) The purchase order or calibration request must include complete information con- cerning the following items:

(i) Purchase order number or authority to charge against existing open purchase

order.

(ii) Legal owner of item.

(iii) Nominal designation and total number of items by count.

(iv) Shipping instructions for shipment to other than name stated in (i).

(v) Previous Bureau of Standards test number if appropriate.

(3) After completion of calibration or test, items will be packed and shipped as directed.

The Eeport of Calibration or the Report of Test, whichever is applicable, will be mailed under

separate cover.

202.611 Reference standards of mass.

(a) Reference standards of mass are weights or weight sets of design, material, and sur- face finish comparable to, but not necessarily limited to present Class A, B, M, S, or S-l as described in Circulars 3

4 and 547 5 in Volume III of NBS Handbook 77. Standards accepted

are calibrated with reference to NBS standards of mass, with an uncertainty compatible with

the equipment and methods used.

(b) Packing and shipping.

(1) Weights must be carefully packed. If shipped in their regular cases the weights

should be tightly packed in their pockets by the use of extra material of some sort.

(2) In many instances the sheet-metal weights that are packed under the glass covers

of the regular cases reach the Bureau bent or otherwise damaged. Care should be given the

* NBS Circular 3, Design and test of standards of mass. In NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol. in, Optics,

Metrology, and Radiation, p. 615 (see pp. 101-102 for price information and order form).

• NBS Circular 547, Precision laboratory standards of mass and laboratory weights. Price 35 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402. Also in NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol.

Ill, Optics, Metrology, and Radiation, p. 588 (see pp. 101-102 for price information and order form).

68
packing of these weights. Sufficient extra packing should be used to hold the glass cover

firmly in place.

(3) Many of the laboratory and storage weight cases now in service are not designed

to retain the weights in the pockets during shipment. Also, shipments of weights are sometimes subjected to exceptionally rough handling. It is strongly recommended that weights

larger than about 200 g be removed from the laboratory or storage cases and packed for shipment as described in this section. Do not ship empty storage cases.

(4) Some soft but firm material should be used next to the weight and bound tightly

against it to avoid possibility of abrasion. If tissue paper is used, many thicknesses should be

firmly wrapped on. This should then be covered with thicker, tougher material such as cotton

gauze or knit goods. The whole should then be wrapped securely in heavy wrapping paper

to exclude the dust and grit from rough packing material. Each package should be clearly

labeled.

(5) Weight identification, purchase order number, and legal owner must be clearly

designated on the packing slip. Enclose packing slip in envelope and attach to outside of box

(wrap with weights if package is small). Envelope should be clearly marked. Also package

with the weights an information sheet stating the density and composition or accepted trade

name of the material of which the weights are made, also the construction and surface protection of the weights.

(c) Calibration.

(1) Cleaning, inspection, and handling in accordance with fee 202.611 (a through d) will

apply to all weights accepted for calibration.

(2) The true mass and/or apparent mass corrections are determined using computed

volumes based on the manufacturers statement of density of the material. (In the absence

of this information, estimated densities are used.) The apparent mass correction at 20 °C is computed with reference to Normal Brass (density 8.4 g/cm3 at 0 °C: Volume coefficient

expansion 0.000054/C 0

, air density 1.2 mg/cm 3). Apparent mass corrections computed to any

other basis will be furnished if requested. Fee in accordance with 202.611 (e through z) will

apply for calibration.

(3) Measurement of volumes for use in computing corrections will be done on a cost

basis (202.61 lz). Correspondence or consultation as to the exact requirements must provide a

basis for such calibration.

Item Description Fee

Inspection, cleaning, and handling (also applies to weights not accepted

for calibration)

202.611a For single weight not greater than 50 lb or 20 kg $12.00

202.611b For each set or group of weights submitted as a unit, when the largest

weight is not greater than 2 lb or 1 kg... ._ 17.00

202.611c For each set or group of weights submitted as a unit, when the largest

weight is not greater than 20 lb or 10 kg but is greater than 2 lb or 1 kg

_

25. 00

202.611d For each set or group of weights submitted as a unit when the largest

weight is not greater than 50 lb but is greater than 20 lb or 10 kg 35.00

Calibration, in addition to appropriate inspection, cleaning, and

handling fees

69
Item Description Fee

202.611e For sets 100 g to 1 mg, or sets within this range... ____ $140. 00

202. 611f For sets 100 g to 50 mg, or sets within this range 120.00

202.611g For sets 100 g to 1 g, or sets within this range. _ __ 60. 00

202.611h For sets 1 g to 1 mg, or sets within this range . _ . _ 80. 00

202.611i For individual weights, 100 g or less _ . .. 10. 00

202.611] For each individual weight greater than 100 g but not greater than 2 kg._ 15.00

20^ 61 1 k T^AT JL Ul PflpVl CilCLi ITl^l 1L1U.11 "\71 V 1U1^11Hill ft 1 WAltytSt. W Cl^li U CT*Pftt£*T t,Vl ft D IcO" tSll f, T"lfii", CTTPft t Pf t,Vl ft T\ 90 Vo* £^1 CQi LCI 1 11 (HI J-i JVg Uuu 11VJ iJ gX C<X t CI L 1 1 till A\J -i» ^ 20Ld \J , 00\J\J

202.611z Other operations will be charged for on the basis of actual cost of time

and materials.

202.612 Large mass standards.

(a) Large mass reference standards are weights over 50 lb (up to and including 10,000 lb).

Acceptance for calibration is based on suitability with regard to general design and upon assur- ance of usage as a reference standard.

(b) Weights over 50 lb will be accepted for testing or standardization provided the need

is critical and the service is not available elsewhere. (Testing is to determine compliance or noncompliance with accepted specifications. Standardization includes testing and adjustment

to comply with appropriate adjustment tolerance.)

(c) Packing and shipping:

(1) Arrangements for testing or calibration should be completed before weights are shipped to the Bureau. All correspondence must be addressed to the National Bureau of

Standards, Mass and Volume Section, 2.06, Washington, D.C., 20234.

(2) Weights from 51 lb to approximately 250 lb must be clean, suitably protected, and

shipped in wooden boxes having screw-fastened covers. Larger weights must be clean, suitably

protected, and shipped in reusable crates. Adjustment cavity seals must be packed separately

and included with all new weights shipped to the Bureau for standardization. The empty

adjustment cavities must be suitably protected to exclude dirt and moisture while in transit.

(3) Ship weights as follows:

(i) Test weights of 50 lb and reference standards of 51 to 1,000 lb: From the West

Coast and the Rocky Mountain area, ship to the National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colo.,

80310; from the Midwest, ship to the National Bureau of Standards Master Scale Depot, 5800

West 69th Street, Chicago, 111., 60600; from the East, ship to the National Bureau of Standards,

Connecticut Avenue and Van Ness Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20234.

(ii) 1,001 to 10,000 lb: It is desirable that weights larger than 1,000 lb be

submitted to the National Bureau of Standards Master Scale Depot, 5800 West 69th Street,

Chicago, 111., 60600; however, by previous correspondence, arrangements can be made for

accepting such weights at the National Bureau of Standards in Washington, D.C.

(d) Adjusting material: When large amounts of adjusting material are required for new

weights, the Bureau reserves the right to add the cost to the test fee or to require the owner or maker to furnish the material.

(e) Calibration, test, and standardization: For a calibration, the value of the weight or

object (apparent mass with reference to Normal Brass) together with a statement of uncertainty

70
will be reported on an NBS Report of Calibration. Weights accepted for test will be reported

as either complying or not complying with appropriate specifications on an NBS Report of Test.

Weights accepted for standardization will be reported as complying with appropriate adjustment

tolerance specifications on an NBS Report of Test. Fees in accordance with 202.612 (a thru

z) apply.

Item Description

202.612a

202.612b

202.612c

202.612d

202.612e

202.612f

202.612g

202.612h

202.612i

202.612j

202.612k

Test Weights, 50 lb, Class C, Cast Iron

A handling fee of $2.25 per weight in addition to the applicable test fee

will be charged for each weight of a group submitted; the minimum

handling charge shall be

The Bureau no longer tests weights of this kind on a routine basis. Special

need or requirement for this work must be established.

Tolerance testing (no adjustment), per weight

Standardization, per weight

Test weights, 51 to 1,000 lb

Test and, when adjustable, standardize within Class C adjustment

tolerances

Calibration only (precision 1/100,000)

Test weights, 1,001 to 2,500 lb

Test and, when adjustable, standardize to nominal value with precision

of 0.01 lb

Calibration only (precision 1/100,000)

Test weights, 2,501 to 10,000 lb

Calibration only (precision 1/25,000)

Calibration only (precision 1/100,000)

Standardization, in addition to either 202.612h or 202.612L

Cars, railway track scale test

Standardization on Master Track Scale at National Bureau of Standards Master Scale Depot, 5800 West 69th Street, Chicago, 111

202.612z

Test weights, 10,000 to 150,000 lb

Fees for tests of weights in this grouping will be charged dependent upon

the nature of the test.

40. 00

71
202.613 Calibration of mass elements of pressure-gage testing apparatus.

Calibration consists of cleaning, marking with suitable designation when required, and determining the value, which for weights of one pound and greater is reported to a precision of 1 part in 100,000. The fee is in accordance with fee schedule item 202.613a.

Item Description Fee

212.613a Each item to be calibrated _ _____ ___ $6. 00

202.614 Recalibration of mass standards. Recalibration of reference mass standards

should be based on monitoring the difference between weights or groups of weights in the set. As long as the differences as measured agree with the computed differences, the set can be considered constant. Mass standards submitted for recalibration will be cleaned, inspected, and

tested by intercomparison. If this intercomparison shows there has not been a sufficient change

to warrant complete recalibration, a letter so stating and referring to the previous National

Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration will be issued. Such a letter may include new values

for one or two weights if necessary. Fee will not exceed that listed under 212.611, 202.612,

or 202.613, whichever is applicable.

202.615 Glass volumetric apparatus.

(a) Glass volumetric apparatus is tested generally by weighing the amount of distilled

water contained or delivered with reference to the graduations marked on the instrument. The

quality of the markings and the care exercised in reading or setting the liquid level are major

factors in both calibration and usage. Occasionally such instruments are used as reference or

transfer standards which require calibration. Many usage requirements are satisfied by testing

for compliance with existing capacity tolerance specifications. The Mass and Volume Section

offers both calibration and testing, subject to certain restrictions.

(b) Instruments suitable for, and to be used for, reference or transfer standards will be

accepted for calibration. Such instruments must essentially conform to the specifications

contained in NBS Circular 602, 8 Testing of Glass Volumetric Apparatus. Acceptance for

calibration is based on correspondence or consultation concerning the exact manner in which

the instrument is to be used. If accepted for calibration, the instrument will be marked with

an identification number, calibrated, and the results reported on an NBS Report of Calibration.

The report will state the capacity under the conditions of test together with an associated

statement concerning uncertainty. Fee for calibration will be computed on a cost basis.

(c) Precision grade glass volumetric apparatus will be accepted for testing to determine

compliance with specifications and tolerances if the need is critical and the service is not available elsewhere. Acceptance for test is based on conformance with the specifications contained

in NBS Circular 602, 6 or other appropriate specifications. The item will be marked with an

appropriate stamp if test results indicate conformity with NBS-approved specifications and

tolerances. No individual report will be issued (see paragraph d below for exception). Fee

for testing is in accordance with 202.615 (a through 1). (d) A report will be furnished listing the test results for groups of blood pipets to be used

as factory standards, if requested. Fees in accordance with 202.6 15p.

« NBS Circular 602, Testing of glass volumetric apparatus. Price 20 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government,

Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402. Also in NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol. Ill, Optics, Metrology

and Radiation, p. 723 (see pp. 101 and 103 for price information and order form).

72
Item Description

202.615a

202.615b

202.615c

202.615d

202.615e

202.615f

202.615g

202.615h

202.615i

202.6 15j

202.615k

202.6151

202.615m

202.615n

202.615O

202.615p

202.615q

202.615r

Testing in accordance with specifications in NBS Circular 602 6 or other approved specifications.

Flasks of capacities up to and including 250 ml, each

Flasks of capacities exceeding 250 ml, each

Flasks marked both "to contain" and "to deliver," each

Flasks, of any capacity, when bearing more than one graduation mark.

Primary capacity, each

Each capacity in addition to primary (number determined by the

Bureau)

Flasks, specific gravity, each

Cylindrical graduates, capacities up to and including 250 ml, each

Cylindrical graduates, capacities exceeding 250 ml, each

Transfer pipets, each

Burets, except automatic, each

Burets, automatic, each

Measuring pipets, each

Items a thru 1 disqualified for test on initial inspection, per item

Dilution pipet, including Trenner automatic and Sahli, each

Dilution pipets, automatic, other than Trenner, each

Report of test for quality control purposes (applies to 202.615n and o

only), each item

Apparatus n and o disqualified for test on initial inspection, each.

202.615z

Items except those above for which there are accepted specifications,

such as microazotometers, spirits measuring flasks, etc., will be

tested on a cost basis in accordance with 2026. 15z. (Report of test

will include capacities at test points if appropriate.)

For special calibrations not covered by above schedules, fees will be

determined on a cost basis.

73
202.616 Metal volumetric apparatus.

(a) Only those instruments suitable for use as reference standards (see, for example,

specifications contained in NBS Monograph 62, 7 Testing of Metal Volumetric Standards) will

be accepted for calibration, based on inspection at the Bureau. Calibration consists of determining the value "to contain" or "to deliver" by either gravimetric means or by the use of

transfer standards. The item will be marked, and the value determined will be reported,

together with a statement concerning the uncertainty, on a National Bureau of Standards

Report of Calibration. Fee in accordance with 202.616 (a thru z) applies. Specify "to

contain," "to deliver," or both.

(b) Items not accepted for calibration as a result of initial inspection will be returned,

fee in accordance with 202.616o being applicable.

(c) Packing and shipping:

(1) The apparatus should be securely packed in cases or packages which will protect

against possible damage.

(2) When submitting immersion bottles for calibration, do not include the tank as it

is not used in the calibration.

(3) Arrangements for calibration of field standards in excess of 10 gal capacity must

be completed before shipping apparatus to the Bureau.

(4) If requested, the zero index or gage scales will be adjusted and sealed to within

accepted tolerance specifications. Adjustment of slicker plate type standards should be made

by the manufacturer.

item i-'ebcup non jc ee

Calibration "to contain." Fee for calibration "to deliver" is same. For both calibrations, double fee shown.

202.616a Slicker plate measures of capacity less than 5 gal, each _ $19. 00

202.616b Slicker plate measures of 5 gal capacity, each... __ _ 25. 00

Adjustments of slicker plate measures to within accepted capacity

tolerances, if requested, are done on a cost basis under 202.6 16z.

202.616c Yio ft3 bottles for use in testing gas meters, each__ _ _ 25. 00

202.616d Cubic foot bottles for use in testing gas meters, each. _ 41. 00

202.616e Portable cubic foot standards (Stillman type) _ __ . 135. 00

202.616f Field standards of capacity less than 5 gal (graduated neck type), each__ 19. 00

202.616g Field standards of 5 gal capacity, each _ __ 25. 00

202.616h Field standards in excess of 5 gal but less than 50 gal capacity, first 10

gal increment __ ___ _ _ 25. 00

202.616i Each additional 5 gal increment, field standards of 50 gal or more ca- pacity. ._ _____ _____ 4. 50

f NBS Monograph 62, Testing of metal volumetric standards. Price 15 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern- ment Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402 (see p. 103 for order form).

74
Item Description Fee

202.616j

202.616k

202.6161

202.616m

202.616n

202.616O

202.616z

First 50 gal increment

Each additional 50 gal increment

Each additional 5 gal increment

Calibration of field standards, graduated neck type, at more than one

scale point, each additional point

Adjustment of zero index or gage, each

Apparatus disqualified for test, inspection and handling fee, each

For calibration not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

on a cost basis.

$43. 00

7. 50

4. 50

15. 00

13.00

7. 00

202.617 Hydrometers.

(a) Hydrometers are considered reference standards. Those instruments conforming with

the recommendations on construction contained in NBS Circular 555, 8 Testing of Hydrometers,

will be accepted for calibration, acceptance based on inspection at the Bureau.

(b) For the purposes of this fee schedule, the following changes are made in Circular 5558:

(1) Hydrometers with duplex scales or flat scales are not considered suitable for use as laboratory standards and will not be accepted for calibration.

(2) The thermometer element of a thermohydrometer will not be calibrated. (See

ASTM specification E100, Standard Specification for ASTM Hydrometers.)

(3) The results of calibration will be furnished together with a statement of uncertainty,

on a National Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration. Use as a laboratory standard implies the use of corrections; therefore no reference to tolerance compliances will be made on

the report.

(c) Calibration consists of comparison at three or more points with a standard hydrometer.

Fee in accordance with 202.617 applies.

(d) Apparatus not accepted for calibration will be returned, appropriate inspection and

handling fee being applicable. Each scale card must state the name of the manufacturer and

his serial number, the standard temperature and type of scale.

Item Description Fee

202.617a Hydrometers, calibrated at three points, lots of 10 or more of identical

scale range and design, each $13. 00

202.617b Hydrometers, calibrated at three points, lots of less than 10, each of

identical range and design, each ____ 16. 00

8 NBS Circular 555, Testing of hydrometers. Price 10 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing

Office, Washington, D.C., 20402; also in NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol. Ill, Optics, Metrology, and Radiation, p. 707 (see pp. 101 and 103 for price information and order form).

75
Item Description Fee

202.617c Calibration at additional points, each point _. $3. 50

202.617d Hydrometers disqualified for calibration—inspection and handlingcharge __ 3. 00

202.617z For special calibrations not covered by the above schedule, fees will

be determined on a cost basis.

202.618 Density determinations of solids and liquids.

(a) If the need is critical and the service is not available elsewhere, request may be ac- cepted for the following density determinations:

(1) Density of solids, determined by hydrostatic weighing in appropriate liquid. Solids

generally to have a mass less than 175 g and a maximum dimension less than 15 cm.

(2) Density of liquids, determined by weighing in picnometers at temperatures between

0 and 70 °C.

(3) Associated tests such as the volume of solids, coefficient of thermal expansion for

both solids and liquids.

(b) Acceptance for test is based on consultation or correspondence regarding the exact

nature of the requirements. Do not ship materials to the Bureau until all arrangements for

test have been completed. Fees for all tests are computed on a cost basis.

Item Description Fee

202.618z Density determinations for solids and liquids, fees computed on a cost

basis.

Sec.

203.101

203.102

203.103

203.104

203.105

Part 203—Heat

Temperature Physics

Laboratory thermometers

Thermocouples, thermocouple materials, and pyrometer indicators

Resistance thermometers

Clinical thermometers

Optical pyrometers and ribbon filament lamps

Temperature Physics

203.101 Laboratory thermometers. Only thermometers identified uniquely by serial

number will be accepted for test.

Item Description Fee

203.101a Thermometers, testing at points from 0 to 100 °C inclusive, or from

32 to 212 °F inclusive, for each point tested $10. 00

76
X LtJiXl T)pc;pn .L-' CD\_<JL 1"nt.i LJ UJ. nnUii Fpp

203.101b Thermometers, testing at points from 101 to 300 °C inclusive, or from

213 to 600 °F inclusive, for each point tested $18. 00

203.101c Thermometers, testing at points from 301 to 500 C inclusive, or from

601 to 950 F inclusive, for each pomt tested ___ 30. 00

203.101d Thermometers, testing at points from —1 to —110 °C inclusive, or from

31 to —166 °F inclusive, for each point tested. _ _ _ 32. 00

203.101e Thermometers, testing in liquid air, oxygen, or liquid nitrogen (—183

to —196 °C), for each point tested. _ 53. 00

203.101f Calorimeter thermometers. ... __ 67. 00

203.101g Beckmann thermometers, with 5 or 6 scale, testmg at 1 intervals by

comparison with precision standards. __ _ 73. 00

203.101h When instruments submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done. Mmlmum lee _ __ _ _ __ _ 1. 00

203.101i Preliminary examination for foreign material in the mercury column and

bulb and lor a separated mercury column will be made as required.

Separated mercury column will be reunited provided this can be ac- complished readily. Maximum fee o. UU

203.101z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

203.102 Thermocouples, thermocouple materials and pyrometer indicators.

(a) Only the bare wires are required in order to perform the thermocouple calibrations

in this schedule. It is preferable not to send insulating and protecting tubes, as the rate of

breakage of these in shipment is high. If the thermocouple is furnished mounted (as in a

protection-tube assembly) a charge of $5.00 will be made for dismantling the mounting, and

the various parts will be returned to the sender without reassembling them.

(b) Thermocouple length requirements listed below are exclusive of lead wire. Lead

wire need not be sent with thermocouples.

(c) All thermocouple calibration data furnished in reports will be on the basis of a reference

junction temperature of 0 °C, or 32 °F.

(d) The calibration or test of an article will not be undertaken if, in our opinion, the article

will not yield the specified accuracy, or if it possesses such unusual characteristics as to prevent

the carrying out of the calibration or test at a reasonable cost.

77
Item Description

203.102a

203.102b

203.102c

203.102d

High-temperature thermocouples and thermocouple materials. Minimum length 24 in. Corresponding values of emf and temperature

at 4 to 15 points in the range 0 to 1450 °C (32 to 2650 °F)

The reported uncertainty of calibration of platinum versus platinum-rhodium

thermocouples is 0.5 degree Celsius from 0 to 1100 °C and increases from 0.5 degree at 1100 °C to 2 degrees at 1450 °C. Values above 1100 °C are obtained

by extrapolation. Results for platinum versus platinum-10% rhodium thermocouples are given at 1 degree intervals over the entire range 0 to 1450 °C.

The reported uncertainty of calibration of base-metal thermocouples is 1 degree Celsius. Base-metal thermocouples are not tested above 1100 °C

(2000 °F).

Thermocouple materials are tested against platinum thermoelectric standards maintained by the Bureau.

High-temperature thermocouples and thermocouple materials. Calibration as per item 203.102a at less than four points, per point

Platinum versus platinum-10% rhodium thermocouples. The thermocouple shall be at least 36 in. long and made of wire not less than 0.014

in. in diameter. Emf of a thermocouple at any of the following temperatures, per point

1063 °C (gold point), 960.8 °C (silver point) , 630.5 °C 419.5 °C (zinc point).

Calibration uncertainty 2 nv (about 0.2 degree Celsius).

Platinum versus platinum-10% rhodium thermocouples. The thermocouple shall be at least 36 in. long and made of wire not less than

0.014 in. in diameter. Primary calibration at all of the temperatures listed in item 203.102c, plus a table of corresponding values

of emf and temperature at 1 degree intervals in the range 0 to 1450 °C._

Uncertainty in emf reported for the fixed point temperatures 2fj.v. Uncertainties in values given in the table do not exceed 0.3 degree Celsius in the range

0 to 1100 °C, and then increase from 0.3 degree at 1100 °C to not more than 2

degrees at 1450 °C.

If the submitted thermocouple meets the requirements of the International

Practical Temperature Scale for standard thermocouples (see the International

Practical Temperature Scale of 1948 by H. F. Stimson, J. Res. NBS 65A, 139,

1961),9 a quadratic equation fitted at 1063, 960.8, and 630.5 °C will also be

furnished.

203.102e High-temperature thermocouples and thermocouple materials. Interpolated corresponding values of emf and temperature as per item

203.102a per point

203.102f Based-metal thermocouples. Minimum length of 36 in. Corresponding values of emf and temperature with an uncertainty of 0.1 °C

in the range 0 to —110 °C, per point

Minimum calibration per thermocouple, two points.

"Also published as NBS Monograph 37, International Practical Temperature Scale of 1948, Text Eevision of 1960. Price 10 cents. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402 (seep. 103 for order form).

78
Item Description Fee

203.102g

203.102h

203.102i

203.102]

203.102z

Base-metal thermocouples. Minimum length of 36 in. Corresponding values of emf and temperature with an uncertainty of about 0.1°

in the range 0 to 300 °C and with an uncertainty of about 0.2 0 above 300

°C, per point

Minimum calibration per thermocouple, two points.

Base-metal thermocouples. Minimum length of 36 in. Corresponding values of emf and temperature with an uncertainty of about 0.1 0 in

the range —183 to —196 °C, per point

Minimum calibration per thermocouple, two points.

Pyrometer indicators. Calibration of single scale or meter of single

dial of potentiometer (reference junction compensator counting as a

dial)

Pyrometer indicators. Calibration of each additional dial of a multidial instrument (reference junction compensator counting as a dial) or of each additional range of each dial or scale of a multi-range instrument

Calibration of a thermocouple and pyrometer indicator as a unit will be charged

for as if the thermocouple and indicator were separately calibrated.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$28. 00

48.00

23.00

8. 00

203.103 Resistance thermometers. Resistance thermometers will normally be tested

only if they may reasonably be expected to meet the requirements as a standard on the International Practical Temperature Scale. In general, this requires a four-lead resistor of very pure

platinum hermetically sealed in a protecting tube.

Item Description Fee

203.103a

203.103b

203.103c

203.103d

Standard platinum resistance thermometers—calibration at the ice,

steam and sulfur points. Table will be furnished with entries at

1 -degree intervals

Standard platinum resistance thermometers—calibration under 203.-

103a and at the oxygen point. Table will be furnished with entries

at 1 -degree intervals

Calorimetric type platinum resistance thermometers—calibration at

the ice and steam points and at approximately 50 °C. Table will be

furnished with entries at 1 -degree intervals

Capsule-type platinum resistance thermometers—comparison calibration over the range from 12 to 90 °K. Results will be in the form of a table with entries at 0.1 -degree intervals. Additional tables are not available unless requested at the time of test. See item 203.103f _

.

$165. 00

220. 00

165.00

440. 00

79
Item

203.103e

203.103f

203.103g

203.103h

203.103y

203.103z

Description

Determination of the average temperature coefficient of electrical resist- ance over the interval 0 to 100 °C. Minimum length, 16 in. Samples

must have a resistance of at least 0.1 ohm per foot at the ice point

Each additional table expressing the results of test under items 203.103 a,

b, ore

Additional tables under item 203.103d are not available unless requsted at the

time of test.

Item 203.103f if requested at the same time as the test of the thermometer under items 203.103a, b, c, ord

Capsule-type platinum resistance thermometers—mounting this type

of thermometer for test under item 203.103 a or b. Not applicable

to item 203.103d

When instruments submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or

unreliable, a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

203.104 Clinical thermometers.

Item Description Fee

203.104z Test of clinical thermometers for compliance with the current edition of

the Commercial Standard for Clinical Thermometers. Fees will be

charged dependent upon the time required for making the test.

203.105 Optical pyrometers and ribbon filament lamps.

(a) Optical pyrometers and ribbon filament lamps submitted for calibration should be

accompanied by an order requesting the test and specifying the fee schedule item number.

If desired, the calibration points may be specified. A bill will be rendered at the completion

of the work.

(b) The calibration of an article will not be undertaken if it possesses such unusual characteristics as to prevent the carrying out of the calibration at a reasonable cost. If, in the

course of a calibration, the device is found to behave abnormally, work may be discontinued

and a fee covering the cost of the work performed will be charged.

80
Item Description Fee

203.105a Optical pyrometers: Calibration of one range between 800 and 2400 °C

or the first range, between 800 and 2400 °C, of a calibration involving

mnrn t.VlflX) OTIft rflnfffl' 4- to 12 VfllllP1? $185 UJ lOu. 00\J\J

203 105b Ontiffll nvrrnn p,tpr«? ("Inlihration of rancp'? in adrlifyioTi to it.pm 90*3 ID^n

up to 4200 °C; 4 to 12 values in each range, per range_ _ 120.00

203.105c Optical pyrometers: Three or fewer values, 800 to 2400 °C 95.00

203.105d Ribbon filament lamps: Values of brightness temperature (at wavelength of 0.65/z) versus direct current at 6 to 16 points in the raage,

800 to 2300 °C 165. 00

203.105e Ribbon filament lamps: Values of brightness temperature (at wavelength of 0.65/x) versus direct current at five or fewer points in the

range, 800 to 2300 °C 90. 00

203.105f Additional interpolated values as per item 203.105a and 203.105b, per

point _ _ _ 2. 25

203.105Z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Part 204—Radiation Physics

Radioactivity

Calibration of gamma-emitting radioactive samples

Calibration of alpha-emission rate of sources Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples

Radiological Equipment—Gamma-Ray Sources

X-ray and gamma-ray instruments

Gamma-ray sources Neutron Physics

Neutron sources Neutron instruments

Neutron irradiation of foils

Radioactivity

204.201 Calibration of gamma-emitting radioactive samples that conform to the

physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement in the Bureau's gamma

ionization chamber.

Sec.

204.201

204.202

204.203

204.501

204.502

204.701

204.702

204.703

81
Item Description Fee

204.201a

204.201b

204.201 z

(1) 100 to 300 ng of radium calibrated in terms of micrograms of radium

content measured relative to the National Radium Standard

(2) Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured

i. 50 to 100 microcuries of sodium 22, sodium 24, scandium 46,

cobalt 60, yttrium 88.

ii. 150 to 300 microcuries of manganese 54, iron 59, zinc 65,

strontium 85, niobium 95, iodine 131, cesium-barium 137,

tantalum 182, gold 198, mercury 203.

iii. 300 to 600 microcuries of potassium 42, cobalt 57.

Solution should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in a glass vial or ampoule

of o.d. 16.0±0.5 mm, wall thickness approximately 0.5 mm.

Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured _ _

i. 10 to 20 microcuries of sodium 22, sodium 24, scandium 46, cobalt

60, yttrium 88.

ii. 30 to 60 microcuries of manganese 54, iron 59, zinc 65, strontium 85, niobium 95, iodine 131, cesium-barium 137, tantalum 182, gold 198, mercury 203.

iii. 60 to 100 microcuries of potassium 42, cobalt 57.

Solution should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in a glass vial or ampoule

of o.d. 16.0±0.5 mm, wall thickness approximately 0.5 mm.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent on the time

involved in making the tests.

$63. 00

63.00

80. 00

204.202 Calibration of alpha emission rate of sources.

Item Description Fee

204.202a Calibration of alpha emission rate of sources submitted for test _ _ $51.00

204.203 Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples that conform to the

physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement in the Bureau's 2irj3-

windowless proportional flow counter, or in the Bureau's 2 7r/3-ionization chamber.

Item Description Fee

204.203a Chemically stable solutions of the foflowing radionuclides in the specified

activity ranges can be measured __ __ _ - - $158. 00

82
Item Description

i. 0.5 to 2 microcuries/ml, strontium-yttrium 90.

ii. 1 to 5 microcuries/ml, chlorine 36, thallium 204.

iii. 3 to 10 microcuries/ml, sulfur 35, calcium 45, promethium 147.

Solution should be approximately 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in glass vial or ampoule.

204.203b Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the specified activity ranges can be measured.

i. 0.3 to 3 microcuries/ml, phosphorus 32.

Solution should be approximately 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in a glass vial or ampoule.

204.203z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, advance arrangements must be made. Fees will be charged dependent on the time

involved in making the tests.

Radiological Equipment—Gamma-Ray Sources

204.501 X-ray and gamma-ray instruments

Note: Calibration of radiation beam within ± 2 percent.

Item Description Fee

204.501a Calibration of one X-ray exposure-indicating instrument of one range,

in international roentgens for lightly or moderately filtered X-rays of

one half-value layer from the following selections. __ $48. 00

Lightly filtered X-rays

Technique kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter Addedfilter Distance

Approx.

first half- value

layer

Homogeneity

coefficient

(1st HVL/2d HVL)

Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate

min. max. min. max.

mm Be mm Al cm mm Al R R R/min R/min

LFD 20 0. 25 0 50 0. 06 0. 42 100 500 50 200

LFD 20 . 25 0 70 . 07 50 100 20 80

LFD 20 . 25 0 100 . 08 25 50 7 30

LFE 20 . 25 0. 5 50 . 20 . 68 10 100 2 8

LFG 30 . 25 . 5 50 . 33 . 67 25 250 5 20

LFI 50 . 25 1. 0 50 . 90 . 68 25 250 6 25

LFK 75 . 25 1. 5 50 1. 6 . 66 25 250 10 22

LFM 100 . 25 2. 0 50 2. 5 . 63 25 250 14 25

83
Moderately filtered X-rays

Technique kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter

Added filter Approx. first half-value

layer

Homogeneity

coefficient

(1st HVL/2d HVL)

Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate

Cu Al Cu Al mi i j

.

max min. max.

mm Al mm mm mm mm R R R\min R/min

MFB 60 1. 5 0 0 1. 64 0. 67 5 100 0. 4 3. 0

MFC 60 1. 5 0 2. 5 0. 09 2. 79 . 77 5 100 . 4 2. 5

MFE 75 1. 5 0 2. 5 . 11 3. 41 . 73 5 100 . 4 4. 0

MFG 100 1. 5 0 3. 5 . 20 5. 05 . 73 5 100 . 9 6. 0

MFI 150 1. 5 .25 3. 5 . 66 10. 1 . 87 5 100 1. 0 8. 0

MFK 200 1. 5 . 5 3. 5 1. 26 13. 2 . 92 10 250 2. 0 13. 0

MFM 250 1. 5 1. 0 3. 5 2. 17 16. 2 . 94 10 250 2. 5 17. 0

MFO 250 1. 5 3.2 3. 5 3. 20 18. 4 . 98 10 250 1.3 10. 0

Item Description Fee

204.501b

204.501c

Calibration of each additional X-ray exposure-indicating instrument of

the same range and for the same half-value layer of lightly or moderately filtered X-rays as selected under 204.501a and not requiring a change in setup and when the instruments are submitted at the same

time _ $18. 00

60. 00

Calibration of one X-ray instrument, either exposure- or exposure-rateindicating, in international roentgens for heavily filtered X-rays of

one effective energy from the following selections _

Heavily filtered X-rays*

Technique kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter

Added filter Approximate Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate Pb Sn Cu Al Effective

energy

HVL HVL

min. max. min. max.

mm Al mm mm mm mm kev mm Cu mm Al R R R/min R/min

HFC 50 1. 5 . 12 0 0 2. 5 40 0. 16 4. 4 0. 1 1 0. 02 0. 09

HFE 100 1. 5 . 53 0 0 2. 5 70 . 72 11. 2 5 . 05 . 27

HFG 150 1. 5 0 1. 5 4. 0 2. 5 120 2. 4 16. 8 5 . 04 . 22

HFI„ 200 1. 5 . 7 4. 0 0. 6 2. 5 170 4. 1 19. 5 5 . 03 . 21

HFK 250 1. 5 2. 7 1. 0 . 6 2. 5 215 5. 4 21. 5 5 . 03 . 21

* Available on'special arrangement.

Item Description Fee

204.501d Calibration of each additional X-ray instrument of the same exposure

or exposure-rate range, for heavily filtered X-rays of one effective

energy as selected under 204.501 c, not requiring a change in setup and

when the instruments are submitted at the same time $24. 00

84
Item Description Fee

204.501e Calibration of one instrument:

(1) Exposure-rate-indicating instrument for exposure rates ranging

from 0.01 to 15 R/min; or

(2) Exposure-indicating instrument of range 0 to 0.1 R to 0 to 25 R, in

international roentgens for cobalt 60 or cesium 137 gamma-rays_. $42. 00

204.501f Calibration of each additional instrument having the same exposure or

exposure-rate range for cobalt 60 or cesium 137 gamma-rays, as under

204.501 e, when the instruments are submitted at the same time. 17.00

204.501z Calibration of one X-ray or gamma-ray instrument, exposure- or ex- posure-rate-indicating, in international roentgens:

(1) Calibration of higher accuracy than that routinely furnished; or

(2) Calibrations on X-rays of energies other than those listed under

204.501a, c, or e; or

i^O iJfi'ilT^TSifii atyq T*pnmT*m(y o qtiopiqI SAfvivn nv qtiapiqI nrnponnTAc Hpaq \0J

y^/iXLLUl. iXuHJllO lCUU.l-LJ.ll4i tt OLIOlylttl BtJuULI \JL & LJodcll UlU^CUUlC&t 1' CC&

will be charged dependent upon the nature of the test.

Only a limited number of special calibrations can be undertaken and requests

for such should be submitted with full details for consideration.

204.502 Gamma-ray sources. Radioactive preparations submitted to the Bureau for

test are subject to the following conditions:

(a) Financial responsibility: The Bureau assumes no responsibility for loss or damage

to radioactive preparations while in its possession. The risk should be covered by insurance.

(b) Period of measurement: Approximately 10 days are required for measurement of

these radioactive preparations.

(c) Preparation of specimens: Radioactive preparations submitted for test must be

carefully sealed so that there can be no escape of any radioactive material, including any

gaseous decay products. The preparations, shielding, and packaging must be free of contamination. Contaminated or leaking preparations cannot be measured and may cause

considerable loss of time and damage to laboratory facilities. Preparations must have been

sealed for a sufficient time to be substantially in radioactive equilibrium with their decay

products when these contribute to the gamma emission (at least 30 days for radium).

(d) Packaging for shipment: Regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission re- garding the shipment of radioactive substances by rail must be complied with. These regulations are enforceable by law and prospective shippers of these substances need to be familiar

with them. Copies of the regulations can be obtained from the Interstate Commerce Commission, Washington, D.C., 20423.

(e) Possession of licensed material: In submitting specimens of cobalt 60 or other licensed source material (except radium, which is not licensed) for calibration, it will be necessary for

the submitter to certify that he is duly authorized to possess the material under license by the

USAEC, except in the case of individuals residing in a State which has entered into agreement

with the USAEC, in which case State regulations are applicable. This certification may be

by letter, by a suitable statement on the purchase order covering the calibration fee, or by a

clear copy of the submitter's Possession License for the source material.

(f) Type of measurements

(1) Radium is calibrated in terms of milligrams of equivalent radium content measured

relative to the National Radium Standard through comparison of the gamma radiation from

the specimen and the standard. Where the details of encapsulation of the specimen are known,

corrections can be made to obtain milligrams of radium content. Cobalt 60 is calibrated in

terms of exposure rate, miUiroentgens per hour at one meter, based upon comparison with

derived standards of cobalt 60.

85
(2) Postal regulations prohibit mailing radioactive materials which require a caution

label under ICC regulations. This effectively prohibits placing radioactive preparations in

the mail.

Item Description Fee

204.502a

204.502b

204.502c

204.502d

204.502e

204.502z

Gamma-ray measurements of radioactive preparations; measurements

of milligrams equivalent content to ±0.7 percent for radium; and

milliroentgens per hour at one meter to ± 3 percent for cobalt 60

0.5 to 15 mg equivalent radium content or cobalt 60 having gammarays 0.5 to 15 mRhm (milliroentgens per hour at one meter)

15+ to 100 mg equivalent radium content or cobalt 60 having gammarays 15+ to 100 mRhm_ ___

$18. 00

28. 00

40. 00

100+ to 250 mg equivalent radium content or cobalt 60 having gamma

rays 100 to 200 mEhm

For measurements in groups not exceeding 10 preparations, double the

fee for preparations of same content as the total content of the

group.

For handling and examination of a shipment containing contaminated

or leaking preparations the fee will be the same as for measurements

of a preparation having a content equal to the total nominal radioactive content of the shipment.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test. As only a limited number of

special tests can be carried out, prior arrangements must be made

including submission of full details concerning the required test.

Neutron Physics

204.701 Neutron sources.

Item Description Fee

204.701a Determination of ratio of neutron emission rate of unknown source to

primary standard in MnS04 bath or graphite column _ $385. 00

204.702 Neutron instruments.

Item Description Fee

204.702a Calibration of a set (one to three) of thermal neutron dosimeters $78. 00

86
204.703 Neutron irradiation of foils.

Item Description Fee

204.703a Activation of a set (one to four) of foils in the NBS standard thermal

neutron flux geometry . ________ $59. 00

Part 205—Analytical and Inorganic Chemistry

Pure Substances

205.101 Measurement of physical properties of primary reference fuels used for

octane number determination.

Item Description Fee

205.101a Measurement of physical properties of primary reference fuels used

for octane number determination. _ ___ ___ $445. 00

Part 206—Mechanics

Vibration

Sec.

206.001 Vibration pickups

Sound

206.101 Acoustic measurements

Pressure and Vacuum

206.201 Pressure measurements

Fluid Mechanics

206.301 Aerodynamical measurements

206.302 Fluid meters, including gas-measuring instruments

Engineering Mechanics

206.401 Hardness tests

206.402 Calibration of load cells with remote-reading electrical indicators

206.403 Special mechanical tests of devices, materials, and structures

206.404 Calibration of proving rings

206.405 Calibration of elastic force measuring devices

Vibration

206.001 Vibration pickups.

(a) This applies to the calibration of displacement, velocity, and acceleration types of

vibration pickups. A report of calibration is issued.

87
(b) Each piezoelectric acceleration pickup which is used with a cathode-follower or amplifier shall be accompanied by the cathode-follower or amplifier, the power supply if other

than batteries, and the output and connecting cables.

(c) Each piezoelectric acceleration pickup whose output is read directly with a highimpedance meter can be but need not be accompanied by the meter, but shall be accompanied

by the output cable and a suitable shielded connector.

(d) When instruments submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, a charge

will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description

206.001a Static calibration on a tilting support in the earth's gravitational field

for accelerations up to 1 g, the acceleration of gravity, with an error not greater than O.OOlg. Calibration for 10 different applied accelerations

206.001b

206.001c

Static calibration on a centrifuge at four different applied accelerations

up to 80 g for not more than two orientations with an estimated error not greater than 0.2 percent of the applied acceleration (eight calibration points). Acceleration will be determined at radii measured

to designated reference points on the pickup case

For additional tests or measurements required to determine location of seismic mass, fees will be charged to cover the cost of work done.

Dynamic calibration of velocity pickups weighing up to 2 lb in the frequency range from 10 to 2,000 c/s at double displacement amplitudes

up to 0.4 in. or accelerations up to 10 g, whichever is less. The pickup is subjected to sinusoidal motion on an electrodynamic vibration

standard previously calibrated by the reciprocity method. The estimated errors of the applied accelerations do not exceed 1 percent for

frequencies up to 900 c/s and 2 percent above 900 c/s. The magnitude

and phase angle of the calibration factor are determined at up to 10

frequencies. The magnitude of the calibration factor is determined

for up to three accelerations at each frequency (up to 30 calibration

points)

For each test frequency in excess of 10, an additional charge equal to one-tenth

of the fee is made.

206.001d Dynamic calibration of acceleration and displacement pickups weighing

up to 2 lb in the frequency range of 10 to 2,000 c/s at double displacement amplitudes up to 0.4 in. or accelerations up to 10 g, whichever

is less. The pickup is subjected to sinusoidal motion on an electrodynamic vibration standard previously calibrated by the reciprocity

method. The estimated errors of the applied accelerations do not ex- ceed 1 percent for frequencies up to 900 c/s and 2 percent above 900

c/s. The magnitude and phase angle of the calibration factor are determined at up to 10 frequencies. The magnitude of the calibration factor is determined for up to three accelerations at each

frequency (up to 30 calibration points)

For each test frequency in excess of 10, an additional charge equal to one-tenth

of the fee is made.

88
Item Description Fee

206.001e Dynamic calibration of piezoelectric acceleration pickups weighing up

to 4 oz in the frequency range of 10 to 2,000 c/s at double displacement

amplitudes up to 0.4 in. or accelerations up to 10 g, whichever is less or if requested, up to 20 g at two unspecified frequencies. The pickup is subjected to sinusoidal motion on an electrodynamic vibration

standard previously calibrated by the reciprocity method. The estimated errors of the applied accelerations do not exceed 1 percent for

frequencies up to 900 c/s and 2 percent above 900 c/s. The magnitude of the calibration factor is determined for up to three accelerations at up to 10 frequencies within a specified range (up to 30 calibration points)

206.001z

For each test frequency in excess of 10, an additonal charge equal to one-tenth

of the fee is made.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, such as dynamic

calibrations of pickups weighing more than 2 lb, calibrations of small,

lightweight piezoelectric ceramic pickups over an extended frequency range up to 20,000 c/s, or calibrations at higher accelerations,

fees will be charged dependent on the nature of the test.

$255. 00

Sound

206.101 Acoustic measurements.

Item Description Fee

206.101a Pressure calibration of Western Electric Co. Type 640AA condenser

microphone or equivalent from 50 to 10,000 c/s at discrete frequencies.

Response given in terms of open-circuit voltage per unit sound pres- sure applied to the microphone

206.101b Pressure calibration of Western Electric Co. Type 640AA condenser

microphone or equivalent from 50 to 20,000 c/s at discrete frequencies.

Response given in terms of open-circuit voltage per unit sound pres- sure applied to the microphone

206.101c

206.101d

206.101e

Free-field calibration of microphone satisfying the requirements of the

Type-L laboratory microphone specified in American Standards

Association Standard Z24.8-1949; 50 to 15,000 c/s at discrete frequencies ; plane of diaphragm either perpendicular or parallel to the

direction of sound propagation. Response given in terms of open-circuit voltage per unit free-field sound pressure

Calibration of earphones ; applied voltage response as prescribed in the

American Standards Association Specification Z24.9-1949, at not

more than 20 frequencies between 100 and 10,000 c/s

Calibration of pure tone audiometers for screening purposes at nine

fixed frequencies

$205. 00

280. 00

280.00

320. 00

820. 00

89
Item

206.101f

206.101g

206.101h

206.101i

Description

206.101]

206.101z

Artificial ear at audiometric frequencies

Sound absorption coefficient, obtained by reverberation room method,

using 72 ft 2 of material at frequencies of 125, 250, 500, 1,000, 2,000, and

4,000 c/s

In case of tests on acoustical plasters or paintability tests, any construction

work or painting done by the Bureau is charged to the sponsor in addition to the fee given above.

Sound absorption coefficient by impedance tube method at 500 c/s in

the laboratory on acoustical tiles

Sound transmission loss, wall panel, 71 in. X 88 in. at frequencies of 125,

175, 250, 350, 500, 700, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 3,000, and 4,000 c/s

The construction of the wall panel is the responsibility of the sponsor of the

test.

Sound transmission loss, floor panel, 71 in. X 88 in. at frequencies of

125, 175, 250, 350, 500, 700, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 3,000, and 4,000 c/s

plus impact sound transmission

The construction of the floor panel is the responsibility of the sponsor of the

test.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent on the nature of the test.

Fee

$430. 00

Pressure and Vacuum

206.201 Pressure measurements.

Item Description

206.201a Deadweight piston gages other than controlled clearance gages (also

called deadweight gage testers and pressure balances). Determination of effective area of the piston by comparison with a pressure

standard, up to five test points at room temperature, 20 to 25 °C.

Pressure fluid may be air, up to 600 psi, petroleum ofl up to 60,000

psi, or synthetic lubricant (dioctyl sebacate) up to 120,000 psi.

Determination of effective area requires previous weighing of piston

assembly and the use of calibrated weights. If the Bureau has

weights to fit, the gage may be calibrated using NBS weights. For

each piston

206.201b Controlled clearance piston gages. Determination of effective area,

jacket pressure for zero clearance and variation of effective area with

jacket pressure. Test is made on an assembly of piston, cylinder

and jacket, not to be disassembled later. Determination of effective area requires previous weighing of piston assembly and the use of

calibrated weights. If the Bureau has weights to fit, the gage may

90
Item Description Fee

be calibrated using NBS weights. Inquiry should be made as to the

parts to be submitted. Fee usually does not exceed $1,000.00.

Work to be charged at cost.

206.201c Barometers, Fortin or similar types, range 28 to 31 in. Hg, tube bore

0.5 in. or greater, calibration at room temperature (20 to 25 °C) and

atmospheric pressure. _ . _ - _ $220. 00

206.201d Manometers, manually operated, with tube bore 0.5 in. or greater, in

wnipn W ill Oil Krit VJUvLlh mpTHirv ill CI l/Ul QiiTTfif^pQ arp nnQprvpn T?sitiO"p t.o 100 m TTo* V o Lll 1 ClL/Co £11 O \J LID CI V CU • iVdllgC L'U J. \J\J ill • iig

,

calibration test at room temperature (20 to 25 °C) up to ten test

points. Fee usually does not exceed $1,000.00. Work to be charged

at cost.

206.201e Manometers, with tube bore 0.5 in. or greater, in which both mercury

QiifT

a

OUXlaljvO ppq atp til U nnQprvpn \J UoCl V vTvA s*ti n nf n pqi cm wnifn nprm 1 t,c ni*a t,inn in j clll vi \J 1 VJCOliili W iil^ii UC1 1X11 Vij KjCLLxk/X CLV1\J1A 111 terms of length, temperature, etc. Calibration of scale and thermometer, performance verified by comparison with pressure standard.

Fee usually does not exceed $1,000.00. Work to be charged at cost.

206.201z For special tests not covered by the above schedule. For example,

calibration of pressure gages of high precision and stability. Work

to be charged at cost.

Fluid Mechanics

206.301 Aerodynamical measurements.

Item Description Fee

206.301a

206.301z

Wind-speed indicators—calibration of cup, vane, and thermal type

anemometers, pitot tubes, and venturi tubes at wind speeds within

the range 2 to 90 mph or (optional) 10 to 170 mph_ _ _

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

$83. 00

206.302 Fluid meters, including gas-measuring instruments.

Item Description Fee

206.302a

206.302b

Dry gas meters, rated capacity 600 ft3/hr or less—testing with prover

in laboratory at two rates of flow and reporting

Displacement type meters for liquids which can be calibrated with

water at rates of flow not exceeding 300 gpm—testing at one to five

rates of flow and reporting

$60. 00

180. 00

91

697-498—63 7
Item Description

206.302c Rate of flow meters, self-contained and direct reading; for gases, capacities not over 25 cfm; for liquids, capacities not over 300 gpm—calibration at not more than five rates of flow and reporting

206.302d Orifices, flow nozzles, laminar flow meters, and similar differential head

meters for use in pipes up to and including 2-in. pipe; calibration with

water or air at a number of flow rates sufficient to develop a performance curve

206.302e Additional fee for meter in pipes larger than those included in

item 206.302d—for each 1-in. increment of size over 2 in

206.302f Meters listed in item 206.302d, when two or more are used interchangeably in the same mounting—for each meter or orifice plate after the

first ,

206.302g Water current meters—rating of Price, Pigmy, and Hoff types at not over eight velocities, and reporting results in equation form only, or

in graph form only

206.302h Water current meters—rating of Hoff type at 10 or 11 velocities and re- porting results in both graphical and equation forms, for each propeller

206.302i Water current meters—Ekman type, for each propeller submitted therewith; rating at not over eight velocities and reporting results in both

graphical and equation form

206.302] Water current meters—all types, for each velocity in excess of the number covered by items 206.302g to 206.302i above

206.302k Furnishing results of water current meter calibration in graphical form,

or in equation form when requested subsequent to completion of test_

206.302z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Engineering Mechanics

206.401 Hardness tests.

Item Description Fee

206.401a Determination of Brinell number of a block to be used for calibration

purposes, three separate indentations on each specimen. $41. 00

206.402 Calibration of load cell with remote-reading electrical indicators.

(a) These fees apply to calibration of load cells with remote-reading electrical indicators.

92
(b) Individual load cells or load cell systems must be accompained by readout or indicating equipment and all associated cables and fixtures.

(c) Up to 10 different loads are applied consecutively without return to zero.

(d) For each load in excess of 10, an additional fee equal to one-tenth of the applicable

fee is charged.

(e) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unrealiable, the test

may be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description

Capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb:

206.402a Compression

206.402b Tension

206.402c Tension and compression

Capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not exceeding 111,000 lb:

206.402d Compression

206.402e Tension

206.402f Tension and compression

Capacity exceeding 111,000 lb but not exceeding 200,000 lb:

206.402g Compression

Capacity exceeding 200,000 lb but not exceeding 300,000 lb:

206.402h Compression

206.402z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

206.403 Special mechanical tests of devices, materials, and structures.

(a) These fees apply to all mechanical tests of devices, materials, and structures performed

in the Mechanics Division not covered by other fee schedules.

(b) The charge for special mechanical tests is made on the basis of the hours of service

furnished by members of the staff.

(c) Where tests require travel outside the limits of 30 miles from the Bureau, transportation and subsistence charges will be added to the service charge.

(d) The time shall be computed as the number of official working hours from the time the

members of the staff leave the Bureau until they return to it plus any overtime spent on the tests.

93
Item Description Fee

206.403a

206.403b

Service of a member of the staff of grade GS-9, or any higher grade,

per hour__ . __ $12. 00

Service of a member of the staff of grades below GS-9, per hour 7.00

206.404 Calibration of proving rings.

(a) These fees apply to calibration of proving rings suitable for use as laboratory or transfer

standards.

(b) These fees apply to calibration in accordance with sections I, II, III, and IV of the

Appendix of NBS Circular 10 454.

(c) Up to 10 independent loads for compression or tension are applied.

(d) Fees for complete calibrations apply to rings submitted for initial calibration.

(e) For each load in excess of 10, an additional fee equal to one-tenth of the applicable

fee for complete calibration or recalibration is charged.

(f) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, a test may

be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description Fee

206.404a

206.404b

206.404c

206.404d

206.404e

206.404f

206.404g

206.404h

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb:

Compression

Tension and compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb:

Compression

Tension and compression

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but

not exceeding 111,000 lb:

Compression

Tension and compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not

exceeding 111,000 lb:

Compression

Tension and compression

$140. 00

225. 00

98.00

170. 00

175. 00

280. 00

125. 00

230. 00

10 NBS Circular 454, Proving rings for calibration testing machines. In NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and Calibration, Vol.11, Heat and Mechanics, p. 573 (see pp. 101 and 103 for price information and order form).

94
Item Description

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 111,000 lb

but not exceeding 200,000 lb:

206.404i Compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 111,000 lb but not

exceeding 200,000 lb:

206.404] Compression

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 200,000 lb

but not exceeding 300,000 lb:

206.404k Compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 200,000 lb but not

exceeding 300,000 lb:

206.4041 Compression

206.404z For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

Fee

$390. 00

280. 00

470. 00

345. 00

206.405 Calibration of elastic force measuring devices.

(a) These fees apply to calibration of elastic force measuring devices of a type suitable for use as laboratory or transfer standards.

(b) Before a device is accepted for calibration under this schedule it will be inspected for

damage, wear, and operability. Loading surfaces, tension adaptors, and pulling rods must be

complete and suitable for use with Bureau equipment. The device must be uniquely and

permanently marked with the manufacturers' serial numbers and rated capacities.

(c) A temperature coefficient must be supplied by the submitter of the device.

(d) Devices will be overloaded repeatedly to approximately 10 percent in excess of the

manufacturers' rated capacity.

(e) Up to 10 different independent loads for compression or tension will be applied.

(f) For each load in excess of 10, an additional fee equal to one-tenth of the applicable fee

is charged.

(g) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, a test may

be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description Fee

206.405a Compression

Tension

Capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb:

$99. 00

206.405b 115. 00

206.405c Tension and compression . ___ 175. 00

95
Item Description

Capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not exceeding 111,000 lb:

Compression

Tension

Tension and compression

Capacity exceeding 111,000 lb but not exceeding 200,000 lb:

Compression

Capacity exceeding 200,000 lb but not exceeding 300,000 lb:

Compression

For special tests not covered by tbe above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the tests.

Fee

206.405d

206.405e

206.405f

206.405g

206.405h

206.405z

$125. 00

175. 00

235. 00

280. 00

345. 00

Part 208—Metallurgy

Electrodeposition

208.601 Standard thickness samples of electroplated coatings.

Item Description Fee

208.601a Standard thickness samples of electroplated coatings, set of four samples.

Individual samples, each

$15. 00

4. 00

Part 210—Building Research

Fire Resistance

210.201 Fire resistance tests of building components

Thermal Conductivity

Fire Resistance

Sec.

210.601 Thermal conductivity

210.201 Fire resistance tests of building components. Requests for tests should be

made in writing to the Fire Research Section, National Bureau of Standards, Washington,

D.C., 20234, and should be accompanied with detailed drawings and specifications of the

structures proposed for test. Tests will be conducted for the public only until adequate

facilities become available elsewhere.

96
Item Description Fee

210.201a

210.201b

Fire endurance test of a floor, roof, or ceiling, 13^X18 ft _

Fire endurance test of structural column 13 ft high subjected to load, or without load __ _

$3, 850. 00

3, 200. 00

Thermal Conductivity

210.601 Thermal conductivity.

Item Description Fee

210.601a

210.601b

210.601c

210.601d

210.601z

Determination for calibration purposes of the thermal conductivity of a selected pair of specimens, by means of guarded hot-plate apparatus (conforming to ASTM C177) for mean temperatures between 20 and 130° F (ordinarily 20, 30, 75, and 130° F), per determination at one mean temperature

Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen for a range of mean temperatures from —150 to 750° C, per specimen. _

Required sample is a cylindrical bar, 46.0 cm long, and approximately 2.54

cm uniform diameter.

Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen for a range of mean temperatures from —150 to 200° C, per specimen __

Required sample is a cylindrical bar, 46.0 cm long, and approximately 2.54

cm uniform diameter.

Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen for a range of mean temperatures from 100 to 750° C, per specimen

Required sample is a cylindrical bar, 46.0 cm long, and approximately 2.54

cm uniform diameter.

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be

charged dependent upon the nature of the test and time required.

$130. 00

1,625. 00

1, 150. 00

1, 250. 00

Part 215—Physical Chemistry

Organic Chemistry

Sec.

215.301 Synthesis of C

14 labeled sugars and related products

215.302 Synthesis of tritium-labeled carbohydrates

97
Organic Chemistry

215.301 Synthesis of C

14 labeled sugars and related products.

Item Description Fee

215.301a

215.301b

Synthesis of 10 microcuries of C

14 labeled sugars and related products,

Type I (carbohydrates labeled at carbon 1) _ Each microcurie __ ___ _

$12. 50

1. Zo

17. 50

1. 75

Synthesis of 10 microcuries of C

14 labeled sugars and related products,

Type 2 (carbohydrates labeled in positions other than carbon 1)

Each microcurie _ _ _ __

215.302 Synthesis of tritium-labeled carbohydrates.

Item Description Fee

215.302a Synthesis of 10 microcuries of tritium-labeled carbohydrates (carbohydrates labeled without extensive alteration of the carbon skeleton) _ $12. 50

98
Index

Page

A-c-d-c instruments 15

Acceleration 88-89

Aerodynamical measurements 91

Admittance (rf) 26

Alpha emission rate 82

Angle measurements: on angle gage blocks 66 on plug and ring gages 62-64 on polygons 66

Area 59

Artifical-ear calibrations 90

Attenuation:

high frequency 27

microwave 34

Audiometers 89

Balls, diameter of 66-67

Barometers 91

Beckman thermometers 77

Beta emission range 82-83

Billing charges 4

Binoculars 48

Bolometer mounts . 32-33

Bridge:

calorimetric 8

Kelvin 8

Wheatstone 8

Brinell hardness 92

Burets 73

Calorimetric thermometers 77

Capacitive voltage divider 21

Capacitors, standard 10-11

Cavity wavemeters 34

Carbon 14 labeled sugars 98

Cells, saturated 11-12

Chromaticity coordinates 44-45

Circles 59

Clinical thermometers 80

Coaxial attenuators, dissipative 27-28

Coaxial directional couplers 28

Coefficient of expansion:

liquid and solid 76

length standards 54

Color temperature of lamp 45

Colorimetry 44

Current transformer comparators 18

Current transformers 16-18

Density determinations 76

Diameter of balls 66-67

Dielectric measurements 20

Displacement-type meters 91

Dipole antennas 30

Directional couplers, coaxial 29

Displacement pickups 88

Dissipation factor 20

Dissipative coaxial attenuators 28

Dosimeters 83-85

Dry calorimeters 33

Dry gas meters 91

Earphones 89

Elastic force measuring devices 95-96

Electricity 5-24

Electroplated coatings, thickness 96

End standards 61-62

Fees 4, 24

Field strength meters 30

Fire resistance 96

Page

Flasks, volumetric 73

Flatness: camera plates 50

gage blocks 60

polygons 66

Fluid meters 91-92

Fluxmeters 20

Focal length 50

Force 92-96

Frequency measurements, microwave 34

Fuels, octane number of 87

Gage blocks 59-61

Gear wires 64

Gears . 67

Gamma-ray measurements:

instruments 84-85

sources 81-82, 85-86

Goggle lenses 51

Graduates 73

Haemacytometers 58-59

Hardness tests 92

Haze standards 45-46

High-frequency measurements 24-31

Hydrometers 75-78

Immersion bottles 74

Immittance 26

Impedance rf 26-27

Index plates 67

Inductance 9-10

Invar base-line tapes 56-57

Input attenuators 31

Insurance 3

Kilovoltmeters 24

Laboratory thermometers 76

Lamp rating tests 39

Lamp standards 36-38

Line standards of length 54-57

Load cells 92-93

Loop antennas 30

Lovibond glasses 47

Luminous directional reflectance 44

Luminous directional transmittance 44

Luminous direction transmittance standards 40

Luminous intensity, lamp standards 38-40

Luminous transmittance measurements 40

Magnetic hysteresis 19

Magnetic induction 19

Magnetic permeability 19, 20

Magnets standard 20

Manometers 91

Mass 08-72

Master balls 66

Master wires 64

Micrometers 64

Microphones 89

Microscopes 48

Mechanical tests, special 93-94

Microwave measurements 31-37

Munsell renotation or book notation 44

Mutual inductors 20

Needles, penetration 65

Neutron emission rate 86

Neutron irradiation of foils 87

Octane number 87

Opacimetry 44

Optical components 51

99
Page

Optical pyrometers 80-81

Optical reference planes 65

Parallelism of gage blocks 60

Penetration needles 65

Packing 3

Permeability, magnetic 19, 20

Phase angle, current transformer 17-18

Phase angle, inductive voltage divider 21

Photography 53

Photographic objectives 48-50

Photographic step tablets 53

Piezoelectric acceleration pickups 89

Pipets, dilution 73

Piston gages 90

Platinum resistance thermometers 81

Plug gages 62

Polarimeters 52

Polariscope tubes 65

Polygons 66

Power meters rf 25-26

Power, microwave 32-33

Precision circles 59

Pressure 90-91

Proving rings 94-95

Quartz control plates 52

Radioactivity measurements 81-82

Radiometry 48

Railway track test scale cars 71

Rate-of-flow meters 92

Reference planes optical 65

Reflection coefficient, microwave 32

Reflectometry 43-44

Refractive index 52

Refractometers 51

Refractometric instruments 51-52

Refractometry 51

Report of test 4

Requests for tests 3

Resistance of apparatus, precision 8

Resistance electrical 6-9

Resistance thermometers 79-81

Resistive voltage divider 21

Resistors—multi megohm 9

Rf-d-c voltmeters 25

Rf voltmeters 25

Resistors, precision standard 7-8

Resistors, standard, for current measurements 12-13

Resolving power 48-50

Ribbon filament lamps 80-81

Ring gages 62

Saccharimeters 52

Shipping 3

Sieves 58

Signal glasses 45-47

Slicker plate measures 74

Sodium thiosulfate, residua] 53

Page

Sound loss 90

Special mechanical tests 93-94

Specific gravity flasks 73

Spectrophotometry measurements 43

Spectrophotometry standards 41

Standard cells 11-12

Steel tapes 54-56

Sunglass lenses 51

Surveyors' leveling rod 58

Telescopes 48

Temperature, color 45

Testing policy 2

Thermal conductivity 97

Thickness samples 96

Thread wires 64

Thermal convertors 15

Thermal convertors, rf 25

Thermal expansion of solids 59

Thermal neutron dosimeters 86

Thermocouple materials 77-79

Thermocouples 77-79

Thermometers

laboratory 76

Beckman 77

calorimetric 77

resistance 81

Thread plug gages 62-63

Time for tests 4

Transformers current 16-18

Transformers voltage 21-23

Tritium labeled carbohydrate 98

Universal ratio set 8

Velocity pickups 88

Vibration 87-89

Volt boxes 13-14

Voltage dividers 20-21

Voltage transformers 21-23

Voltage transformer comparators 22

Voltmeters, rf 25

Volume 72-74

Volume of solids 76

Water current meters 92

Watthour meters 15-16

Wattmeters, a-c-d-c 15

Wattmeters, rf 25-26

Waveguide below cutoff attenuators 28-29

Waveguide reflectors 33

Weight calibrations 68-72

Wind-speed indicators 91

Wires:

gear 64

master 64

thread 64

Witnessing of tests 4

X-ray instruments 83-85

100
Publications

NBS publications provide a means of keeping abreast of the Bureau's research programs,

and often contain information on standards, calibration, and measurement techniques. The

Bureau's publications are: The Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards (published in four sections), which contains major scientific papers describing NBS research and

developments in physics, chemistry, mathematics, and engineering, as well as review articles

on subjects related to the Bureau's research program; the NBS Technical News Bulletin, a monthly publication containing summary articles concerning all phases of the NBS research

program, a list of Bureau publications, and columns on "Standard Materials" and "Standards

and Calibration;" Monthly CRPL Ionospheric Predictions, which provide data necessary for calculating optimum communication frequencies; and five series of nonperiodicals (Monographs,

Applied Mathematics Series, Handbooks, Technical Notes, and Miscellaneous Publications).

Of direct interest to measurement personnel is NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement

and Calibration (issued Feb. 1961). In this Handbook are reprinted some of those publications

of NBS staff members most frequently referred to in conferences with persons connected with

standards laboratories. This Handbook, published in three volumes—(1) Electricity and

Electronics, (2) Heat and Mechanics, and (3) Optics, Metrology, and Radiation—provides a "textbook" and reference source for training in measurement sciences.

Articles by NBS staff members appearing in outside publications are listed regularly in

the Journal of Research, the Technical News Bulletin, and the annual Research Highlights of

the National Bureau of Standards. In general these articles are available directly from the

authors.

The following list contains the title and prices of those documents referred to in the text

of this publication. On the reverse of this page is an order blank for all NBS publications.

NBS Circular 3, Design and test of standards of mass (in NBS Handbook 77).

NBS Circular 429, Photoelectric tristimulus colorimetry with three filters (in NBS Handbook 77;. NBS Circular 454, Proving rings for calibrating testing machines (in NBS Handbook 77).

NBS Circular 555, Testing of hydrometers, 10 cents (also in NBS Handbook 77).

NBS Circular 602, Testing of glass volumetric apparatus, 20 cents (also in NBS Handbook 77).

NBS Monograph 37, International Practical Temperature Scale of 1948, text revision of 1960, 10 cents. NBS Monograph 47, Basic magnetic quantities and the measurement of the magnetic properties of materials,

30 cents. NBS Monograph 62, Testing of metal volumetric standards, 15 cents. NBS Handbook 77, Precision measurement and calibration. Three-volume set, $19.75.

Vol. I, Electricity and electronics, $6.00.

Vol. II, Heat and mechanics, $6.75.

Vol. Ill, Optics, metrology, and radiation, $7.00.

NBS Miscellaneous Publication 236, Standard frequencies from NBS stations WWV and WWVH, 10 cents. NBS Miscellaneous Publication 241, Standard Materials, 30 cents.

101

ORDER BLANK

Order from your nearest U.S. Department of Commerce Field Office or Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402.

Please enter my subscription (7 year) for NBS publications as indicated:

TECHNICAL NEWS BULLETIN, $1.50 (foreign, $2.25)

JOURNAL OF RESEARCH:

A. Physics and Chemistry, $4.00 (foreign, $4.75)

B. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics, $2.25 (foreign, $2.75)

C. Engineering and Instrumentation, $2.25 (foreign, $2.75)

D. Radio Science, $9.00 (foreign, $1 1 .50)

Please send me the following NBS Nonperiodical Publications)

Please send me the following volumes of NBS Handbook 77:

Vol. I, Electricity and electronics, $6.00*

Vol. II, Heat and mechanics, $6.75*

Vol. Ill, Optics, metrology, and radiation, $7.00*

MAKE ALL CHECKS PAYABLE TO SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS

Vols. I, II, and III, $19.75*

Please send me the following lists of NBS publications:

Circular 460 (1901-1947), $1.25*

Supplement to C460 (1947-1957), $1.50*

Misc. Publ. 240 (1957-1960), $2.25*

Name Address

Company

City State ZIP Code

*Foreign postage, one-fourth additional.

103

Changes in Calibration and Test Services

As services are initiated or discontinued, or fees are changed, announcements will appear in the Federal Register, and major changes will be noted in

the Standards and Calibration column of the NBS Technical News Bulletin.

The Bureau also plans to issue periodic listings of such changes. If you wish

to be placed on a mailing list to receive these inserts as they are issued, please

complete the post card below, detach it, and mail to the National Bureau of

Standards.

(Type or print)

Name

Affiliation

Address

City State ZIP Code

Date

Office of Technical Information

Please place the foregoing name on your special mailing

list to receive inserts to Misc. Publ. 250, Calibration and Test

Services of the National Bureau of Standards, as they are

issued.
National Bureau of Standards

Office of Technical Information

Washington, D.C. 20234
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

A. V. Astin, Director

THE NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

The scope of activities of the National Bureau of Standards at its major laboratories in Washington, D.C., and

Boulder, Colorado, is suggested in the following listing of the divisions and sections engaged in technical work.

In general, each section carries out specialized research, development, and engineering in the field indicated by

its title. A brief description of the activities, and of the resultant publications, appears on the inside of the front

cover. WASHINGTON, D.C.

Electricity. Resistance and Reactance. Electrochemistry. Electrical Instruments. Magnetic Measurements.

Dielectrics. High Voltage. Absolute Electrical Measurements.

Metrology. Photometry and Colorimetry. Refractometry. Photographic Research. Length. Engineering

Metrology. Mass and Volume.

Heat. Temperature Physics. Heat Measurements. Cryogenic Physics. Equation of State. Statistical Physics.

Radiation Physics. X-ray. Radioactivity. Radiation Theory. High Energy Radiation. Radiological Equipment.

Nucleonic Instrumentation. Neutron Physics.

Analytical Chemistry. Pure Substances. Spectrochemistry. Solution Chemistry. Standard Reference Materials.

Applied Analytical Research.

Mechanics. Sound. Pressure and Vacuum. Fluid Mechanics. Engineering Mechanics. Rheology. Combustion Controls.

Polymers. Macromolecules: Synthesis and Structure. Polymer Chemistry. Polymer Physics. Polymer Characterization. Polymer Evaluation and Testing. Applied Polymer Standards and Research. Dental Research.

Metallurgy. Engineering Metallurgy. Metal Reactions. Metal Physics. Electrolysis and Metal Deposition.

Inorganic Solids. Engineering Ceramics. Glass. Solid State Chemistry. Crystal Chemistry. Physical Properties.

Crystallography.

Building Research. Structural Engineering. Fire Research. Mechanical Systems. Organic Building Materials.

Codes and Safety Standards. Heat Transfer. Inorganic Building Materials. Metallic Building Materials.

Applied Mathematics. Numerical Analysis. Computation. Statistical Engineering. Mathematical Physics.

Operations Research.

Data Processing Systems. Components and Techniques. Computer Technology. Measurements Automation.

Engineering Applications. Systems Analysis.

Atomic Physics. Spectroscopy. Infrared Spectroscopy. Far Ultraviolet Physics. Solid State Physics. Electron

Physics. Atomic Physics. Plasma Spectroscopy.

Instrumentation. Engineering Electronics. Electron Devices. Electronic Instrumentation. Mechanical Instru- ments. Basic Instrumentation.

Physical Chemistry. Thermochemistry. Surface Chemistry. Organic Chemistry. Molecular Spectroscopy.

Elementary Processes. Mass Spectrometry. Photochemistry and Radiation Chemistry.

Office of Weights and Measures.

BOULDER, COLO.

Cryogenic Engineering Laboratory. Cryogenic Processes. Cryogenic Properties of Solids. Cryogenic Technical

Services. Properties of Cryogenic Fluids.

CENTRAL RADIO PROPAGATION LABORATORY

Ionosphere Research and Propagation. Ultra Low Frequency Research. Low Frequency and Very Low Frequency

Research. Ionosphere Research. Prediction Services. Sun-Earth Relationships. Field Engineering. Radio

Warning Services. Vertical Soundings Research.

Troposphere and Space Telecommunications. Data Reduction Instrumentation. Radio Noise. Tropospheric

Measurements. Tropospheric Analysis. Spectrum Utilization Research. Radio-Meteorology. Lower Atmosphere Physics.

Radio Systems. Applied Electromagnetic Theory. High Frequency and Very High Frequency Research. Fre- quency Utilization. Modulation Research. Antenna Research. Radiodetermination.

Upper Atmosphere and Space Physics. Upper Atmosphere and Plasma Physics. High Latitude Ionosphere

Physics. Ionosphere and Exosphere Scatter. Airglow and Aurora. Ionospheric Radio Astronomy.

RADIO STANDARDS LABORATORY

Radio Standards Physics. Frequency and Time Dissemination. Radio and Microwave Materials. Atomic Fre- quency and Time-Interval Standards. Radio Plasma. Microwave Physics.

Radio Standards Engineering. Coordinator Calibration Service. High Frequency Electrical Standards. High

Frequency Calibration Services. High Frequency Impedance Standards. Microwave Calibration Services.

Microwave Circuit Standards. Low Frequency Calibration Services.

JOINT INSTITUTE FOR LABORATORY ASTROPHYSICS-NBS GROUP (UNIV. OF COLO.)

U. S. Department Of Commerce INSERT SHEET 1 National Bureau of Standards November 10, 1965

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 1. The following announcement from the Federal Register for November , 1965 modifies the information given in paragraph 200.112, p. 10 of MP250, 1965 edition.

Centralization of Low Frequency Calibration Services

In the interest of economy and managerial efficiency, the low frequency calibration services

previously available at both Washington and Boulder laboratories of the National Bureau of Standards are being centralized at the Bureau's laboratories in the Washington area. Effective immediately plants shipping low frequency standards to the Bureau should make arrangements for

scheduling of their calibration by letter to the Electricity Division, NBS, Washington, D. C. 20234.

This Division will be moving from Washington to the new laboratories at Gaithersburg, Maryland

in early 1966. Such advance arrangements will minimize delays during the double move and assure that the material reaches the proper location. All items for frequencies in the 0-30 kHz range will

be affected, except signal sources (Section 201.701), which will continue to be calibrated at Boulder.

No other low frequency work (Sections 201.100 through 201.604) will be scheduled at Boulder after

November 18, and material received after that date will be returned, collect, to the sender. Standards received before that date, and which are covered by a valid Purchase Order, will be calibrated

so far as possible, in accordance with previously maintained schedules. All calibration services at

frequencies greater than 30 kHz (i.e., high frequency and microwave calibration services) will continue to be available only at the Electronic Calibration Center, Radio Standards Laboratory,

Boulder Laboratories of the Department of Commerce, Boulder, Colorado 80301.

Title 15—COMMERCE AND FOREIGN TRADE

Chapter II—National Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce

Subchapter A—Test Fee Schedules. Part 200—General

Under the provisions of 15 U.S.C. 275(a) and 277, the following revision supersedes Section

200.112 issued in the Federal Register of August 13, 1965. The revision provides that low frequency

calibration services (0-30 kHz) will hereafter be available only through the facilities of the National

Bureau of Standards in Washington.

Section 200.112 Location of Laboratories

The calibrations listed in Parts 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, and 210 of this subchapter and the low

frequency electrical calibrations of Parts 201.100 through 201.604 of this subchapter will after July 1, 1966 be performed in the Gaithersburg Laboratories of the National Bureau of Standards whose

address is Washington, D. C. 20234. Calibrations of signal sources (Section 201.701) and all electrical

standards in the radio frequency region (Parts 201.810 through 201.950 of this subchapter) are performed by the Radio Standards Laboratory of NBS at Boulder, Colorado 80301.

After November 18, 1965, low frequency calibration services will be available only through the

Electricity Division in Washington. All requests for such services, and inquiries (giving full details of

ranges, frequencies, and electrical burdens) concerning schedules and shipping instructions, should

be directed to

Electricity Division

Institute for Basic Standards

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.

(over)
If the apparatus is to be calibrated at both high and low frequencies, arrangements may be

initiated with either the Boulder or Washington laboratories. The cost of shipping the apparatus

between laboratories will be billed to the client.

Change 2. The following supplements the information in paragraph 201.821, pp. 36-37 of MP 250, 1965 edition.

Calibration of Coaxial Bolometer Mounts

The Radio Standards Laboratory announces that an additional service is now available for the

measurement of the calibration factor** of nominal 50-ohm coaxial bolometer units. The new service

provides for calibration at 3 GHz, in addition to the frequencies of 100 MHz and 1 GHz that have

been available for a number of months. Measurements are made at the 1 and 10 milliwatt power

levels only, with no provision at present for the calibration of bolometer-coupler units.

The limit of uncertainty in determining the calibration factor at 3 GHz is within 1.5% for welldesigned bolometer units. Limits of uncertainty may be greater for bolometer units having a VSWR

higher than 1.1. The service includes the calibration of both barretter and thermistor types of bolometer units having operating resistances of 50, 100, and 200 ohms.

** The calibration factor of a bolometer unit is defined as the ratio of the substituted d-c power in the unit to the

rf power incident upon the bolometer unit. Change 3. Delete item 202.114h, p. 58 of MP 250, 1965 edition.
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards INSERT SHEET 2 April 15, 1966

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 4. ATTENTION ! The National Bureau of Standards laboratories at Washington, D.C.

are now in the midst of a move to new quarters at Gaithersburg, Maryland. To make

certain that equipment submitted for calibration reaches the proper laboratory, the

following rules should be observed:

(1) Equipment sent by U. S. Mail, and intended for laboratories in Washington or Gaithersburg, should be addressed, as before, to the appropriate laboratory or other local destination, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C. 20234.

(2) Equipment hand carried in for calibration, or sent by railway or air express,

should be brought or addressed to the appropriate laboratory or other local destination, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Maryland. This applies

after May 15, 1966 to all calibration services previously performed at Washington, with the following exceptions:

Voltage Ratio and High-Voltage Measurements: schedules 201.601 through

201.604.

Length: schedules 202.401 through 202.412.

Engineering Metrology: schedules 202.500 through 202.509.

Sound: schedule 206.011.

Fluid Meters: schedule 206.311.

Aerodynamics: schedule 206.331.

Until further notice, equipment for the excepted services just listed should be

brought or sent to Washington, D. C, as indicated in (1) just above.

(3) In case of doubt, consult the laboratory that performs the calibrations. For

the procedure to follow in requesting services, see section 200.103 of MP250.

(4) The NBS laboratories at Boulder, Colorado, are not affected by these changes.

As before, equipment to be calibrated at Boulder should be addressed or carried

to: Radio Standards Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colorado 80301.

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.

U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards INSERT SHEET 3

April 15, 1966

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition

Change 5.

Effective March 28, 1966, a reduction in charges for calibration services in high-frequency and microwave regions (30 kHz and up) has been announced by the Electronic Calibration Center of the NBS Radio Standards Laboratory. Charges previously based on the rate of $30 per hour are now based on a rate of $20 per hour, and

charges previously based on $35 per hour are now based on a rate of $25 per hour.

This reduction was largely made possible by a reduction now occurring in depreciation costs for Electronic Calibration Center equipment.

Change 6.

In item 202.403z, p. 65 of Misc. Publ. 250, delete the clause: "they may be approximately estimated as one-half of the corresponding fees of schedule 202.402."

Change 7.

Delete the first listings of items 201.950a-l and 201.950z on the upper part of p. 49

of MP250.

Change 8.

The following new schedule is added (on page 45) to those under the general heading, "Microwave Region":

201.912 Continuous low-level measurement of coaxial bolometer units.

See Section 201.910 above for definitions and information on the calibration of

bolometer units.

Item Description Fee

201.912a Measurement of effective efficiency of a coaxial bolometer unit at a frequency of

9 GHz, and a power level of 10 mW. Bolometer unit must be fitted with male

Type N connector and thermistor-type element of nominal operating resistance of 200 ohms.

^ **

)

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.

** See 201.900(b).
INSERT SHEET 3 — Continued April 15, 1966

Change 9.

Changes have been made in items throughout all schedules listed under "Engineering

Mechanics," starting in the middle of p. 102 and ending in the middle of p. 106 of

MP250. The changed schedules are those numbered 201.041 to 201.045, inclusive.

Instead of detailing each individual change, the revised texts of these schedules, incorporating all modifications, deletions, and additions, are given on the next two Insert Sheets. These can be inserted at the appropriate place in the publication; and

the old schedules should be deleted, for example, by drawing diagonal lines through

them.

Change 10.

Changes have also been made in most of the fees for items in the Engineering Mechanics schedules (201.041 through 201.045) and fees have been announced for the

newly added items. In addition, the fee for item 202.402c has been reduced. All

of these are included in the following list. The changes should be entered in the List

of Fees, Appendix "C" of MP250.

Table 1. List of schedules with the fee changes.

Item Old Fee New Fee Item Old Fee New Fee

202.402c $33.00 $3.00 206.044f 365.00 480.00

206.044g 165.00 215.00

206.041a 53.00 54.00 206.044h 300.00 335.00

206.044i 510.00 650.00

206.042a 95.00 150.00 206.044j 365.00 1050.00

206.042b 105.00 165.00 206.044k 610.00 390.00

206.042c 165.00 200.00 206.0441 450.00 760.00

206.042d 115.00 170.00 206.044m 870.00

206.042e 155.00 175.00 206.044n 1425.00

206.042f 215.00 240.00 206.044o 560.00

206.042g 340.00 315.00 206.044p 870.00

206.042h 390.00 340.00

206.042i 495.00 206.045a 130.00 170.00

206.042j 435.00 206.045b 150.00 180.00

206.042k 470.00 206.045c 230.00 245.00

206.0421 690.00 206.045d 165.00 220.00

206.045e 230.00 245.00

206.043a 13.00 15.00 206.045f 305.00 335.00

206.043b 8.00 8.00* 206.045g 365.00 380.00

206.045h 450.00 410.00

206.044a 185.00 205.00 206.045i 690.00

206.044b 295.00 330.00 206.045j 510.00

206.044c 130.00 150.00 206.045k 580.00

206.044d 220.00 205.00 206.0451 880.00

206.044e 230.00 295.00

* No change.
INSERT SHEET 3 — Continued April 15, 1966

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition**

Change 9. This Insert Sheet and the one following contain the revised texts of schedules 201.041 through 201.045. The two sheets should be inserted after p. 102 of

MP250, and the old schedule should be deleted.

Engineering Mechanics

206.041 Hardness tests.

Item Description Fee

206.041a Determination of Brinell number of a block to be used for calibration purposes,

3 separate indentations on each specimen.

(*)

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3.

206.042 Calibration of load cells with remote reading electrical indicators.

(a) Individual load cells or load cell systems must be accompanied by readout or

indicating equipment and all associated cables and fixtures.

(b) For the fee quoted, calibration will be made on one machine with up to 10

incremental loads applied consecutively without return to zero load. For each load in excess of 10, an additional fee equal to one-tenth of the applicable fee will be charged.

For any device requiring the use of more than one machine, a charge will be made cover- ing the cost of the additional work involved.

(c) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, the

test may be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description Fee

206.042a

206.042b

206.042c

Capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb: Compression _ _ Tension _ _ _ Tension and compression

/ * \ (*)

/ * \

206.042d

206.042e

206.042f

Capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not exceeding 112,000 lbs: Compression

Tension _____ _ _ Tension and compression _ _

I * ^

( * .

206.042g

206.042h

206.042i

Capacity exceeding 112,000 lb but not exceeding 300,000 lb: Compression _ . __ Tension _ ________ _ _ _ Tension and compression _.

( * )

( * )

( *\

206.042i

206.042k

206.0421

206.042z

Capacity exceeding 300,000 lb but not exceeding 1,000,000 lb: Compression

Tension

Tension and compression

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the test.

( * ^

( *)

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3. ** Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.
INSERT SHEET 3 — Continued April 15, 1966

206.043 Special mechanical tests of devices, materials and structures.

(a) These fees apply to all mechanical tests of devices, materials and structures performed in the Mechanics Division not covered by other fee schedules.

(b) The charge for special mechanical tests is made on the basis of the hours of

service furnished by members of the staff.

(c) The time shall be computed as the number of official working hours from the

time the members of the staff leave the National Bureau of Standards until they return

to it plus any overtime spent on the tests.

(d) Where tests require travel outside the limits of 30 miles from the Bureau,

transportation and subsistence charges will be added to the service charge.

Item Description Fee

206.043a

206.043b

Service of a member of the staff of grade GS-9, or any higher grade, per hour__

Service of a member of the staff of grades below GS-9, per hour __

(*)

(*)

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3.

206.044 Calibration of proving rings.

(a) These fees apply to calibration or recalibration of proving rings suitable for use as laboratory or transfer standards in accordance with Sections I, II, III, and IV

of the appendix of NBS Circular 454.23

(b) For the fee quoted, calibration will be made on one machine with up to 10 independent loads for compression or tension applied. Fees for complete calibrations apply

to rings submitted for initial calibration. For each load in excess of 10, an additional

fee equal to one-tenth of the applicable fee for complete calibration or recalibration is

charged. For any device requiring the use of two or more machines, a charge will be

made covering the cost of the additional work involved.

(c) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, a

test may be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of work done.

Item Description Fee

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb: 206.044a

206.044b

Compression ___ _______ __ _ _ _ _ Tension and compression _ _. _ _

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb:

( * )

206.044c

206.044d

Compression ________

Tension and compression _ _ _. __

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 10,000 lbs but not

exceeding 112,000 lb:

( * )

206.044e

206.044f

Compression _____ ___. __ __

Tension and compression _ . _ ___

( *\

/ * \

23 NBS Circular 454, Proving Rings for Calibration Testing Machines. In NBS Handbook 77, Precision Measurement and

Calibration, Vol. II, Heat and Mechanics, p. 573. (See pp. 133-5 for price information and order form.)

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3.
INSERT SHEET 3 — Continued April 15, 1966

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition

Change 9. This Insert Sheet and the one preceding contain the revised texts of schedules 201.041 through 201.045. The two sheets should be inserted after p. 102 of

MP250, and the old schedule should be deleted.

Item Description

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not exceeding

112,000 lb: Compression

Tension and compression

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 112,000 lb but not

exceeding 300,000 lb: Compression

Tension and compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 112,000 lb but not exceeding

300,000 lb: Compression

Tension and compression

Complete calibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 300,000 lb but not

exceeding 1,000,000 lb: Compression

Tension and compression

Recalibration of proving rings, capacity exceeding 300,000 lb but not exceeding

1,000,000 lb: Compression

Tension and compression

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the natui-e of the test.

206.044g

206.044h

206.044i

206.044j

206.044k

206.0441

206.044m

206.044n

206.044o

206.044p

206.044z

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3.

206.045 Calibration of elastic force measuring devices.

(a) These fees apply to calibration of elastic force measuring devices suitable for use as laboratory or transfer standards.

(b) Before a device is accepted for calibration under this schedule it will be inspected for damage, wear, and operability. Loading surfaces, tension adaptors, and pulling rods must be complete and suitable for use with NBS equipment. The device must

be uniquely and permanently marked with the manufacturer's serial number and rated

capacity.

(c) For the fee quoted, calibration will be made on one machine with up to 10 different independent loads for compression or tension applied. Devices will be overloaded repeatedly to approximately 10 percent in excess of the manufacturer's rated capacity. A temperature coefficient must be supplied by the submitter of the device.
INSERT SHEET 3 — Continued April 15, 1966

(d) For each load in excess of 10, an additional fee equal to one-tenth of the

applicable fee is charged. For any device requiring the use of more than one machine,

a charge will be made covering the cost of additional work involved.

(e) When devices submitted are found to be unsuitable for test or unreliable, a

test may be discontinued and a charge will be made to cover the cost of the work done.

Item Description Fee

206.045a

206.045b

206.045c

Capacity not exceeding 10,000 lb: Compression _ _ _ ___ _.

Tension __ _ _ _ _ _ Tension and compression _ ___ ___

(*)

(*)

(*)

206.045d

206.045e

206.045f

Capacity exceeding 10,000 lb but not exceeding 112,000 lb: Compression ____ . Tension _ — _ _ Tension and compression _ __ — _ __

(*)

(*)

(*)

206.045g

206.045h

206.045i

Capacity exceeding 112,000 lb but not exceeding 300,000 lb: Compression __ _ . __ Tension _ — ___ _ _ _ _ —

Tension and compression __ —

(*)

(*)

(*)

206.045j

206.045k

206.0451

206.045z

Capacity exceeding 300,000 lb but not exceeding 1,000,000 lb:

For special tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent upon the nature of the tests.

(*)

(*)

(*)

* For current fees, see Change 10 on Insert Sheet 3,
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 11.

Calibration of gamma-, beta-, and alpha-emitting radioactive samples: The text of

schedules 204.201, 204.202, and 204.203, which appears on pp. 93 to 95 of MP250,

is replaced by the revised text given below. Minor changes of phraseology have been

made in several places ; cerium-139 and cerium-141 have been added to the materials

listed in 204.201b (iii) ; and strontium-89 has been added to the materials listed in

204.203b (ii). The fees have been generally revised upwards to yield full recovery of

the cost of providing the services. The old fees, given on p. 128 of MP250, should

be crossed out and the new ones written beside them.

204.201 Calibration of gamma-emitting radioactive samples

Calibration of gamma-emitting radioactive samples that conform to the physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement in the National Bureau of Standards calibrated 4^7 ionization chamber.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

204.201a (1) 100-300 micrograms radium $110.00

$110.00

(2) Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured

i. 50-100 microcuries sodium-22, sodium-24, scandium-46,

cobalt-60, yttrium-88.

ii. 150-300 microcuries manganese-54, iron-59, zinc-65, strontium-85, niobium-95, iodine-131, cesium-137, tantalum182, gold-198, mercury-203.

iii. 300-600 microcuries potassium-42, cobalt-57, cerium-139,

cerium-141.

Solutions should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in glass

vials or ampoules of O.D. 16.0 it 0.5 mm, wall thickness approximately 0.5 mm.

204.201b Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured

i. 10-20 microcuries sodium-22, sodium-24, scandium-46,

cobalt-60, yttrium-88.

$135.00

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.

INSERT 4

Apr. 3, 1967

p. 1 of 3
p. 2 of 3 INSERT 4 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

ii. 30-60 microcuries manganese-54, iron-59, zinc-65, strontium-85, niobium-95, iodine-131, cesium-137, tantalum

182, gold-198, mercury-203.

111. UU-XvfV/ UllClUUUllCo [J\J Laool Ulll— UUUdl L

O i , Lcl 1 Ulll

±OU,

cerium-141.

Solutions should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in glass

vials or ampoules of O.D. 16.0 ±0.5 mm, wall thickness approximately 0.5 mm.

204.201z For tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent on the time involved in making the tests.

204.202 Calibration of alpha-emission rate of sources.

Calibration of alpha-emitting radioactive samples that conform to the physical and

activity level specifications for measurement in the National Bureau of Standards

2-n-a proportional counter.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

204.202a Chemically stable samples that conform to the physical and activity

level specifications listed below can be measured

i. Source diameter should not exceed 10 cm.

ii. Source thickness should be such that more than 99.5% of

the emitted alpha particles have an energy greater than 400

keV.

iii. Emission rate should not exceed 5xl03 aps.

$ 88.00

204.202z For tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent on time involved in making the tests.

204.203 Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples.

Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples that conform to the physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement in either the National Bureau

of Standards calibrated 2tt/3 windowless proportional flow counter, or in the National

Bureau of Standards calibrated 2-/? ionization chamber.
NBS Misc, Publ. 250, INSERT 4 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 3 of 3

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

204.203a Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured in the National Bureau of

Standards calibrated 2tt/? windowless proportional flow counter

i. 1-10 microcuries /milliliter chlorine-36, strontium-yttriumv\).

ii. 2-20 microcuries/milliliter thallium-204.

iii. 5-50 microcuries/milliliter calcium-45, promethium-147.

iv. 10-100 microcuries/milliliter sulfur-35.

Solutions should be approximately 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed

in glass vials or ampoules.

$285.00

204.203b Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the

specified activity ranges can be measured in the National Bureau

of Standards calibrated 2tt/? ionization chamber

i. 2-20 microcuries/milliliter phosphorus-32. Solution should

ue iieuLid.1 or wcdK dciu wiin iiol more indii u.^ mg/mi lOLdi

solids.

ii. 2-20 microcuries/milliliter strontium-89, strontium-yttrium90. Solution should be weak HC1 (IN or less) with not more

than 0.2 mg/ml total solids.

Solutions should be approximately 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed

in glass vials or ampoules.

$150.00

204.203z For tests not covered by the above schedule, fees will be charged

dependent on the time involved in making the tests.

Change 12.

Working standards of length : As a result of new calibration instrumentation, the fee

for item 204.402c (relating to the calibration of submultiples of length intervals) is

reduced to $3.00. The old fee of $33.00 for item 204.402c, listed on p. 127 of MP250,

should be deleted. The text of the item, on p. 65 of MP250, remains unchanged.
( i

G
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 5

Apr. 3, 1967

p. 1 of 24

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 13.

Calibration and measurement services of the NBS Radio Standards Laboratory,

Boulder, Colorado: The schedules of services performed by the Radio Standards Laboratory, covered in Section 201.701 through 201.950, have been generally extended and

revised as shown in detail below. Additional services are listed in Sections 201.812,

201.830, 201.861, 201.912, and 201.940, and changes in wording and arrangement

have been made at various places to improve clarity. The new schedules, which follow, replace the old ones which appear on pp. 34-49 of MP250; the latter should be

deleted.

The schedules covered by this Insert are the following:

Low-Frequency Region

201.701 Frequency stability of signal sources, to 30 kHz

High-Frequency Region

201.800 General

201.810 Rf, rf-d-c voltmeters, and thermal converters in the frequency range of 30 kHz

to 1000 MHz, from 0.1 to 300 V

201.811 Rf micropotentiometers, voltmeters, and signal sources in the frequency range

of 30 kHz to 1000 MHz, from 1 /xV to 0.1 V

201.812 Pulse voltage, peak measurement, coaxial systems

201.820 Rf calorimeters, 30 kHz to 500 MHz

201.821 Coaxial bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units, continuous wave, low-level

power

201.822 Pulse power, peak measurement, coaxial systems

201.830 Immittance, two-terminal devices, 30 kHz to 8 GHz

201.831 Immittance, three-terminal devices, 100 kHz to 1 MHz

201.840 Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators

201.841 Dissipative variable coaxial attenuators

201.842 Waveguide below-cutoff (piston) attenuators

201.843 Coaxial fixed directional couplers

201.844 Coaxial variable directional couplers

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of insert sheet are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.
p. 2 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

201.850 Electric and magnetic field strength measurements

201.851 Field-strength receivers (0 to 1000 MHz)

201.852 Loop antennas (30 Hz to 30 MHz)

201.853 Dipole antennas (30 to 1000 MHz)

201.860 Frequency stability of signal sources, 30 kHz to 500 MHz

201.861 Power spectral analysis of signal sources

Microwave Region

201.900 General

201.910 Waveguide bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units, continuous wave, lowlevel power

201.911 Waveguide dry calorimeters, continuous wave, low-level power

201.912 Coaxial bolometer units, continuous wave, low-level power

201.920 Waveguide reflectors (mismatches), reflection coefficient magnitude

201.930 Cavity wavemeters, frequency measurement

201.940 Waveguide variable attenuators, attenuation difference

201.941 Waveguide fixed attenuators, insertion loss

201.950 Waveguide noise sources, effective noise temperature

Low-Frequency Region

201.701 Frequency stability of signal sources, to 30 kHz.

(Services available only at the NBS Radio Standards Laboratory, Boulder, Colorado.)

(a) Frequency stability calibrations are made on signal sources up to 30 kHz. (See

Section 201.860 for calibration service at higher frequencies.)

(b) The signal source should have a power output of at least 10 mW (into a matched

load)

.

(c) Frequency stability of the signal source should be better than approximately one

part in 107

.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.701a

201.701z

Measurement of frequency stability of signal sources, up to 30 kHz_

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 3 of 24

High-Frequency Region

201.800 General.

The "High-Frequency Region" for purposes of this schedule, extends approximately

from 30 kHz to 18 GHz. As the "Microwave Region" starts at approximately 1 GHz,

the two regions overlap in that portion of the spectrum between 1 GHz and 18 GHz.

The present coverage in the "High-Frequency Region" above 1 GHz is quite limited and

involves only coaxial structures. It should be noted that some calibration services for

coaxial instruments are listed in the "Microwave Region" sections of this schedule in

addition to the waveguide services listed therein.

In the "High-Frequency Region" the Radio Standards Laboratory, Boulder, Colorado,

is equipped to calibrate standards of pulse and CW voltage, pulse and CW power, immittance, attenuation, and field strength. Calibrations are performed at discrete frequencies as well as continuously over certain frequency bands (depending upon the particular item).

Connectors limit the accuracy of measurements in the high-frequency region to some

extent, particularly at the higher frequencies. To avoid uncertainty from this cause,

all interlaboratory standards submitted for calibration, fitted with coaxial connectors,

should be equipped with Type N connectors complying with the MIL C 39012/1, 2 specification, or with the new precision 7 or 14 mm connectors. The critical mating dimensions required by NBS for Type N connectors are shown in the following diagram.

REFERENCE PLANES

0.207 MIN. I—

u- 0.207 MAX.

NOTE : DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

201.810 Rf, rf-d-c voltmeters, and thermal converters in the frequency range of

30 kHz to 1000 MHz, from 0.1 to 3000 V.

Ordinarily instruments equally suitable for use on dc and rf will be calibrated only

for rf-d-c difference by the procedure of Item 201.810a, since periodic calibrations can

be made by the user on reversed direct current. Such reversed d-c calibrations will be

made only under unusual circumstances and by advance arrangement. Instruments suitable for use only on rf will be given rf calibrations by the procedures of Items 201.810a,

b, c, d. Instruments which respond to average or peak values or which are not in ASA

accuracy class one-quarter percent or better are not usually accepted for calibration

below 30 MHz.
p. 4 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.810a

201.810b

201.810c

201.810d

201.810z

Measurement of a voltage or an rf-d-c difference at 30, 100, 300

kHz, 1, 3, 10, 30, or 100 MHz in the range of 0.1 to 300 V

Each measurement additional to 201.810a at a different frequency

or voltage

Measurement of a voltage at 300, 400, 500, 700, or 1000 MHz, in

the range of 0.2 to 20 V

Each measurement additional to 201.810c at a different frequency

or voltage

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.811 RF micropotentiometers, voltmeters, and signal sources in the frequency

range of 30 kHz to 1000 MHz, from 1/xV to 0.1 V.

Only high-quality voltmeters, suitable for use as interlaboratory standards, are nor- mally accepted for calibration. These instruments should have a stability of one percent

or better and an accuracy of three percent or better. Rf voltmeters will be calibrated

by the procedures of Items 201.811a, b, c, d.

Only signal sources high enough in quality to be considered as interlaboratory standards

are accepted for calibration. If these instruments are equally suitable for use on dc and

rf, they will be calibrated for rf-dc difference by the procedures of Items 201.811a, b,

c, d. Signal sources suitable for use only on rf wi' 11 Kq calibrated by the procedures of

Items 201.811a, b.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.811a

201.811b

201.811c

201.811d

201.8Hz

Measurement of a voltage for micropotentiometers, voltmeters, and

signal sources in the range of 50 kHz to 900 MHz, from 1 /xV to

0.1 V

Each measurement additional to 201.811a at a different frequency

or voltage

Measurement of a voltage for voltmeters in the range of 900 to 1000

MHz, from 100 ixV to 0.1 V

Each measurement additional to 201.811c at a different frequency

or voltage

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 5 of 24

201.812—Pulse voltage, peak measurement, coaxial systems.

(a) For general information on pulse terminology reference is made to the following:

"Standards on Pulses: Definition of Terms—Part I, 1951," Proc. IRE, Vol. 39, No. 6,

June 1951.

"Standards on Pulses: Definition of Terms—Part II, 1952," Proc. IRE, Vol. 40, No. 5,

May 1952.

Specifically, in this schedule, the term "peak duration for a trapezoidal pulse" denotes

the time interval between the leading edge and trailing edge at 99.8 percent of maximum

pulse amplitude.

"Pulse duration for a trapexoidal pulse" denotes the time interval between the leading edge and trailing edge at 50 percent of maximum pulse amplitude.

(b) Measurements are made with unidirectional, trapezoidal pulses with a rise and

fall time of 10 nanoseconds or greater and with a peak duration of 10 nsec or greater

for pulse amplitudes less than 100 V.

(c) For amplitudes greater than 100 V, the pulses have a rise and fall time of 30

nsec or greater and a peak duration of 30 nsec or greater.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.812a Calibration of instrument for peak voltage measurement of pulse

waveforms in coaxial systems in the voltage range of 5 to 100 V

;

pulse duration 20 nsec to 100 ^.sec; pulse repetition rate 60 to

2xl06 pps, with a maximum duty cycle of 0.1 (*)

201.812b Calibration of each additional instrument for peak voltage measurement, performed under conditions of 201.812a (*)

201.812c Calibration of instrument for peak voltage measurement of pulse

waveforms in coaxial systems in the voltage range of 100 to 1000

V; pulse duration 60 nsec to 5 fisec; pulse repetition rate, 60 to

1.66xl05 pps, with a maximum duty cycle of 0.01 (*)

201.812d Calibration of each additional instrument for peak voltage measurement, performed under conditions of 201.812c (*)

201.812z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.820 RF calorimeters, 30 kHz to 500 MHz.

(a) For maximum calibration accuracy, interlaboratory rf calorimeters should repeat

readings to one-half percent or better with a constant power input.

(b) At present only rf calorimeters utilizing Type N or precision connectors for rf

power input can be calibrated. Refer to 201.800 for special requirements for the connectors used on interlaboratory standards.
p. 6 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.820a Measurement of rf calorimeter at one frequency at 100 or 300 kHz,

1, 3, 10, or 30 MHz ; and at one power level, from 0.001 to 200 W__ (*)

201.820b Measurement of each additional power level at the same frequency

as for 201.820a (*)

(*)

201.820c Measurement of rf calorimeter at one frequency at 100, 200, 300,

400, or 500 MHz ; at one power level, from 0.001 to 100 W

201.820d Measurement of each additional power level at the same frequency

as for 201.820c (*)

201.820z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.821 Coaxial bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units, continuous wave,

low-level power.

(a) A bolometer unit includes both the bolometer element or elements and the bolometer mount in which they are supported.

(b) Power measurements are made on barretter-type bolometer units having nominal resistance of 50, 100, or 200 ohms at a bias current between 3.5 and 10 mA; and on

thermistor-type bolometer units having a nominal resistance of 50, 100, or 200 ohms

at a bias current between 5 and 15 mA. Bolometer units should be of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband type and must have suitable13 male or female Type N or precision

connectors.

(c) Power measurements are made on bolometer units at cw power levels of 1 and

10 mW only.

(d) Power measurements are made on bolometer-coupler combinations having cou- pling ratios from 3 to 30 dP>. A bolometer unit of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband

type should be permanently attached to the side arm of the directional coupler. The

directional coupler should have good design features, with a directivity of 30 dB or

greater, and a VSWR no greater than 1.10 for the input and output ports of the main

arm of the coupler.

(e) Effective efficiency for bolometer units is denned as the ratio of the substituted

dc power in the bolometer unit to the power dissipated within the bolometer unit14.

(f) Calibration factor for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the substituted

dc power in the bolometer unit to the rf power incident upon the bolometer unit14

.

(g) Calibration factor for bolometer-coupler units is denned as the ratio of the substituted dc power in the bolometer unit on the side arm of the directional coupler to

the rf power incident upon a 50-ohm load (with a VSWR less than 1.05) attached to

the output port of the main arm14

.

13 See Section 201.800

14 Desch, R. F., and R. E. Larson, Bolometric microwave power calibration techniques at NBS, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-12, No. 1, 29 (June 1963).
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 7 of 24

HEM UHifciUKlr^l 1UJN

201 821a Tlptprmination of calibration factor of coaxial bolomptpr unit at one

frequency at 100 MHz or 1 GHz; and at one power level, 1 or 10 mW (*)

201.821b Determination at each additional power level at the same frequency

as for 201.821a (*)

201 821c Flptprmination of palihration factor of coaxial bolomptpr unit at 3**

GHz ; and at one power level, 1 or 10 mW (*)

201 821d F)pfprmination at papli additional nowpr IpvpI at 3** f^TTz a.<? for

201.821c (*)

201.821e Determination of calibration factor of coaxial bolometer-coupler

unit at one frequency at 30, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500 MHz, or 1

GHz ; and at one power level (*)

201.821f Determination at each additional power level at the same frequency

as for 201.821e (*)

201.821z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have

will be furnishec not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request

for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs. estimates

** For measurements on coaxial bolometer units at 4 GHz and higher frequencies, see 201.912.

201.822 Pulse power, peak measurement, coaxial systems.

(a) Instruments submitted for calibration should have a nominal impedance of 50

ohms, and be fitted with Type N, BNC, HN, or precision input connectors. 13

(b) Measurements are made with pulsed rf signals having a rectangular envelope.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.822a Calibration of instrument for measuring peak power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems, in the frequency range of 950 to 1200

MHz, at a peak power in the range of 1 mW to 3 kW ; at a pulse

width in the range of 2 to 10 ^sec, and at a pulse repetition rate

in the range of 100 to 1600 pps with a maximum duty cycle of

0.0033 ' _ _ (*)

201.822b Calibration of instrument for measuring peak power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems at each additional peak power level or a

different pulse width or pulse repetition rate, at the same frequency as for 201.822a (*)

201.822z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

See Section 201.800

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
p. 8 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

201.830 Immittance, two-terminal devices, 30 kHz to 8 GHz.

(a) Maximum accuracy can be achieved only in the case of instruments and components equipped with connectors having a plane of reference directly compatible with the

NBS system with no necessity for special adapters. In the interest of preserving higher

calibration accuracies, coaxial connectors should be utilized on standard instruments and

components wherever possible. Calibrations are not performed on capacitors with

unshielded terminals ; e.g., binding posts and banana-plug connectors.

(b) Power applied to any item under test will normally not exceed 1 W. Where caution in this respect is necessary it should be clearly stated in the calibration request.

All calibrations described in this section are performed under ambient conditions of 23

±2 degrees C and 40 ±2 percent relative humidity.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.830a-l

201.830a-2

201.830b-l

201.830b-2

201.830c-l

201.830c-2

201.830d-l

201.830d-2

201.830e-l

201.830f-l

Two-terminal impedance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 30 to 400 kHz, 0 to 10,000 ohms resistance, and 0 to 1100

yuH inductance

Two-terminal impedance measurement at each additional point

within limits of 201.830a-l

Two-terminal impedance measurement at one point in the frequency

range 30 kHz to 1 MHz, 0 to 1000 ohms resistance, and 0 to 110

(iR inductance

Two-terminal impedance measurement at each additional point

within limits of 201.830b-l

Two-terminal admittance measurement at one point in the frequency range 30 kHz to 1 MHz, 0 to 110 /xmhos conductance, and

0 to 1100 pF capacitance

Two-terminal admittance measurement at each additional point

within limits of 201.830c-l

Two-terminal admittance measurement at one point in the frequency range 5 to 300 MHz, 0 to 50 mmhos conductance, and 0

to 50 pF capacitance

Two-terminal admittance measurement at each additional point

within limits of 201.830d-l

Q-Standard measurement in the frequency range 50 kHZ to 45

MHz, 0 to 1000 for effective Q, and 30 to 450 pF for effective

resonating capacitance

Two-terminal impedance measurement of coaxial component at one

point in frequency range 50 MHz to 8 GHz, within range of 0.5

to 5000 ohms for magnitude and 0 to 90° for phase angle

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 9 of 24

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

ZUl.OOUg—

1

Measurement or magnituue 01 renecxion coemcienu 01 a codxidi

matched termination in 50-onm line at one point m frequency

range 1 to 4 GHz, by coaxial reflectometer to provide greater

accuracy than provided by 201.830f-l (*)

201.830g-2 Each additional point within limits of 201.830g-l (*)

201.830z Special two-terminal immittance measurements not covered by the

above (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.831 Immitance, three-terminal devices, 100 kHz to 1 MHz.

(a) Three-terminal techniques are required for the measurement of extremely low admittance so that unwanted admittance to ground (especially capacitances) do not significantly affect the measurements. Conductance or dissipation factor is not included in

Reports of Calibration for three-terminal capacitance.

(b) All measurements described in this section are performed under ambient conditions of 23 ±2 degrees C and 40 ±2 percent relative humidity.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.831a-l

201.831b-l

201.831b-2

201.831z

Three-terminal capacitance measurement at 100 kHz, 465 kHz, or 1

MHz for fixed nominal values of 10-2

, 10"1, 10°, 101, 10-', and 103 pF, per frequency

Three-terminal capacitance measurement at 465 kHz at one point

in the range 0.001 to 100 pF

Three-terminal capacitance measurement at 465 kHz at each additional point within limits of 201.831b-l

Special three-terminal immitance measurements not covered by

above schedule

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.840 Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators.

(a) Dissipative fixed coaxial attenuators are normally calibrated in a system having a

characteristic impedance of 50 ohms. Since the accuracy of the calibration is degraded

by any deviation or uncertainty in this characteristic impedance, the types of allowable

connectors are limited. Connectors having a known plane of reference, or the Type N or

precision connectors13 are required. All measurements are made by the substitution

13 See Section 201.800
p. 10 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

method, which requires that the connectors used be asexual or the attenuator have a

male connector at one port and a female connector at the other port. If an adapter is

required to comply with the foregoing, it must be supplied with the attenuator and the

combination will be calibrated as one unit.

(b) Maximum power to any attenuator will not exceed 20 mW unless prior arrangements for higher power levels have been made.

(c) Insertion loss is defined as the loss encountered when a standard connector1

' pair

is broken and the attenuator under test is inserted. The parameters of the standard

connector pair must be known, and the generator and load impedances have been adjusted so that the system is non-reflecting. These conditions cannot be strictly realized

and an allowance for mismatch must be made.

ITEM i hjHj

201.840a--1 Measurement of insertion loss of coaxial attenuator at one of the

following frequencies: 1, 10, 60, and 100 MHz, in the range of

0 to 80 dB (*)

201.840a--2 Measurement of insertion loss of fixed coaxial attenuator at a frequency of 30 MHz, in the range of 0 to 100 dB ( * \

201.840a--3 Measurement of insertion loss of each additional fixed coaxial attenuator at the same frequency and over the same ranges as for

201.840a-l to 201.840a-2

201.840b--1 Measurement of insertion loss of fixed coaxial attenuator at any

frequency from 0.100 to 8.19 GHz in the range of 0 to 60 dB (f)_ (*)

201.840b--2 Measurement of insertion loss of fixed coaxial attenuator at any frequency from 8.2 to 12.39 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60 dB (f) ( * \

201.840b--3 Measurement of insertion loss of fixed coaxial attenuator at any

frequency from 12.4 to 18.0 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60 dB (f) __ (*)

201.840b-4 Measurement of insertion loss of each additional fixed coaxial attenuator at the same frequency and over the same ranges as for

201.840b-l to 201.840b-3 (*)

201.840z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

(I) Measurement of insertion loss available to 80 dB at reduced accuracy.

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.841 Dissipative variable coaxial attenuators.

(a) These attenuators are calibrated in acordance with Item 201.840 except that the

zero or other specified setting is used as the reference. Because attenuation difference

only is measured, both ports may have the same connector.

15 Beatty, Roberts. W., Effects of connectors and adapters on accurate attenuation measurements at microwave frequencies, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 4, 272 (Dec. 1964). In this referenced publication a "standard connector" is defined as one which is made precisely to standard specifications for the particular type of connector under consideration. Standard con- nector pairs usually have low but appreciable loss and reflection.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 11 of 24

(b) Variable attenuators must have a repeatability of setting better than 0.1 dB ; incremental attenuators must have a repeatability of 0.01 dB or better.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.841a-l

201.841a-2

201.841a-3

201.841b-l

201.841b-2

201.841b-3

201.841b-4

201.841z

Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10, 60, and 100 MHz, in

the range of 0 to 80 dB

Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at a frequency of 30 MHz, in the range of 0 to 100 dB

Measurement of each additional increment on a dissipative variable

attenuator at the same frequency and over the same ranges as

for 201.841a-l to 201.841a-2

Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at any frequency from 0.100 to 8.19 GHz, in the range of 0 to

60 dB

Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at any frequency from 8.2 to 12.39 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60

dB

Measurement of one increment on a dissipative variable attenuator

at any frequency from 12.4 to 18.0 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60

dB

Measurement of each additional increment on a dissipative variable

attenuator at same frequency and over the same ranges as for

201.841b-l to 201.841b-3

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.842 Waveguide below-cutoff (piston) attenuators.

(a) Waveguide below-cutoff attenuators are calibrated normally in a system having a

characteristic impedance of 50 ohms. As only attenuation difference measurements are made on this type of attenuator, Type BNC, C, TNC connectors and other types are ac- ceptable but precision connectors are preferred.

(b) An insertion loss measurement at the attenuator zero setting can be made. Maximum power to any attenuator will not exceed 20 mW unless prior arrangements for

higher power levels have been made.

(c) Calibrations are performed at the following frequencies: 1, 10, 30, 60, and 100

MHz.
p. 12 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.842a-l Measurement of one increment on a waveguide below-cutoff attenuator at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10, 60, and 100

MHz in thp attpnnation rane*p (Mnolndine" initial insertion loss^

of 0 to 120 dB (*)

201.842a—Measurement of one increment on a waveguide below-cutoff attpmifltor fit SO TVTHy in tVip attpmifltion rancp (inrlnHinc" initial

insertion loss) of 0 to 140 dB (*)

201.842a-3 Measurement of each additional increment on a waveguide belowcutoff attenuator at the same frequency and over the same ranges

as for 201.842a-l to 201.842a-2 (*)

201.842z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be ma.de for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.843 Coaxial fixed directional couplers.

Coaxial fixed directional couplers are calibrated in accordance with Item 201.840. Terminations must be supplied for any arm not used during a measurement.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.843a-l

201.843a-2

201.843a-3

201.843b-l

201.843b-2

201.843b-3

Measurement of insertion loss between any two ports of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at any one of the following frequencies :

1, 10, 60, and 100 MHz, in the range of 0 to 80 dB

Measurement of insertion loss between any two ports of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at a frequency of 30 MHz, in the range

of 0 to 100 dB

Each additional measurement of insertion loss between any two

ports of a coaxial fixed directional coupler at same frequency and

over the same range as for 201.843a-l to 201.843a-2

Measurement of insertion loss between any two ports of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at any frequency from 0.100 to 8.19 GHz,

in the range of 0 to 60 dB

Measurement of insertion loss between any two ports of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at any frequency from 8.2 to 12.39 GHz,

in the range of 0 to 60 dB

Measurement of insertion loss between any two ports of a coaxial

fixed directional coupler at any frequency from 12.4 to 18.0 GHz,

in the range of 0 to 60 dB

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 13 of 24

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.843b-4 Each additional measurement of insertion loss between same two

ports of a coaxial fixed directional coupler, and at the same frequency, and over the same range as for 201.843b—1 to 201.843b-3_ (*)

201.843z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.844 Coaxial variable directional couplers.

(a) Coaxial variable directional couplers are calibrated in accordance with Item 201.-

841. Terminations must be supplied for any arm not used during a measurement.

(b) The change in coupling to the sidearm relative to the minimum setting on the

device is normally measured.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.844a-l

201.844a-2

201.844a-3

201.844b-l

201.844b-2

20.844b-3

Measurement of single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at one of the following frequencies: 1, 10, 60, and 100 MHz, in the range (including initial coupling loss) of 0 to 80 dP>

Measurement of single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at a frequency

of 30 MHz, in the range of 0 to 100 dB

Each additional measurement of coupling increment between input

and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at same

frequency and over the same ranges as for 201.844a-l to

201.844a-2

Measurement of single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at any frequency

from 0.100 to 8.19 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60 dB (including

initial coupling loss)

Measurement of single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at any frequency

from 8.2 to 12.39 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60 dB (including

initial coupling loss)

Measurement of single coupling increment between input and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at any frequency

from 12.4 to 18.0 GHz, in the range of 0 to 60 dB (including

initial coupling loss) !__

.„ 4

s if

es .h?ve. not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates win be lurnisned for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
„ 1 A „ f 1)1 p. 14 01 i\ liNoriiiti o — uontinueu Apr. j, i»o/

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.844b-4 Each additional measurement of coupling increment between input

and variable arm of coaxial variable directional coupler at the

same frequency and over the same ranges as for 201.844b-l to

201.844b-3 _ (*)

201.844z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.850 Electric and magnetic field strength measurements.

Field-strength standards and field-strength meters are calibrated in terms of rms cw

signals in the frequency range of 30 Hz to 1000 MHz. Loop antennas are calibrated from

30 Hz to 30 MHz, and horizontally-polarized dipole antennas are calibrated from 30 to

1000 MHz. The antennas of field-strength meters are calibrated normally when terminated in their respective field-strength receivers. The field-strength receivers are calibrated normally for use in a 50-ohm system.

When field-strength standards or meters are submitted for calibration an instruction

manual and all accessories should be included, and the instrument must be in excellent

operating condition.

201.851 Field-strength receivers (0 to 1000 MHz).

There are three basic calibrations that can be performed on a field-strength receiver:

1. Calibration of the receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter.

2. Calibration of the signal input attenuators.

3. Determination of overall linearity of the receiver in terms of the output indicating circuits.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.851a--1 Calibration of receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter, 1 to 10,000

nV, 0 to 1000 MHz, at one frequency (*)

201.851a--2 Calibration of receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter at each frequency additional to Item 201.851a-l, 0 to 400 MHz (*)

201.851a-•3 Calibration of receiver as a two-terminal rf voltmeter at each frequency additional to Item 201.851-a, 400 to 1000 MHz (*)

201.851b--1 Calibration of initial step of the input attenuator at one frequency,

0 to 1000 MHz _ _ _ _ _ _ (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 15 of 24

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.851b-2 Calibration of each additional step of the input attenuator, additionai to item zui.ooid—i, u to iuuu ivixizi (*)

201.851c-l Determination of overall linearity of receiver and output circuit, at

one frequency and one attenuator setting, initial point, 0 to 1000

MHz _ _ _ - (*)

201.851c-2 Determination of overall linearity at each additional point, at same

frequency and at same attenuator setting as for 201.851c-l (*)

201.851z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will he furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

7201.852 Loop antennas (30 Hz to 30 MHz).

Loop antennas are calibrated in terms of a quasi-static magnetic field at frequencies

from 30 Hz to 30 MHz. The magnitude of the calibrating field varies from approximately

20 to 200 mV/m.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.852a Calibration of loop antenna at one frequency, 30 Hz to 30 MHz (*)

201.852b Calibration of loop antenna at each frequency additional to Item

201.852a, 30 Hz to 30 MHz _ _ _ _ (*)

201.852z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have

will be furnished not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs. estimates

201.853 Dipole antennas (30 to 1000 MHz).

Dipole antennas are calibrated in terms of horizontally-polarized fields at frequencies

from 30 to 1000 MHz. The magnitude of the calibrating field varies from approximately

20 to 400 mV/m.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.853a Calibration of dipole antenna at one frequency, 30 to 400 MHz (*)

201.853b Calibration of dipole antenna at one frequency, 400 toJ.000 MHz__ (*)

201.853c Calibration of dipole antenna at each frequency additional to Items

201.853a and 201.853b, 30 to 1000 MHz (*)

201.853z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
p. 16 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

201.860 Frequency stability of signal sources, 30 kHz to 500 MHz.

(a) Frequency stability calibrations are made on signal sources from 30 kHz to 500

MHz. (See Schedule 201.701 for calibration service at lower frequencies.)

(b) The signal source should have a power output of at least 10 mW (into a matched

load).

(c) Frequency stability of the signal source should be better than approximately one

part in 107

.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.860a Measurement of frequency stability of precision fixed-frequency

signal source in the frequency range of 30 kHz to 500 MHz (*)

201.860z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.861 Power spectral analysis of signal sources.

(a) Power spectral analysis of frequency-modulation components of frequency standards and other high-quality signal sources are made at nominal frequencies of 1, 2.5, 5,

and 10 MHz.

(b) Frequency-modulation components are measured to limits of ± 10 kHz from the

carrier frequency for magnitudes greater than 6 dB above the continuous noise spectrum.

(c) Noise power level of the continuous spectrum relative to the power level of the

carrier frequency is measured at any selected frequency within ±10 kHz of the carrier

frequency.

(d) The signal source should have a power output of at least 20 mW (into a matched

load)

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.861a

201.861z

Measurement of the power spectrum of a fixed signal source

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

(*)

(*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

Microwave Region

201.900 General

(a) Microwave calibration services presently available include measurements of power,

impedance, frequency, attenuation, and noise. The frequency range covered for each of

the waveguide measurements is given below. While most of the calibration services are

for waveguide, it should be noted there are a few services listed in the "Microwave Re-
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 17 of 24

gion" for coaxial instruments. Additional services in the 1 GHz to 18 GHz range for

coaxial instruments are listed in the "High-Frequency Region" sections of this schedule.

(b) In performing microwave calibrations, a considerable amount of time is needed to

prepare the system for measurement operation. Much of this preparation is related to

the adjustment of the system to the frequency of operation selected for the calibration.

Time and cost often can be reduced by minimizing the number of times the operating

frequency of the calibration system must be readjusted. To help in achieving this re- duction in costs, a list of suggested calibration frequencies is presented in the following

table. These frequencies are suggested for use in connection with this schedule and for

interlaboratory standards utilizing terminations consisting of the standard waveguide

sizes given below in the table of suggested calibration frequencies. It should be emphasized that the suggested frequencies are primarily for economy and for convenience to

those requesting calibrations. In general the calibration instrumentation for the microwave region is intended to provide complete and continuous frequency coverage as appropriate for the various waveguide sizes. Those having need for calibrations at other

than suggested frequencies can be accommodated.

EIA waveguide designation

Frequency

range, GHz

Suggested calibration frequencies

GHz

No. 1 No. 2 No. 3

WR430 1.70- 2.60 1.80 2.20 2.50

WR284 2.60- 3.95 2.85 3.25 3.55

WR187 _ 3.95- 5.85 4.35 4.90 5.25

WR137 _ _ _ 5.85- 8.20 6.45 7.00 7.40

WR112 _ 7.05-10.0 7.75 8.50 9.00

WR90 8.20-12.4 9.00 9.80 11.2

WR62 12.4 -18.0 13.5 15.0 17.0

WR42 _ 18.0 -26.5 19.8 22.0 23.8

WR28 26.5 -40.0 29.0 33.0 37.0

201.910 Waveguide bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units, continuous wave,

low-level power.

(a) Power measurements are made on barretter-type bolometer units having nominal

resistance of either 100 or 200 ohms at a bias current between 3.5 and 10 mA, and on

thermistor-type bolometer units having a nominal resistance of either 100 or 200 ohms

at a bias current between 5 and 15 mA. Bolometer units should be of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband type.

(b) Power measurements are made on waveguide bolometer units at power levels

from 0.1 to 10 mW.

(c) Power measurements are made on bolometer-coupler combinations having coupling ratios from 3 to 20 dB. A bolometer unit of the fixed tuned or untuned broadband

type should be permanently attached to the side arm of the coupler. The three-port

directional coupler should have good design features, with a directivity of 40 dB or greater and a VSWR no greater than 1.05 for the input and output ports of the main arm of

the coupler.
p. 18 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

(d) Efficiency for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the microwave power absorbed by the barretter element to the microwave power dissipated within the bolometer

unit.14

(e) Calibration factor for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the substituted

dc power in the bolometer unit to the microwave power incident upon the bolometer

unit.14

(f) Calibration factor for bolometer-coupler units is defined as the ratio of the substituted dc power in the bolometer unit on the side arm of the directional coupler to the

microwave power incident upon a nonrefiecting load attached to the output port of the

main arm.14

(g) Effective efficiency for bolometer units is defined as the ratio of the substituted dc

power in the bolometer unit to the microwave power dissipated within the bolometer

unit.14

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

.L/C Lcl IIlJ.IiclL'lUIl Ul Cll ct LI V C tJllIL-lCIlCj' Ul UUIUIUC LCI Lt 1 1 1 L <X L <X l> 1 11 li 1 c frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with

standard waveguide connectors:

201.910a--1 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.910a--2 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) (*)

201.910a--3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) ( )

201.910a--4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _ (*)

201.910a- 5 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) (*)

201.910a--20 Determination of effective efficiency of each additional bolometer

unit at the same frequency as for 201.910a-l (*)

201.910a--21 Determination of effective efficiency of each additional bolometer

unit at the same frequency as for 201.910a-2 to 201.910a-5 (*)

Determination of calibration factor of bolometer unit at a single

frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with

standard waveguide connectors:

201.910b--1 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.910b--2 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) _ _ (*)

201.910b--3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) _ _ (*)

201.910b--4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _ _ __ _ _ (*)

201.910b--5 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) __ _ (*)

14 Desch, R. F., and R. E. Larson, Bolometric microwave power calibration techniques at NBS, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-12, No. 1, 29 (June 1963).

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 19 of 24

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.910b--20 Determination of calibration factor of each additional bolometer

unit at the same frequency as for 201.910b-l to 201.910b-5 (*)

Determination of calibration factor of bolometer-coupler unit at a

single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated

with standard waveguide connectors:

201.910c--1 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.910c- 2 WxvoZ (1Z.4—18. U (jrlizj ( )

201.910c--3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) _ (*)

201.910c-4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _ _ _ _ (*)

201.910c- 5 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) _ (*)

T)pf prmination of pfficipncv of bolomptpr unit at a sintrlp frpouencv

of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors

201.910d--1 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) (*)

201.910d-•2 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) _ _ (*)

201.910d--20 Determination of efficiency of each additional bolometer unit at the

same frequency as for 201.910d-l to 201.910d-2 (*)

201.910z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.911 Waveguide dry calorimeters, continuous wave, low-level power.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

201.911a-l

201.911a-2

201.9Hz

Measurement of output voltage versus input microwave power for

dry calorimeter at a single frequency of WR90 waveguide (8.20-

12.4 GHz) terminated with a standard waveguide connector at

power levels from 10 mW to 1 W

Each additional power level at the same frequency as for 201.911a1

Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
p. 20 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

201.912 Coaxial bolometer units, continous wave, low-level power.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.912a-l Determination of effective efficiency of a coaxial bolometer unit at a single frequency in the range 4** to 10 GHz and a power level

of 10 mW. Bolometer unit must be fitted with male Type N

connector and thermistor-type element of nominal operating

resistance of 200 ohms (*)

201.912a-20 Determination of effective efficiency of each additional coaxial

bolometer unit at the same frequency** as for 201.912a-l (*)

201.912z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs. ** For measurements on coaxial bolometer units below 4GHz, see Section 201.821.

201.920 Waveguide reflectors (mismatches), reflection coefficient magnitude.

(a) Reflection coefficient measurements are made on reflectors producing a reflection

coefficient magnitude in the range of 0.024 to 0.2.

(b) Reflectors must be fitted with standard types of waveguide flanges. The faces of

these flanges should be machined flat and smooth and should not contain protrusions

or indentations. The connecting holes of the flange should be symmetrically and accurately aligned to the rectangular waveguide opening.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

Measurement of reflection coefficient magnitude of reflector at a

single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated

with standard waveguide connectors:

201.920a-l WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) _ _ _ (*)

201.920a-2 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) (*)

201.920a-3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) (*)

201.920a-4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _ _ _ __ _ _ (*)

201.920a-5 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) _ _ _ ___ _ __ _ (*)

201.920a-20 Measurement of reflection coefficient magnitude of each additional

reflector at the same frequency as for 201.920a-l to 201.920a-5_ (*)

201.920z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 21 of 24

201.930 Cavity wavemeters, frequency measurement.

(a) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters of

either the reaction (one-port) type or the transmission (two-port) type.

(b) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters having

coaxial terminals with Type N connectors (male or female) in the frequency range of 1000

MHz to 10 GHz.

(c) Frequency measurements are made on fixed or variable cavity wavemeters having

standard type waveguide terminals in the frequency range of 2.6 to 90 GHz.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.930a Measurement of resonance frequency of fixed cavity wavemeter — (*)

201.930b Setting of adjustable cavity wavemeter at prescribed resonance

(*)

201.930C-1 Calibration of dial setting versus resonance frequency of variable

cavity wavemeter at initial prescribed frequency (*)

201.930c-2 Calibration of dial setting versus resonance frequency of variable

cavity wavemeter at each prescribed frequency additional to the

initial frequency and on the same wavemeter as 201.930c-l (*)

201.930z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have

will be furnishec not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimatesfor specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.940 Waveguide variable attenuators, attenuation difference.

(a) Attenuation difference measurements are made on step or continuously variable

attenuators, usually with the zero dial setting used as the reference position.

(b) Attenuation measurements are made for attenuation values from 0 to 50 dB. This

range of attenuation values can be extended to 70 dB in some frequency ranges.

(c) Variable attenuators should have a repeatability of dial setting better than ±0.1

dB.

(d) Variable attenuators should have a VSWR less than 1.1 at each waveguide port.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

Measurement of attenuation difference of direct-reading variable

attenuator at an initial prescribed dial setting at a single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

201.940a-l WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) _ _ _ _ _ _ (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
p. 22 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM

201.940a--2 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) ______ (*)

201.940a--3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) _ _____ (*)

201.940a-4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) __ _ _ (*)

201.940a--5 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.940a--6 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) _ _ _ (*)

201.940a--7 W IX^iO \ 10. U—ZO.O LrXlZJ \ )

201.940a--8 WR28 (26.5-40.0 GHz) _ _ _ _ (*)

201.940a--9 WR430 (1.70-2.60 GHz) _ _ (*)

201.940a--20 qq on *»ArYi _\irf at < ) i I n n 'i r i f\ n f\ i fr cw* c~\ nc* r\ r\~v /"I i vq^t vao ri i tr\ o* ttqvio r_ 1lVlticibUI clllcll t OI dLLcIlU-iLlOn CllIlcicriCG OI Uli cl 1-rt.dUIIl^ Vcirid, Ulc

attenuator at eacn prescriDeu aiai setting aaaitionai to tne initial

dial setting at the same frequency and on the same attenuator

as for 201.940a-l to 201.940a-9 (*)

201.940a--21 ivieasuremeiit 01 attenuation umerence 01 uirect-reauing variauie

attenuator at an initial prescriDeu uiai setting at a single irequency as ior _,ui.y< _ua—o to zui.y4ua—o, Dy means 01 moauiateu

sub-carrier method to obtain greater accuracy of measurement __ (*)

201.940a--22 ivieasurement oi attenuation umerence oi cnrect-reacnng attenuator

at eacn prescriDeu aiai setting aouitionai to tne initial uiai setting

dl Llie oallie liet[UeiH-y allU Oil Lne oallie aLLeilUdLOl aS _,Ul.c/^iUa

21, by means of modulated sub-carrier method to obtain greater

accuracy of measurement (*)

Calibration of dial setting versus attenuation difference for indirectreading variable attenuator at an initial prescribed attenuation

difference value at a single frequency of the following waveguide

sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

201.940b--1 WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) _ _ _ _ __ (*)

201.940b--2 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) _ _ _ (*)

201.940b--3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) ( * 1

201.940b--4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _ (*)

201.940b--5 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) __ ( *

201.940b--6 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) _ _ _ ( * 1

201.940b--7 WR42 (18.0-26.5 GHz) _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (*)

201.940b--8 WR28 (26.5-40.0 GHz) (*)

201.940b--9 WR430 (1.70-2.60 GHz) _ (*)

,,! As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
NBS Misc. Publ. 250, INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

p. 23 of 24

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.940b--20 Calibration of dial setting versus attenuation difference for indirect-reading variable attenuator at each prescribed attenuation

difference value additional to the initial attenuation difference

value at the same frequency and on the same attenuator as 201.940b-l to 201.940b-9 (*)

201.940b- 21 Measurement of attenuation difference of indirect-reading variable

attenuator at an initial prescribed dial setting at a single frequency as for 201.940b-5 to 201.940b-6, by means of modulated

sub-carrier method to obtain greater accuracy of measurement (*)

201.940b- 22 Measurement of attenuation difference of indirect-reading attenuator at each prescribed dial setting additional to the initial dial

setting at the same frequency and on the same attenuator as 201.940b-20, by means of modulated sub-carrier method to obtain

greater accuracy of measurement (*)

201.940z Special calibrations not included in the above schedule (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for- these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

201.941 Waveguide fixed attenuators, insertion loss.

(a) Insertion loss measurements are made on fixed two-port attenuators.

(b) Insertion loss measurements are made for insertion loss values from 0 to 50 dB.

This range of attenuation values can be extended to 70 dB in some frequency ranges.

(c) Fixed attenuators should have a VSWR less than 1.1 at each waveguide port.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

Measurement of insertion loss of fixed attenuator at a single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

201.941a-l WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) (*)

201.941a-2 WR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz) _ _ _ (*)

201.941a-3 WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz) (*)

201.941a-4 WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz) _____ (*)

201.941a-5 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.941a-6 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) _ _ _ (*)

201.941a-7 WR42 (18.0-26.5 GHz) _ (*)

* As fees have not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
p. 24 of 24 INSERT 5 — Continued Apr. 3, 1967

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.941a-8 WR28 (26.5-40.0 GHz) ___ (*)

201.941a-9 WR430 (1.70-2.60 GHz) _ _ (*)

201.941a-20 Measurement of insertion loss of additional fixed attenuator at the

same frequency as for 201.941a-l to 201.941a-9 (*)

201.941z Special calibrations not included in the above schedule (*)

* As fees have

will be furnished not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs. estimates

201.950 Waveguide noise sources, effective noise temperature.

(a) Effective noise temperature measurements are made on waveguide noise sources

(usually a gas-discharge tube) under conditions of continuous, unmodulated operation

in the range 1000 to 300,000 °K (excess noise ratio range 3.8 to 30 dB)

(b) The direct current required for normal operation of the gas-discharge tube should

not exceed 300 mA but should be sufficient to prevent excessive plasma oscillations.

(c) The waveguide noise source must have an input VSWR no greater than 1.2.

(d) The gas-discharge tube should be secure in the mount, and the output port of the

unit should be terminated with a matched load.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

Measurement of effective noise temperature of noise source at a

single frequency of the following waveguide sizes terminated

with standard waveguide connectors

201.950a-1 WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz) (*)

201.950a--2 WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz) (*)

201.950a--20 Measurement of effective noise temperature of each additional noise source at the same frequency as for 201.950a-l to 201.950a-2 (*)

201.950z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule (*)

* As fees have

will be furnished

not been fixed for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request

for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs. estimates

»U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967 —251-025/91
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 6

March 22, 1967

Page I of 4

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 14

Mass and Volume: All schedules under Mass and Volume, namely 202.620

through 202.628, which appear on pages 79-88 of MP 250, are cancelled and

should be deleted. The fees for these services, listed on pages 127-128 of

MP 250, are also to be deleted. These services have been revised as shown

in schedules 202.630 through 202.633, which replace the previous Mass and

Volume schedules. The text of the new schedules is given in this Insert.

This revision increases the scope of the services provided in the

areas of mass and volume measurements. The charges for all services in

these measurement areas are computed on the basis of actual cost (i.e.,

direct labor costs plus established overhead charges)

.

The following is a list of the schedules whose text is given below:

Mass and Volume

202.630 General.

202.631 Reference standards of mass.

202.632 Reference standard volumetric apparatus.

202.633 Density determinations of liquids and sc ids.

Mass and Volume

202.630 General.

(a) The Mass and Volume Section provides services to support the

segments of the national measurement system which rely directly or

indirectly on mass measurements. These services include the calibration of

reference standards of mass, of glass and metal volumetric reference

standards, and of reference standard hydrometers, also the density

determinations of solids and liquids, and are offered only if suitable

service is not otherwise available. In order to provide prompt and useful

service, the acceptance of items for calibration or test is based on

discussions with each user to determine details necessary to meet

measurement and delivery requirements, and on inspection of the item at the

*Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition.

Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information

and Publ ications.
Page 2 of 4 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 6 - Continued INSERT 6

March 22, 1967

Bureau with reference to its suitability for the usage intended. Sections

202.631, 202.632, and 202.633 apply to the calibration (or test) most

frequently requested in each measurement area. The services of the

Section, however, are not limited to these specific items. Inquiries are

invited concerning other measurement problems in the above areas.

(b) Additional services are available which include the formulation

of procedures (1) to establish a quantitative measure of the state of

statistical control in the user's laboratory for measurement processes

which involve mass , (2) to enable the user to monitor his calibration

process, and (3) to assist in coordinated evaluation of the results. The

nature of these services is described in NBS Technical Note 288

"Measurement Philosophy of the Pilot Program for Mass Calibration".1

(c) Arrangements for calibration (or test) must be completed before

shipping apparatus to the Bureau. While all of the work of the section is

on an actual cost basis, subject to a $25.00 minimum charge, a mutual

agreement on the work to be performed generally results in substantial

savings for the user. Detailed packing and shipping instructions are

available on request. Items not accepted for calibration or test will be

returned, the cost of inspection or the minimum charge being applicable.

(d) The results of a calibration (or test) will be reported either in

a National Bureau of "Standards Report of Calibration or Test (which in many

cases is prepared by a computer program) , a continuation report, or a letter report. In each of these, the values reported are accompained by an

appropriate estimate of uncertainty (allowance for random and systematic

errors) as determined by an analysis of the specific measurement process.

A continuation report is used for those items submitted for recalibration

on which preliminary tests indicate that no significant changes have

occurred since the last calibration. A letter report is usually used to

report a test for compliance with a specification which states limits for

the departure of the actual value from nominal.

202.631 Reference Standards of Mass

(a) The Bureau's calibration qf reference standards of mass provides

extensions of the mass unit embodied in the NBS standards of mass. A

normal calibration consists of establishing a mass value, and the

appropriate uncertainty for that value, for each weight which has been

designated to be a reference standard. It is desirable, but not necessary,

that a weight should meet the adjustment tolerances established for Classes

A, B, M, S, or S-l.

(b) Individual weights, or sets of weights, in the range of 30

kilograms to 1 milligram or 50 pounds to 1 micropound in decimal

subdivisions, which are designated as reference standards, must be of

design, material, and surface finish comparable to but not necessarily

limited to present Class A, B, M, S, or S-l as described in Circulars 3 and

547 in Volume III of NBS Handbook 77.2 Design, material, and surface finish

of large mass standards (over 50 lb to 50,000 lb) must be compatible with

the intended usage. For these large mass standards, an adjustment with

reference to a nominal or desired value can be included as a part of the

calibration procedure.

(1) Available at 30 cents per copy from Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.

(2) Vol. Ill (Optics, Metrology, and Radiation) of NBS Handbook 77 is available at

$7.00 per copy from Super i ntendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,

Washington, D. C. 20402.
NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 6 - Continued March 22, 1967

Page 3 of 4

(c) The values of true mass ( and an apparent mass correction)

included in the report will be determined by using computed volumes based

either on the manufacturer's statement of density of the material, on the

density computed from measured volumes, or, in the absence of this

information, on estimated density values. The apparent mass corrections

are computed for 20°C with reference to Normal Brass (density 8.4 g/cm-* at

0°C, volume coefficient of expansion 0.000054/C° in an ideal air density of

1.2 mg/cm . Apparent mass corrections to any other basis can be furnished

if requested.

(d) For periodic recalibrations of reference mass standards, the user

need only measure differences between weights or groups of weights within a set and compare them with computed differences. As long as the agreement

is within allowable limits, the values can be considered constant within

the precision of the comparison process. Mass standards which are

submitted to the Bureau for recalibration are frequently tested in this

manner. If these tests indicate that no significant changes have occurred,

a continuation report so stating and referring to the previous NBS Report

of Calibration will be issued.

I tern Description Fee

202. 631z For calibration of reference mass standards or^ supporting services described

in TN288 , fees will be computed on a cost basis.

202.63 2 Reference Standard Volumetric Apparatus

(a) The procedure almost universally used for testing glass

volumetric apparatus is to weigh the amount of distilled water contained or

delivered with reference to the graduations marked on the instrument, the

volume being computed from the density of the water (for tables see NBS

Circular 19, available on request^). The quality of the markings and the

care exercised in reading or setting the liquid level are major factors in

test calibration and usage. The Bureau will normally accept instruments

for calibration which have volumes in the range of 1 mm to 1 gallon, and

which essentially conform to requirements contained in NBS Circular 602

"Testing of Glass Volumetric Apparatus" 5 , Federal Procurement

Specifications NNN-B-00789 (Buret, straight, precision) , NNN-F-00395a

(Pipet, volumetric) , NNN-P00350a (Pipet, measuring) , or NNN-F-00289a

(Flask, volumetric) , if such instruments are to be used as reference or

transfer standards.

(1) Groups of blood pipets which are used as factory standards for

quality control will be accepted for test, and values will be furnished in

a letter report.

(3) See footnote I

.

(4) From the Mass and Volume Section, Institute for Basic Standards, National Bureau of

Standards. Washington, D. C. 20234.

(5) Available at 20 cents per copy from Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
Page 4 of 4 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 6 - Continued March 22, 1967

(2) Suggested test procedures for the verification of the compliance

of precision grade glassware with specifications and tolerances are

available on request.

(b) The usual calibration procedure for metal volumetric apparatus

consists of determining the value "to contain" or "to deliver" by either

gravimetric means or by the use of transfer standards. The Bureau will

normally accept instruments for calibration which have values in the range

of 1 gill to 1000 gallons, which essentially comply with the specifications

contained in NBS Monograph 62, "Testing of Volumetric Standards" , and

which are free from dents, bumps or scratches.

(1) While it is preferred that the zero index or the gage scale be

adjusted and sealed prior to calibration, these operations can be

incorporated into the calibration procedure if requested. Slicker plate

type standards should be adjusted by the manufacturer.

I tern Description Fee

202.632Z For calibration of reference standard

volumetric apparatus, fees will be

computed on a cost basis.

202.633 Density determinations of liquids and solids

(a) The usual procedure for determining the density of solids is

hydrostatic weighing. At the Bureau liquid densities are usally determined

by gravimetric methods. The picnometer can be filled at a specified

temperature between 0° and 70°C. Other methods are available depending on

the requirements. The Bureau will accept requests for density

determinations if the need is critical, as in the support of scientific

studies or standard sample programs. Limitations on the mass, physical

dimensions or volume of the sample are available on request.

(b) Specific gravity hydrometers covering the range of 0.62 to 3, and

proof spirit hydrometers in the range of 0 to 200 proof which are

designated reference standard hydrometers (used to test other hydrometers)

are normally accepted for calibration. A limited number of other types of

reference standard hydrometers will be accepted for multi-point calibration

subject to a discussion of detailed request. Instruments accepted must

essentially comply with the requirements of NBS Circular 555, "Testing of

Hydrometers"

.

1 Item Description Fee

202.633z For density determination of liquids

or solids or the calibration of reference standard hydrometers fees will

be computed on a cost basis.

(6) Available at 15 cents per copy from Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.

(7) Available at 10 cents per copy from Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 7 March 23, 1967

Page 1 of 2

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 15

Dosimetry in High-Energy Electron Beams: This insert gives the text

of a new schedule, 204.503, which describes a measurement service that has

been added to the other radiation-physics measurements in Part 204 of

MP250.

The new schedule is as follows:

204.503 Dosimetry in high-energy electron beams.

(a) The Bureau will prepare and mail dosimeters to users requesting

assistance with absorbed-dose measurements in high-energy electron beams.

The dosimeters employed will consist of ferrous sulfate (Fricke) solution

in radiation-resistant silica-glass spectrophotometer cells. The users

will expose all but two of the furnished dosimeters to between 5,000 and

8,000 rads at electron energies between 5 and 50 MeV, employing the

exposure geometry (field size, phantom, position of dosimeter in phantom)

given in the "Protocol for Dosimetry of High-Energy Electrons," Physics in

Medicine and Biology .11,505 (1966).

(b) After irradiation, the dosimeters will be returned to the Bureau

for spectrophotometric evaluation of the ferric-ion concentration in terms

of absorbed dose in the phantom, using the G-value given in the Protocol.

The results of this evaluation will be reported to the users.

(c) The Bureau plans to provide this service four times a year

starting on or about July 1, 1967, and to offer it quarterly thereafter.

Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition.

Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information

and Publications.
Page 2 of 2 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 7 - Continued INSERT 7 March 23, 1967

Item Description Fee

204 . 503a Preparing and shipping four Fricke

dosimeters, two as controls, and

two for irradiation; evaluating

the ferric-ion content in terms

of absorbed dose in the phantom;

reporting the test results.

**$2dU.uu

204.503b For an additional fee an additional Fricke dosimeter may be

supplied and its ferric-ion

content evaluated after irradiation .

**50.00

"Through a subsidy provided by the National Center for Radiological Health, Public

Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, a reduction in fee may

become available to all medical users interested in a check of the absorbed dose calibrations employed in high energy electron beam therapy. For details contact the Dosimetry Section, Radiation Physics Division, National Bureau of Standards, Room C-209,

Radiation Physics Building, Washington, D. C. 20234.

******

(This announcement is from the Federal Register, Vol. 32, No. 45 —Wednesday, March 8, 1967)-
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 8 April 17, 1967

Page 1 of 1

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 16

Electricity, Microwave Region: Insert 8 describes (See table below) two new

calibration services that have been added to Section 201.912, "Coaxial bolometer

units, continuous wave, low-level power." This sheet should be inserted after page

20 of Insert 5, where the most recent revision of Section 201.912 is given.

Both of the new services are for the measurement of effective efficiency of

coaxial bolometer units fitted with 14 -mm precision coaxial connectors over a continuous frequency range from 4 to 8.5 GHz. Use of 14-mm precision coaxial

connectors permits greater accuracy of measurement of radio frequencies than with the

older type N connectors. At present the measurements are available at a nominal

power of 10 milliwatts and for bolometer units fitted with thermistor-type elements

having a nominal operating resistance of 200 ohms.

Item Description Fee

201.912a-2 Determination of effective efficiency of

a coaxial bolometer unit at a single frequency in the range of 4* to 8.5 GHz and

a power level of 10 mw. Bolometer unit

must be fitted with a 14 mm general precision connector and a thermistor-type

element for nominal operating resistance

of 200 ohms. (**)

201.912a-21 Determination of effective efficiency of

each additional coaxial bolometer unit

at the same frequency as for 201.912a-2. (**)

Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies

of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications, Washington. D. C. 20234.

6 ' **As fixed prices have not been established for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approxi- mation of actual costs.

(1) For measurements on coaxial bolometer units below 4 GHz , see Section 201.821 (p. 6 of Insert 5).

(2) "Precision Coaxial Connectors," Recommendations of the IEEE I-M Group Subcommittee on Precision Coaxial Connectors, Revised July 10, 1966. This report describes the mechanical, electrical, and environmental requirements for precision coaxial connectors. It is available upon request from: Chairman, IEEE G-IM Technical Committee on High Frequency Instruments and Measurements, The Institute of Electronic En- gineers, Inc., 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017.

(This announcement is from the Federal Register, Vol. 32, No. 65-Wednesday, April 5, 1967). *****
I 04
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 9

June 15, 1967

Page 1 of 2

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 17

Electricity, High-Frequency Region: Insert 9 gives the text of two new Sections,

201.870 and 201.871, describing a new service for the measurement of phase-angle shift

by insertion of coaxial phase shifters (precision air- or dielectric-filled line) and

variable-type coaxial phase shifters. The initial service is at a frequency of 30 MHz.

This sheet should be inserted after page 20 of Insert 5 which gives the most recent

over-all revision of the services provided by the NBS Radio Standards Laboratory.

201.870 Coaxial phase shifters, precision air- or dielectric-filled line.

(a) Phase shifters are calibrated by insertion into a 50-ohm coaxial line. A VSWR

of any reasonable magnitude for the phase shifter is acceptable; the measurement

uncertainty will be adjusted to the VSWR relation.

(b) The phase shifter must be fitted with Type N or TNC connectors or precisiontype connectors.

Item Description Fee

201.870a Measurement of phase angle shift by insertion of a coaxial

phase shifter (precision air- or dielectric-filled line) in coaxial line at MHz.

(**)

201.870z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule. (**)

*Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition.

Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information

and Publications, Washington, D. C. 20234.

**As fixed prices have not been established for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks

which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.
Page 2 of 2 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 9 - Continued INSERT 9

June 15, 1967

201.871 Coaxial phase shifters, variable type.

(a) Phase shifters are calibrated by insertion into a 50-ohm coaxial line. A VSWR

of any reasonable magnitude for the phase shifter is acceptable; the measurement

uncertainty will be adjusted to the VSWR relation.

(b) Measurements will be performed at any specified phase angle(s).

(c) Phase shifters should have a repeatability of setting better than 0.1 degree.

(d) The phase shifter must be fitted with Type N or TNC connectors or precisiontype connectors.

Item Description Fee

201.871a Measurement of phase angle shift at initial setting by

insertion of variable-type coaxial phase shifter in coaxial

line at MHz.

(**)

201.871b Measurement of phase angle shift at each setting additional

to the initial setting as for 201.871a.

(**)

201.871z Special calibrations not covered by the above schedule. (**)

**As fixed prices have, not been established for these services, charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks

which should provide a close approximation of actual coss.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 10

June 16, 1967

Page 1 of 1

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o::o

Change 18

Electricity , Microwave Region : Insert 10 gives the text of three new

items, 201.910a-6, 201.910b-6, and 201.910c-6, which expand to an

additional waveguide size (WR42: 18.0 to 26.5 GHz) the present service for

measuring the effective efficiency and calibration factor of bolometercoupler units.

This sheet should be inserted after page 18 of Insert 5, which gives

the most recent over-all revision of the services provided by the NBS Radio

Standards Laboratory.

Section 201.910 Waveguide bolometer units and bolometercoupler units, continuous wave, low-level power.

Item Description Fee

201.910a-6 Measurement of effective efficiency of bolometer unit at a single frequency of the

following waveguide size terminated with

standard waveguide connector: WR42 (18.0-

26.5 GHz) (**)

201.910b-6 Measurement of calibration factor of bolometer unit at a single frequency of the

following waveguide size terminated with

standard waveguide connector: WR4 2 (18.0-

26.5 GHz) (**)

201.910c-6 Measurement of calibration factor of bolometer-coupler unit at a single frequency of the following waveguide size terminated with standard waveguide connector: WR42 (18.0-26.5 GHz) (**)

*Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications.

**As fixed prices have not been established for these services, charges

will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be

furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of

actual costs.

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 19

Metrology: Insert 11 reports three changes in the schedules of Part

202, Metrology:

(1) Section 202.108, Ref lectometry , is deleted. The deleted section

appeared on pages 55-56 of MP 250.

(2) Items 202.114a and 202.114h of Section 202.114, Radiometry, are

deleted.

(3) The text of -Section 202.202 has been revised (see below) and the

name of the section has been changed to "Photogrammetry " . The title was

formerly "Photographic Objectives" and the section appeared on pages 58-61

of MP 250.

The revised text of Section 202.202, Photogrammetry, is as follows:

202.202 Photogrammetry.

The following information is pertinent to the tests a to i in this

schedule

a. and b. This is a test of the definition characteristics of a lens.

It is performed photographically. In general, if a lens yields satisfactory results when subjected to this test, it is probable that no

additional test for lateral chromatic aberration is necessary.

c. This is a qualifying test for photographic objectives for aerial

mapping cameras. It is a photographic test and the determinations are made

for the plane of best average definition.

d. and e. The f-number is the ratio of the equivalent focal length of

the lens to the diameter of the effective aperture.

f. This is a test of the platen of a precision aerial mapping camera

which is the surface against which the film is held during exposure. It is

a test to determine conformance to specifications requiring that the platen

shall not depart from a true plane by more than +12 microns (+0.0005 in.).

•Changes should Be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250

,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications, Washington, D. C. 20234.
Page 2 of 3 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued INSERT 11

June 25, 1967

g. This is a test of a photographic objective mounted in a camera. It

gives the same information as test 202.202c except for back-focal distance.

It is preferable that these lens characteristics be determined for the lens

as mounted in a barrel shutter but occasionally it is desirable to

determine these quantities for the lens mounted in a camera. The shutter

should be open when the camera is submitted for test.

h. This is a test of a lens-camera combination for photogrammetric

mapping. It gives the departure of the principal point of auto-collimation

from the center of collimation which is the intersection point of lines

joining opposite pairs of collimation index markers. The radial distortion

is determined with respect to the calibrated focal length of the lens.

This test cannot be performed on a camera having a detachable magazine

which bears the collimation index markers. This is the preliminary test on

a precision type camera to determine compliance with specification. If no

provision has been made for ready adjustment of the collimation index

markers and they are not aligned at 90°, the camera is returned for

adjustments. If the 90° condition is satisfied but no provision has been

made for ready adjustment of the principal point with respect to the center

of collimation, the camera is returned for adjustments.

i. If the principal point can be properly positioned with respect to

the center of collimation by ready adjustment of the lens in a transverse

direction or by ready movement of the collimation index markers, this is

done in the course of the test. Following adjustment, pins are set to

preserve the setting.

When a camera is submitted for test, the drill holes for the pins, a proper sized drill and reamer, and a sufficient number of pins to perform

the doweling must accompany the camera. It is desired that roll pins be

submitted for this task.

THE TABLE OF INDIVIDUAL ITEMS OF THIS

SCHEDULE IS GIVEN ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
Page 3 of 3 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued INSERT 11

June 25, 1967

Item Description Fee

202.202a Determination of resolving power at 5° intervals from center to edge of field for collimated light at one aperture. $ 97.00

202.202b Fee for each additional aperture. 50.00

202.202c Determination of back-focal distance, equivalent focal

power at 5° intervals from the center to edge

of the field.

This is the test usually required for lenses

that are to be mounted in precision aerial

cameras

.

135.00

202.202d Determination of equivalent focal length and

true geometric f -number for one marked stop. 78.00

202.202e Fee for each additional stop. 19.00

202.202f Determination of compliance of camera platen

with flatness requirements to +0.0005 in. 28.00

202.202g Determination of calibrated focal length,

radial and tangential distortion, and resolving power at 7.5° intervals from center to

edge of field for lens mounted in camera. 185.00

202.202h Location of the principal point of autocollimation, check of 90° condition for lens

mounted in camera, and radial distortion. 165.00

202.202i Setting the principal point of autocollimation and 90° condition, checking and

doweling for lens mounted in camera. 135.00

202.202z For special tests not covered by the above

schedule, fees charged depend on the nature of

the test.
(

I
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

f . y. % INSERT 12

June 30, 1967

Page 1 of 18

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OP THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

o o

Change 20

General policies and procedures: Insert 12 is a revision of the

whole of "Part 200 -- General" . It restates and expands the statement of policies and procedures relating to various measurement ser- vices, including calibrations and tests. The entire text of Part 200,

which appears on pages 5 through 10 of MP 2 50, 1965 tdition, should be

deleted; and this insert should be placed after page 4.

The revised text of Part 200 follows:

Sec.

200.100 Statutory functions

200.101 Measurement research

200.102 Standards for measurement

200.103 Types of calibration and test services

200.104 Consulting and advisory services

200.105 Standard reference materials

200.106 Critically evaluated data

200.107 Publications

200.108 Broadcasts

200.109 ilequest procedure

200.110 Shipping, insurance, and risk of loss

200.111 Identification and operability of devices submitted

200.112 Priority and time of completion

200.113 Witnessing of operations

200.114 Reports

200.115 Use of results

200.116 Fees

200.117 Rilling charges

PART 200 -- GENERAL

Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ.

250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available

from NBS Cffice of Technical Information and Publications.
L'ai.c 2 of lii NBS .IISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 12 - Continued June 30, 1 j67

200.100 Statutory functions.

(a.) The National Bureau of Standards hp..-; been assigned the

following functions (15 U.S.C. 271-?.7Sc):

(1) The custody, maintenance, and development of the national

Standards of measurement, and the provision of means and methods for

making mca;.! urcmc:n.ts consistent v/itii those standards, Including the

comparison of standards used in scientific investigations, engineering,

manufacturing , commerce, and educational institutions with the standards

adopted or recognized by the Government.

(2) Tire determination of physical constants and properties cf

materials when such data are of great importance to scientific or

manWi-acturins interests and are not to be obtained of sufficient

accuracy elsewhere

.

(3) The development of methods for testing materials,

mechanisms, and structures, and the testing of materials, supplies,

and equipment, including items purchased for use of Government

departments and independent establishments.

(4) Cooperation with other governmental agencies and with

private organizations in the establishment of standard practices,

incorporated in codes and specifications.

(5) Advisory service to Government agencies on scientific

and technical problems.

(6) Invention and development of devices to serve special

needs of the Government,

(b) The calibration and testing activities of the Bureau stem

from the functions in paragraph (a) (1) and (3) of this section.

These activities are assigned primarily to the NBS Institute for

Basic Standards. Its program provides the central basis within

the United States for a complete and consistent system of physical

measurement} coordinates that system and the measurement system of

other nations) and furnishes essential services leading to accurate

and uniform physical measurements throughout the Nation's scientific

community, industry, and commerce.

(c) The provision of standard reference materials for sale to

the public is assigned to the Office of Standard Reference Materials
June 30, 1967 NHS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 12 - Continued Page 3 of 18

200.1(10 (ci.ivtd.)

of the NKS Institute for Materia] s Research ^ It evaluates the

requiremolnts of sclcnoc and industry for carefully characterized

reference water i a] s, stimulates the Bitvdau of fort.'-: to develop

methods for production of needed reference materials and directs

their production and distribution. The items avail able under

this program are listed in Subchapter B of this chapter.

(d) The provision of technical services to facilitate

technical innovation and industrial use- of the results of modern

science and technology is assigned to the KBS Institute for

Applied Technology. The principal elements of the Institute are

(1) a Textiles and Apparel Technology Center furnishing specialized

technical services to that industry; (2) technical divisions which

provide services in technology of more general applicability; (3)

the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information

which promotes widest effective use by the scientific community,

industry, and commerce of current information in all fields of

industrial technology; and (1) a Center for Computer Sciences and

Technology which conducts research and provides technical services

designed to improve cost ef f octiveacss in the conduct cf agency

programs through the use of computers and related techniques.

200.101 Measurement research .

(a) The NBS Institute for Basic Standards carries out the

Bureau's function in developing an adequate national system of

physical measurement , and in providing related calibration services.

Its staff continually reviews the advances in science and the trends

in technology, examines the measurement potentialities of newly

discovered physical phenomena, and uses these to devise and improve

standards, measuring devices, and measurement techniques. As new requirements appear, there are continual shifts of program emphasis

to meet the most urgent needs for the measurement of additional

quantities, extended ranges, or improved accuracies.

(b) The basic research and development activities of the

Bureau are primarily funded by direct appropriations, and are aimed
Page 4 of 18 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Concinued June 30, 1967

at meet ' w~ broad p.em-ral ncods. i'.'hori nrtco.'J.'. .iry. the Bureau al ?:o

undortakcfj J nvofitlgatlons or developments to root some specialized

physical measurement problem of another govorr^-'iit agency, industrial group, or manufacturing firm, using funds supplied by tliat

oi'ganizati on

.

200.10? Standards for measurement .

(a) An international treaty, the Ket.rie Convention, was Signed by 18 countries in 1875. In lSO.i the United States established prototype No. 27 of the international Kotor bar and prototype No. 20 of the international kilogram as United States PrototypeStandards for length and mass. Representative:-; of many of the 80

nations now adhering to this treaty meet periodically, in the General

Conference of Weights and Measures, to consider detailed proposals

concerning international standards for physical xeasuremcnt . The

11th Conference (1960) redefined the meter in terms of wavelengths

of krypton S6 light, and agreed to adopt six units to serve as a practical base for an International System of Units (abbreviated

SI from the French, Systome International) - kilogram, meter, second,

degree Kelvin, ampere, and candela. These are arbitrarily chosen

but precisely defined magnitudes of six quantities of the physical

world - mass, length, time, temperature, electric current and

luminous intensity, respectively - which are assigned unitary value

in the International System. The units of the English System -

pound, inch, second, degree Fahrenheit, etc. - and of other systems

of units are related to the SI units by agreed-upon conversion

factors. Consistent units for all other physical quantities needed

by science and technology can be derived from, and their numerical

values are fixed by, these SI units.

The SI units for the six quantities are defined as follows:

(1) In terms of a prototype object:

(1.1) Mass: The kilogram is the mass of a platinun-iridium cylinder

preserved at the International Bureau of Weights and Measures in Sevres,

France. Prototype No. 20 is kept at NBS; equivalent prototypes are

kept by other countries.
Ju«e 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued Page 5 of 18

200.102 (contd.)

(2) In terms ol natui'al phenonona:

(2.1) Length: The meter Is the length of exactly 1,650,703.73

wavelengths of radiation in vacnnin corresponding to the unperturbed

transition between the levels 2p_ and 5cl of the atom of krypton 8G,

10 5 the orange-red lire.

(2.2) Tine Interval : The second v/r.s long defined as 1/8G400 of the

time required for an average complete rotation of the earth on its

axis with respect to the sun. This led to the universal time scale

(U.T). fjeoaviso of the slight slowing of the earth's average rotation

rate (fro.u 5 to 6 ros per year, each year), and other larger random

fluctuations, the universal second thus defined is not a constant.

The Ilth Conference (1S60) ratified the following definition: "the

second is the fraction 1/31 ,55G, 925 . 9747 of the tropical year for

January 0,1900 at 12 o'clock ephemeris time." The 12th Conference

(1964) authorized the desf gnation of an atomic standard of frequency

to be used temporarily for the physical measurement of time. The

standard designated is the transition between the hyperfine levels

F = 4, H = 0, and F = 3, M = 0 of the ground state 2 of the cesium

1/2

133 atom not perturbed by external fields, and the vaiue 9,192,631,770

hertz is assigned to the frequency of this transition." Experimental

evidence indicates that the two alternative definitions of the second

are consistent within expected uncertainties.

(2.3) Temperature: The degree Kelvin is 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature range between the triple point of water and

absolute zero.

(2.4) Electric Current: The ampere is that constant current which

if maintained in two straight parallel conductors of infinite length,

of negligible circular sections, and placed 1 meter apart in a

vacuum, would produce between these conductors a force equal to 2 X

_7

10 newton per meter of length.

(2.5) Luminous intensity: The can del a is the luminous intensity of

1/60 of one square centimeter of projected area of a blackbody

radiator at the temperature of freezing platinum.
.'a-c 6 of l:-: UBS ;1ISC. PUBL . 250, INS&tT 12 - Continued June 30, 1*67

2i".'.102 (.coatd.) •.

(b) Although the six base uxi fcs, and others ck-rivod from th:.T.,

are exactly defined, their practical use requires a realization

through the development of accurate measurement standards. Measurement standards nay be based on physical phenomena, specimen objects,

signal sources, or reference instruments. Extensive theoretical

studies and laboratory experiments are involved in their selection,

design, construction, and operation.

It will be noted that a kilogram mass standard can be calibrated

on] j' through a scries of comparisons, starting from the International

Prototype-. The units for the other five base- quantities, and all

quantities derived from them, are in principle independently

realizable in many laboratories. In practice, however, inevitable

minor differences among instruments, environments, and operators

are bound to introduce small discrepancies. Periodic comparison of

Standards and the resolution of these discrepancies is required

for compatibility among domestic standards laboratories, as well as internationally

Within the United States, NB3 consults with the major industrial

and governmental standards laboratories, and coopez-ates with the

Department of Defense and the National Conference of Standards Laboratories in conducting measurement agreement comparisons. Periodic

inter-comparisons of Bureau standards with those of other countries

are made through the International Bureau of Weights and Measures,

through international scientific organizations, or by direct

arrangement. The operations of the International Bureau are

supervised by the General Conference of Weights and Measures, to

which U. S. delegates are appointed by the Department of State.

Frequency and time comparisons within the United States arc

made between the National Bureau of Standards, the United States

Naval Observatory, and manufacturers of frequency standards. The

data from world-wide astronomical observations and from standards

laboratories in many countries are coordinated by the International

Bureau of the Hour, which announces recommended approximations for

the rate difference between atonic and universal time, as well as for
June 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued Page 7 of 18

200.102 (contd.)

epoch adjustments.

200.103 Types of calib ration and test se rvices .

(a) The Bureau has developed Instrumentation and techniques

for realizing standards for the six base units of the International

System of Units, as agreed upon by the General Conference of Y.'eights

and Measures. Reference standards have been established not only

for those six base units, but also for many derived quantities and

their multiples and submultiples . Such reference standards, or equivalent working standards, arc used to calibrate laboratory

and plant standards for other organizations. Accuracy is maintained

by stability checks, by comparison with the standards of other , national and international laboratories, and by the exploration of

alternative technique as a means of reducing possible systematic

error

.

(b) Calibrations for many types of instruments and ranges of

physical quantities are described in the itemized schedules of this

Subchapter. (See also NBS Miscellaneous Publication 250*, "Calibration

and Test Services of the National Buieau of Standards"). Charges for

many services are based upon established fees, while charges for some

services are billed on the basis of actual costs incurred. (See

subsequent Parts of this Subchapter for description of service items

and schedule of fees). Changes in services and fees are published

in the Federal Register. Such changes are announced also in supplements

to Miscellaneous Publication 250 and in the monthly NBS Technical

News Bulletin.*

(c) Consideration will always be given to requests involving

unucual physical quantities, upper or lower extremes of range,

higher levels of accuracy, fast response speeds, short durations,

broader ranges of associated parameters, or special environmental

*For' sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing

Office, Washington, D. C. 20402
Page 8 of 18 NBS MISC. PITBL. 250, INSERT 12 - Continued June 30, 1967

200.103 (contd.)

conditions. Such inqui ri on should 'luscrJbc as clearly as possible

the measurement desired and the scientific or economic basis for

the requirement to ho satisfied.

(d) The Bureau's principal emphasis is on those calibrations

and other tests requiring such accuracy as can be obtained only by

direct comparison with, its reference standards. However, in order

to maintain efficient utilization of specialized equipment and

skilled personnel, NBS will at tiir.es undertake upon request to

calibrate devices requiring lesser accuracy but suitable for

working standards in j;lant or laboratory.

(e) Other services which may be obtainable include:

(1) Tests of measuring instruments to determine compliance with

specifications or claims, when the evaluation is critical in

national scientific or technical operations, and when suitable

facilities are not available elsewhere

(2) Referee tests in important cases when clients are unable to

agree upon the method of me asureT.cn t

, the results of tests, or the

interpretation of these results, but have agreed in advance in

writing to accept and abide by the findings of the Bureau.

(f) In general, measurement services are not provided for

organizations or individuals in foreign countries.

(g) The Bureau reserves the right to decline any request for

services if the work would interfere with other activities deemed

by the Director to be of greater importance.

200. 104 C onsulting and advisory services .

(a) In areas of its special competence, the Bureau offers

consulting and advisory services on physical or mathematical problems

related to measurement, e.g. unusual or extreme conditions, methods

of statistical control of the measurement process automated

acquisition of laboratory data, and data reduction and analysis by

computer. The Bureau at its discretion may make appropriate charges

for rendering such services; the charges would be based upon actual

costs.
Jum 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued Pag« 9 of 18

200.101 (contd.)

(b) To enhance the competence of standards laboratory

personnel, the Bureau conducts annually severa.1 group seminars on

the precision measurement of specific types of physical quantities,

offering the opportunity of laboratory observation and informal

discussion. A 2-week summer course in electromagnetic measurements

and standards is conducted biennially by the NBS Radio Standards

Laboratory.

(c) Suggestions will be offered on measurement techniques and

on other sources of assistance on calibration or measurement problems

when the Bureau's own equipment and personnel are unable to undertake

the work. The National Conference of Standards Laboratories issues

a Directory of Standards Laboratories in the United States (obtainable

from NCSL Secretariat, c/o National Bureau of Standards, Washington,

D. C. 20234.) Others are listed in the A'STM Directory of Testing

Laboratories, Commercial and Institutional. (Directory available

from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race

Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103). Similar listings appear in

buyer's guides for commercial products and in technical journals

concerned with physical measurement.

200.105 Standard reference materials.

Often the performance of a device or structure can be evaluated

at the user's laboratory by comparing its response to unknown values

with its response to a standardized specimen or a material of

certified composition, properties, or purity. Several types of such

specimens are listed in Part 202 of this Subchapter. (See also NBS

Miscellaneous Publication 250*). Carefully characterized materials

are listed in Part 230 of Subchapter B of Chapter II, Title 15 of

the Code of Federal Regulations. (See also Miscellaneous Publication

260*, "Standard Reference Materials"). The Office of Standard Reference

Materials in the NBS Institute for Materials Research administers a

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402
Page 10 of 18 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued June 30, 1967

program to provide nil typos of v;o3 X-ctir. rnotcri red materials that

are needed to calibrate a measurement system or to produce scientific

data that can be readily referred to a common base.

200.106 Critically evaluated data .

Data on the physical properties of the thousands of well-defined

substances which arc commercially available need to be compiled and

evaluated to be useful for reference in engineering design. The

Office of Standard Reference Data in the NBS Institute for Basic

Standards provides two-way communication with a number of governmental

and non-governmental data centers throughout the country. Its

compilation and dissemination activities cover seven technical areas -

nuclear data, atomic and molecular data, solid state data, thermodynamic and transport data, chemical kinetics, solloid and surface

properties, and mechanical properties. Monthly accounts of progress

appear in the National Standard Reference Data System News (available

upon request from the Office of Standard Reference Data) and in the

Technical News Bulletin.*

200.107 Publications .

The monthly NBS Technical News Bulletin * announces changes in^ services and fees, as published in the Federal Register. The

Bulletin also describes recent results of Bureau staff work, lists

currently issued publications, and carries sections giving up-to-date

detailed information on standards and calibrations, standard reference

materials, and the National Standard Reference Data System. A 6-year

index to publications by Bureau authors will be found in a Supplement*

to Miscellaneous Publication 240, Publications of the National Bureau

of Standards, for July 1, 1960 to June 30, 1966. The index covers Monographs,* Technical Notes,* and all papers appearing either in

the NBS Journal of Research* or in outside technical journals.

Unclassified research and development reports from all government

agencies and their contractors are listed in a semi-monthly Government-

*For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402
Juw 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Contlmd Page 11 of 18

200.107 (cnntd.)

wide Index available from the NBS Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific

and Technical Information, Springfield, Va. 22151. Publication series

available from the Clearinghouse include Report Abstracts, Fast

Announcement Service, Package Reviews, and Technical Translations.

200.108 Broadcasts .

The Radio Standards Laboratory of NBS broadcasts various types

of standard frequency and time signals from 4 radio stations: WWV,

WWVH, WIVVL, and VAWB . (NBS Miscellaneous Publication 23S*, "NBS

Standard Frequency and Time Services", contains information concerning

the broadcasts of various types of such signals from these four

stations.) WWVH is located at Maui, Hawaii. WWV, WWVL, and WWVB are located at Tort Collins, Colorado. (WWV was relocated in December

1966 from Greenbelt, Maryland.) Notices of precisions, accuracies,

and adjustments in NBS clocks and radio emissions are published

regularly in the Federal Register. (Such notices are published also

in the Time and Frequency Service Bulletin which is available from

the Radio Standards Laboratory on request.)

Broadcasts from WWV are at nominal frequencies of 2.5, 5, 10,

15, 20, and 25 MHz, and from WWVH at 2.5, 5, 10, 15 MHz; the carrier

frequencies and time pulse rates emitted by both are offset from

nominal values in accordance with the Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)

10

system. The frequency is offset by -300 parts in 10 , and the time

pulses occur at intervals slightly longer than one second. As

recommended by the International Bureau of the Hour, the phase of

the time pulses is occasionally adjusted to approximate UT2 within

about 100 ms. The UT2 scale is a partly smoothed version of Universal

Time CtTT), as determined by astronomical observations and with annual

and semi-annual fluctuations removed. WWV and WWVH also provide

standard musical pitch at 440 hertz, weather forecasts, and geophysical

alerts. WWV broadcasts Universal Time - seconds, minutes, hours, and

days of the year - in the code format of the National Aeronautics and

Space Administration. For more precise determination of UT2, both

WWV and WWVH broadcast in International Morse Code appropriate
P*g* 12 of 18 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued June 30, 1967

200.108 (contd.)

corrections based on astronomical data from the U. S. Naval Observatory

Washington, D. C.

At WWVL, the modes of broadcast of the carrier and the timing

signals are also in conformity with the UTC system.

Station WWVB broadcasts on the standard radio frequency of 60

KHz without offset, emitting time marker pulses exactly 1 second apart,

as determined by the NBS cesium clock. The phase of these pulses is

re-set every few months by 0.2-s adjustments, as recommended by the

International Bureau of the Hour, in order to approximate UT2 within

about 0.1 s. This is a coordinated system known as Stepped Atomic

Time (SAT).

The U.S. Naval Observatory also broadcasts standard UTC time

and time interval (frequency), using both astronomical and atomic

data. It coordinates a number of Navy and Coast Guard stations

around the globe, and also monitors the NBS broadcasts. Both USNO

and NBS monitor broadcasts from selected laboratories in foreign

countries, and issue periodic comparisons of reference signals.

200.109 Request procedure .

(a) A formal purchase order for the calibration or test should

be sent prior to or at the time of shipment. This should provide

clear identification of the instrument or standard being submitted,

and give instructions for billing. If a client wishes to minimize

the time during which his equipment is out of service, he can usually arrange to delay shipment until the test is scheduled to

start. Requests from Federal agencies, or from State agencies, for

calibrations or tests on material to be used on private or Federal

contract work, should be accompanied either by purchase order or by

letter or document authorizing the cost of the test to be billed to

the agency.

(b) Acceptance of purchase orders does not imply acceptance of

any provisions set forth in the order contrary to the policy, practice,

or regulations of the National Bureau of Standards or the U. S.
Juna 30, 1967 IfBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Centinuad Page 13 of 18

200.109 (contd.)

Government. (A. statement to the effect that the National Bureau of

Standards is an agency of the U. S. Government should satisfy other

Government agencies with regard to compliance with Government regulations and executive orders.)

(c) A test number will be assigned by the Bureau to each item

(instrument or group of similar instruments or standards) when

accepted for test. This test number should be referred to in all

subsequent communications . If the apparatus submitted has been

previously calibrated by the Bureau, reference should be made to the

test number previously assigned, so that a continuing record of

stability history can be established.

(d) Inquiries related to electrical standards in the radio

frequency region (above 30 kHz, Part 201, sections 201.701 through

201.950 of this Subchapter), and on all frequency and time standards

should be directed to:

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

(e) Inquiries for measurement services listed in this Subchapter,

other than those noted in par. (d) of this section, should be directed

to:

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234

200.110 Shipping, insurance, and risk of loss.

(a) Shipment of material to the Bureau for calibration or other

test should be made only after the client has accepted the estimate

of cost and the tentative scheduling.

(b) Calibrations of electrical standards in the radio frequency

region (above 30 kHz, Part 201, sections 201.701 through 201.950 of

this Subchapter) are performed at Boulder, Colorado. Shipments should

be addressed to:

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302
P*g« 14 of 18 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 12 - Continued Juu 30, 1967

200.110 (contd.)

If apparatus for high frequency is also to be given incidental

low-frequency calibration, this may he done at Boulder, Colorado,

but if a complete range of low-frequency tests are needed, the

instrument should be sent to:

National Bureau of Standards

Route 70S & Quince Orchard Rd.

Gaithersburg, Md.

(c) The calibrations listed in this Subchapter, other than

those noted in par. (b) of this section, are performed in the

Bureau's laboratories at either Gaithersburg, Md. or V/ashington, D. C.

For shipments which are heavy (in excess of 100 lbs.) or bulky (a

combined girth in excess of 27 cubic ft.), request a shipping address

from:

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234

Items other than heavy or bulky shipments that are sent by common

carrier, should be addressed to:

National Bureau of Standards

Route 70S & Quince Orchard Rd.

Gaithersburg, Md.

(d) Equipment sent to the Bureau must be properly packed to

minimize likelihood of damage in shipment and handling. Suggestions

on packing and shipping are made in some sections of the fee schedule.

In every case, the client should consider the nature of the equipment,

pack it accordingly, and clearly label shipments containing fragile

instruments or materials, such as glass and the like. The use of

"security express" should be considered in shipping delicate instruments.

(e) To minimize damage during shipment resulting from inadequate

packing, the use of strong reusable containers is recommended. As

an aid in preventing loss of such containers, the client's name should

be legibly and permanently marked on the outside. In order to prolong

the container's use, the notation REUSABLE CONTAINER, DO NOT DESTROY

should be marked on the outside.

(f) Shipping and insurance coverage instructions, in order to
June 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued Page 15 of 18

200.110 (contd.)

be followed, must be clearly and legibly shown on the purchase order

for the calibration or test. As the Bureau will not pay shipping

or insurance charges and add this cost to the billing invoice,

return shipment, when no shipping or insurance instructions are furnished, will be made by common carrier collect, but uninsured.

(g) When a test number has been assigned prior to shipment

to the Bureau, this number should be clearly marked on the shipping

container. WTien a test number has not been assigned, an invoice,

copy of the purchase order, or letter should be enclosed in the

shipment to insure proper identification. The original purchase

order should be forwarded as appropriate to:

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

(h) NBS will not be responsible for the risk of loss or

damage to any item in shipping to or from the Bureau. Any arrangements for insurance covering this risk must be made by the client.

Return shipment will be made by the Bureau as indicated in par. (f)

of this section. The purchase order should always show the value of

the equipment, and if transit insurance is carried by the client,

this fact should be stated.

(i) The risk of loss or damage in handling or testing of any

item by NBS must be assumed by the client, except when it is

determined by the Bureau that such loss or damage was occasioned

solely by the negligence of Bureau personnel.

200.111 Identification and operability of devices submitted.

(a) Since the data provided by the Bureau's report is specific

to the individual item or piece of apparatus tested, it is essential

that this piece be identified uniquely by an appropriate number or

symbol. In most cases, the manuf acturer's nana and serial numbers
Page 16 of 18 NRS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - ContlouW Jum 30, 19*7

200.111 (contd.) are used. When such a number is lacking, an alternative identifying

mark should be provided. If none is found, the Bureau may apply an appropriate one, usually the Bureau's Test Number, for which an additional charge may be made.

(b) All apparatus submitted for calibration and test must be

in good operating condition. Repairs and adjustinonts should be

attended to by the client prior to shipment. Apparatus not in

good condition cannot be tested, nor can the Bureau undertake the

repair or adjustment of any equipment, except by special arrangement.

If it is evident that equipment has been abused or has not received

proper care, a test ordinarily will not be conducted. If defects are found at the Bureau after a test has begun, this fact will be reported,

the test may be terminated, and a report issued summarizing such

information as has been found, and a fee charged in accordance with

the amount of work done.

200.112 Priority and time of completion .

(a) Except for emergency Government work, calibrations and

other tests are in general undertaken in the order in which requests

are received.

(b) The date at which a test will be completed depends on a number of factors, such as the condition of submitted equipment,

setup time, duration of test run, limitations on available personnel,

occasional large backlogs of work, and grouping of tests of similar

devices to lessen costs. Sometimes repetitive runs are needed to

determine reliability of results, or peculiar behavior is noted,

requiring unusually careful investigation. The Bureau will cooperate

with a client to minimize the out-of-use time for his equipment, and

will upon request inform him of a probable starting date and give

notice of unexpected delays in completion of the work. Estimates of

completion dates are therefore provisional.

200.113 Witnessing of operations.

The Bureau welcomes scientists and engineers who may wish to
Juae 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 11 - Continued Pag« 17 of 18

200.113 (contd.

)

visit its laboratori cs and discuss its methods, However, visitors

ordinarily will not be permitted to v/itness the actual carrying out

of highly precise measurements because their presence introduces

distraction that may lead to errors or delays. This policy may be

waived in those cases where the visitor can be of service in setting

up apparatus of a new or unusual nature, in the case of referee tests,

or in other cases in which the legal validity of the result may

require the presence of duly authorized witnesses.

200.114 Reports.

Results of calibrations and other tests are issued as reports entitled, "National Bureau of Standards Report of Calibration",

"National Bureau of Standards Report of Test", or "National Bureau

of Standards Report of Analysis", as appropriate. The report form

used carries no special significance. Whenever formal certification

is required by law, or to meet special conditions adjudged by the

National Bureau of Standards to warrant it, a letter will be provided

certifying that the particular item was received and calibrated or

tested, and identifying the report containing the results.

200.115 Use of results .

(a) The NBS report of calibration or test contains data which

pertain only to the particular device or specimen calibrated or tested.

There is no implication that other items of the same lot or type will

show comparable results. However, on the basis of tests on a sample

of instruments or objects drawn from a lot of nominally identical

items, in accordance with an approved sampling procedure, the Bureau

may declare that the entire lot does or does not meet stated

requirements for acceptance.

(b) The results given in the NBS report are limited to the

condition of the equipment at the time of calibration or test. Clients

should not assume that comparable performance will be sustained unless

suitable precautions are taken in handling and use.

(c) The National Bureau of Standards does not "approve,"
Page 18 of 18 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 12 - Continued June 30, 1967

200.115 (cnntd.)

"recommend,' or "endorse" any proprietary product or material,

either as a single item or as a class or group. Results reported

by the Bureau shall not be used in advertising or sales promotion, or to indicate explicit or implicit endorsement of the product or material by the Bureau.

200.116 Fees.

(a) In accordance with 15 U. S. C. 271-278e, fees are charged

for all calibrations and tests made by the National Bureau of

Standards.

(b) This fee schedule is published subject to the abovementioned basic act which authorizes the Secretary of Commerce,

from time to time, to make regulations regarding the payment of

fees, the limits of tolerance on standards submitted for verification, and related natters.

200.117 Billing charges.

The minimum billing charge for any test request accepted by

the Bureau is $10, unless otherwise indicated in a particular fee

schedule. If apparatus is returned without testing, a minimum

charge of $10 may be made to cover handling. Fees for tests include

the cost of preparation of an original report. Additional copies

ordinarily are not issued to other than the recipient of the original,

and are not issued unless the client has shown a technical need for

them. Copies of reports requested subsequent to the date of tests

will be supplied at cost, with a minimum charge of $5. All checks

should be made payable to NBS, Department of Commerce.

USCOf.lM-NBS-DC
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 13

June 30, 1967

Page 1 of 6

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 21

Appendix C: Insert 13 contains a list of all fees that have been

established as of June 1967 for services described in Misc. Publ. 250.

Attention is called to changes in fees for Part 201 (Electricity), Part 202

(Metrology), Part 203 (Heat), and Part 206 (Mechanics), many of which have

not been noted in previous inserts. The schedule which follows is

applicable to the electrical, photometric, dimensional, thermal, radiation,

and mechanical measurements, as recently published in Parts 201 (Sections

201.101 through 201.604), 202, 203, 204, and 206 of the Federal Register

CFR 15, Chapter II, Subchapter A. This schedule supersedes in its entirety

the Appendix C of the NBS Miscellaneous Publication 250, "Calibration and

Test Services of the National Bureau of Standards", 1965 edition, pages 125

through 129. The original pages should be removed and the new schedule

inserted in their place.

To meet increasing costs of the Bureau's calibration and test

services, it has been found necessary to raise the stated fees rather

generally. The following tabulation lists the fees that have been

established for measurement services described in the schedules. The items

included here are identified in the schedules by a single asterisk (*) in

the Fee column.

For further information on NBS policy in regard to fees, see Part 200,

as given in Insert 12, dated June 30, 1967, especially Sections 200.116 and

200.117, and the various sections with the title "General" (see Contents of

MP 250).

Items carrying the suffix "z" are automatically excluded from the

list, since these services, and consequently also the fees for them, vary

according to the requirements of the individual case, as agreed upon in

advance by the client and the NBS laboratory concerned.

Change 2 2

Effective July 1, 1967, calibration charges made to public customers

by the Electronic Calibration Center (ECC) will be increased. Charges

which were previously $20.00 per hour will be $40.00 per hour; charges

which were previously $25.00 per hour will be $45.00 per hour. These

charges affect calibration services in the high frequency and microwave

regions (30 kHz and up) which are performed by the Radio Standards

Laboratory at Boulder, Colorado. The services of the Radio Standards

Laboratory are described in Insert 5, dated April 3, 1967; Insert 8, dated

April 17, 1967; Insert 9, dated June 15, 1967; and Insert 10, dated June

16, 1967.

*Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS Office of Technical Information and Publications, Washington, D. C. 20234.
Page 2 of 6 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 13 , Continued June 30, 1967

Llectr ic ity Item Fee

Item Fee

Precision standard resistors

201.101a-l $ 40.00

201.101a-2 - 50.00

201.101a-3 70.00

201.101b-l 65.00

201.101b-2 75.00

201.101c-l 150.00

201.101C-2 --- 175.00

Precision resistance apparatus

201.102a (1) 20.00

(2) 5.00

201.102b 195.00

201.102c 70.00

201.102d-l 520. 00

201.102d-2 705 .00

201.102e 300.00

201.102£ 555.00

201.102g 215.00

201.102h 630.00

201.102i-l — 350. 00

201.102i-2 435. 00

201.102i-3 475. 00

201.102j 110.00

201.102k 110.00

201.1021 285. 00

201.102m 520.00

Multi -megohm resistance standards

201.103a $ 60.00

201 . 103b- 70.00

201 .103c -- 80.00

Standard inductors

201 . 104a 75.00

201 . 104b 60.00

Standard capacitors

201. 105a 50.00

201. 105b 20.00

Standard cells

201. 201a --- 45.00

201 . 201b 95.00

201 . 201c 50.00

201 . 201d 120.00

201 . 201e 60.00

Standard resistors

201 . 301a-l --- 100.00

201 . 301a-2 160.00

201. 301b 30.00

201.301c 45.00

201 .301d 160.00

201 .301e 45.00

201 . 301f 410.00

Volt boxes (fixed ratio voltage

dividers

)

201.302a ---$150.00

201.302b 30.00

201.302c-- -- 10.00

201 .302d 30.00

Ac-dc instruments and thermal

converters

201.303a 80.00

201.303b 20.00

201.303c 35.00

Ac-dc wattmeters, single phase

201.304a - 95.00

201.304b 35.00

201.304c 15.00

Watthour meters

201.305a 115.00

201.305b 15.00

201.305c --- 60.00

201.305d 10.00

Current transformers

201.306a-l 180.00

201.306a-2 210.00

201.306b-l 30.00

201.306b-2 45.00

201.306c 10.00

Current transformer comparators

201.307a 540.00

201.307b 60.00

Normal induction and hysteresis

201.401a 70.00

201.401b 80.00

201.401c 140.00

201.401d 70.00

201.401e 50.00

201.401f 25.00

201.401g - 10.00

Magnetic materials: a-c permeability

and core loss

201. 402a 45.00

201.402b 15.00

201.402c - 45.00

201.402d 15.00

Magnetic testing apparatus

201.403a 35.00

201.403b 20.00

201.403c - 40.00

201.403d --- 25.00

201.403e 45.00

201.403f 10.00

201.403g 30.00-70 .00
June 30, 1967

Item Fee

Voltage dividers

201.601a $140.00

201. 601b 85.00

Voltage transformers

201.602a-l - 120.00

201 . 602a-2 165.00

201. 602a-3 --- 90.00

201.602a-4 130.00

201. 602b 22.00

201 . 602c - 20.00

201.602d 33.00

201.602e 11.00

Kilovoltmeters

201 . 604a --- 110.00

201.604b 90.00

201.604c 28.00

201.604d -- 11.00

Metrology

Miscellaneous photometric

measurements

202.103a 90.00

Incandescent electric lamps

202 .104a - 35.00

202 . 104b-- 10.00

Spectrophotometr ic standards

202.105a 160.00

202 .105b 60.00

202. 105c - --- 15.00

202.105d 80.00

202 . 105e --- 80.00

202 .105£ - 125.00

202. 105g 140.00

202 . 105h 140.00

202 . 105i 175.00

202 . 105 j 175.00

202. 105k 175.00

202 . 1051 100. 00

202 . 105m 100.00

202 . 105n 175.00

Spectrophotometr ic measurements

202 .106a 80.00

202. 106b 8.00

202.106c - 8.00

202 . 106d 80.00

202 . 106e 8.00

202 . 106£ 8.00

202. 106g 95.00

202.106h 15.00

202. 106i -- 130.00

202 . 106 j 25.00

202. 106k 95.00

202. 1061 15.00

Page 3 of 6

Item Fee

Spec tropho tome trie measurements-

Continued

202.106m $130.00

202.106n 25.00

202.106o 40.00

Colorimetry

202.107a 20.00

202.107b --- 15.00

202.107c--- 12.00

202.107d 50.00

202.107e 12.00

202.107£ 20.00

202. 107g 50.00

202.107h 50.00

202.107i 55.00

202 . 107 j 20.00

202.107k 140.00

Opacimetry

202.109a 60.00

202 .109b--- 180.00

Lovibond glasses

202.111a 60.00

202. 111b 25.00

Signal glass limit glasses and

IPL calibrating filters

202.112a 250 .00

202.112b 90.00

202.112c 15.00

Radiometry

202. 114b 90.00

202.114c 90.00

Visual measurements of optical

characteristics

202.201a 46.00

202.201b 94.00

202.201c - 180.00

202. 201d 250.00

202.201e 110.00

202. 201f 180.00

202.201g 275.00

202.201h 250.00

202.201i 110.00

202.201j --- 385.00

202. 201k 110.00

Photogrammetry

202.202a 97.00

202.202b 50.00

202.202c 135.00

202.202d 78.00

202. 202e 19.00

202. 202f 28.00

NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 13 - Continued
Page 4 of 6 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 13 - Continued June 30, 1967

Item Fee Item Fee

Photogrammetry- -Continued

202.202g $185.00

202 . 2O2h 165.00

202 . 202i 135.00

200.00

Modulation transfer function

measurements of lenses

202. 207a

202 . 207b ---

Photography

202.311a

202 . 311b

202 . 311c

202 . 311d - 202 . 311e---

Working line standards of length

202 .402a 165.00

202 .402b 81.00

202 .402c--- 3.00

Steel tapes

202.404a202.404b202.404c20.2 .404d202.404e202.404f202.404g202.404h202.404i202.4041-

202.404m202.404n202.404o202.404p36.00

7,

7,

7,

6,

7,

7,

6,

7,

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

Invar base-line tapes

202 .405a - 200

202 .405b --- 202 .405c--

202.405d 26

202 .405e

202 .405g - 202 .405h - -- 202 . 405i

2 0 2 . 4 0 5 j

202 . 405k

202. 4051

202.405m

Surveyors' measuring instruments

202 .406a --

Sieves

202.407a

liaemacytome ters

202.408a--'

202.408b---

202.408c---

202.408d---

202.408e---

Gage blocks

88. 00 202 .412a202 .412b202 .412ab

33. 00 202 .412c33. 00 202 .412d33. 00 202 .412cd

11. 00 202 .412e36. 00 202 .412f11. 00

End standards of length

202. 501a

202. 501b

202 . 501c

202.501d

202.501e

202.501f

202. 501g

202.501h

8.00

11.00

9.00

22.00

23.00

10.00

30. 00

740.00

16.00

45.00

1, 250.00

12.00

70.00

14.00

20.00

24.00

28.00

28.00

38.00

48.00

56.00

Plain cylindrical plug and ring gages

202.502a202.502b202.502c202.502d202 . 502e202.502f

10.00

20.00

7.00

20.00 Thread plug and ring gages

7. 00 202 . 503a

202.503b

202.503c

200. 00 202.503d

52. 00 202.503e

26. 00 202.503f

26. 00 202.503g

295 . 00 202.503h

10. 00 202.503i

20. 00 202 . 503

j

7. 00 202.503k

20. 00 202.5031

7. 00 202 . 503m

60. 00 202.503n

22. 00 202.503o

202.503p

ts 202.503q

62. 00 202.503r

202.503s

202.503t

18. 00 202.503u

14.00

41.00

59. 00

59.00

89.00

115.00

36.00

36.00

89.00

115.00

71

115

130

89

27

36

71

36

59

165

100

125

82

115

175

175

120

. 00

. 00

.00

. 00

.00

.00

.00

. 00

. 00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

. 00
June 30, 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 13 - Continued Page 5 of 6

Item Fee Item Fee

Instruments and components

202.504a $ 54.00

202.504b -- 38.00

202 .504c - 6.00

202.504d - 8.00

202. 504e 18.00

202.504f 5.00

202. 504g 6.00

202.504h 4.00

202.504i 27.00

Optical reference planes

202.505a 82.00

202. 505b 120.00

202. 505c 175.00

Angle blocks

202.506a --- 410.00

Polygons

202. 507a 205 .00

202. 507b 235.00

202. 507c 295.00

202.507d - 355 .00

202. 507e 470.00

202.507f 600 .00

202 .507g 1,000.00

Master balls

202. 508a 12.00

202.508b - 18.00

202.508c 29.00

202.508d 71.00

Ccars

202.509a(l) -- 190.00

202.509a(2)- 235.00

Heat

Laboratory thermometers

203.101a 16.00

203.101b 27.00

203.101c 45.00

203.101d 47.00

203.101e 74.00

203.101f 100.00

203.101g 110.00

203.101h 2.00

203.101i 4.00

Thermocouples, thermocouple materials,

pyrometer indicators

203.102a - 115.00

203.102b 34.00

203.102c - 100.00

203. 102d-- 370.00

203.102e - 3.00

203.102£ 45.00

203.102g $ 38.00

203.102h 65.00

Thermocouples, thermocouple materials,

pyrometer indicators — Continued

203.102i 54.00

203. 102j 20.00

Resistance thermometers

203. 103a 225 .00

203. 103b 300.00

203. 103c - 225.00

203.103d 590.00

203.103e 95.00

203. 103£ 40.00

203.103g 34.00

203. 103h 15.00

Optical pyrometers and ribbon

filament lamps

203.105a 250.00

203. 105b 165.00

203.105c 130.00

203.105d 225.00

203.105e 120.00

203. 105f 3.00

Cryogenic Physics

Capsule-type germanium resistance

thermometers

203.301a 1 ,000.00

Radiation Physics

Gamma-emitting radioactive samples

204. 201a (1) 110.00

204. 201a (2) 110.00

204. 201b 135.00

Alpha-emitting radioactive samples

204. 202a- 88.00

Beta-emitting radioactive samples

204.203a 285.00

204. 203b 150.00

X-ray and gamma-ray instruments

204. 501a 48.00

204. 501b 18.00

204. 501c 60.00

204. 501d 24.00

204. 501e 42.00

204. 501f 17.00

Gamma-ray sources

204. 502a 18.00

204. 502b 28.00

204.502c -- 40.00

Neutron sources

204. 701a $ 557.00

Neutron instruments

204.702a 107.00
Page 6 of 6 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 13 - Continued June 30, 1967

Item Fee Item Fee

Neutron irradiation of foils

204.703a

Mechanics

81.00

Acoustic measurements

206.011a

206.011b --- 206.011c

206. Olid

206.011e 1,240

206.011f 640

280 . 00

445.00

465.00

485.00

00

00

206.011g 480.00

206.011h

206.011i --- 206.011j

Hardness tests

206.041a

Load cells with remote - reading

electrical indicators

206.042a

206.042b

206.042c

206.042d

206.042e -- 206.042f

206.042g - 206.042h '- 206.042i

206.042j

206.042k

206.0421

Special mechanical tests of devices,

materials and structures

206.043a 20.00

206.043b 11.00

Proving rings

206.044a 280.00

206.044b 445 00

206.044c 205.00

206.044d 280.00

206.044e 400.00

206.044f 650.00

206.044g 290.00

206.044h 455.00

206.044i $ 880.00

206.044j 1 ,425 .00

206.044k 530. 00

206.0441 1 ,026.00

206.044m 1,175.00

206.044n 1 ,925 .00

206.044a -- 760 .00

206.044p 1,175.00

Elastic force measuring devices

206.045a 230.00

206.045b -- 245 . 00

206.045c -- 330 .00

206.045d - 300. 00

206.045e 330.00

206.045f 455.00

206.045g - 520 .00

206.045h 560.00

206.045i -- 930 .00

206.045j 690.00

206.045k 790.00

206.0451 1, 200.00

145.00

200.00

125 .00 Vibration pic

480 .00 206. 231a

650 .00 206 . 231b

206. 231c

206. 231d

73 .00 206. 231e

Humidity inst

206. 241a

205 .00 206. 241b

225 .00 206. 241c

270 .00 206. 241d

230 .00 206. 241e

240 .00 206. 241f

325 .00 206 . 241g

425 .00 206. 241h

460 .00 206. 241i

670 .00 206. 241 j

590 .00 206. 241k

640 .00 206. 2411

940 .00

Fluid meters, including gas^

measuring instruments

206.311a • 206.311b

206.311c • 206.311d -- 206.311e • 206. 311f

206.311g

206.311h • 206.311i - • 206 . 311 j

206.311k

Aerodynamical measurements

206.331a

580.00

580.00

445.00

660.00

1,375.00

725.00

1,570.00

495.00

970.00

915 .00

1,265.00

350.00

165.00

375.00

200.00

90.00

275.00

420.00

650.00

42.00

200.00

56.00

72.00

160.00

7.00

15.00

170.00

Building Research*

Thermal conductivity

210.601a 150.00

210.601b 1,750.00

210.601c 1,225.00

210.601d 1,350.00

*Changes in the following are still under consideration.
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 14

July 1967

Page 1 of 1

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

******************************* ******* ***************** *********** *********

Change 23

Electricity, High-Frequency Region: Insert 14 adds two new items,

201.822c and 201.822d, to Section 201 . 8 22- - Pulse power, peak measurement,

coaxial systems. For convenience, the text of the entire section,

including the two new items, is given below.

This sheet siiould be inserted after page 6 of Insert 5 (dated April 3,

li)67), tiie last over-all revision of the services provided by the NBS Radio

Standards Laboratory. The previous version of Section 201.822, on page 7 of Insert 5, should be deleted.

201.822 Pulse power, peak measurement, coaxial systems.

(a) Instruments submitted for calibration should have a nominal

impedance of 50 ohms and be fitted with Type N, BNC, UN, or precision input

connectors . 13

(b) Measurements are made with pulsed rf signals having a rectangular

envelope

.

ITEM DESCRIPTION FEE

201.822a Calibration of instrument for measuring peak

power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems, in

the frequency range of 950 to 1200 MHz, at a peak power in tiie range of 1 mlV to 3 kl'.'; at a pulse width in the range of 2 to 10 usee, and

at a pulse repetition rate in the range of 100

to 1600 pps with a maximum duty cycle of

0. 0033 --- (**)

201.822b Calibration of instrument for measuring peak

power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems at

each additional peak power level or a different

pulse widtli or pulse repetition rate, at the same frequency as for 201.822a (**)

201.822c Calibration of instrument for measuring peak

power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems, in

the frequency range of 300 to 500 MHz, at a peak power in the range of 1 mW to 2.5 kl\ ; at a pulse width in the range of 2 to 10 usee, and

at a pulse repetition rate in the range of 100

to 1600 pps with a maximum duty factor of

0.0033 --- -- (**)

201.822d Calibration of instrument for measuring peak

power of pulsed signals in coaxial systems at

each additional peak power level or a different

pulse width or pulse repetition rate, at the same frequency as for 201.822c (**)

201.822Z Special calibrations not covered by the above

schedule (**)

13 See Section 201 .800.

*Changes should be made immediately ih your copy of NBS Misc. Publ.

250 , 1^)65 Edition. Additional copies of tne insert are available from NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications.

**As fixed prices have not been established for these services,

charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close

approximation of actual costs. See also Insert 13, Change 22.
1 ( 1 I
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 15

September 1967

Page 1 of 2

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

********** ********************************************************* ********

Change 24

liuilding Research: The services described in Section 210.201, Fire

Resistance Tests of Building Materials, have been discontinued since there

is no longer a demand at the National Bureau of Standards for tests of this

type. Tiie text of Section 210.201, page 112 of MP 250, 1965 edition,

therefore, should be deleted.

Change 25

Building Researcii: Section 210. C01, Thermal Conductivity, has been

revised in two ways: (1) The fee for item 201.601a is increased from $150

to $160. The former fee, page 6 of Insert 13 (June 10, 1967) of MP 250,

should be deleted and the new fee entered. (2) The fees for the other

tests described previously in Section 210.601 are canceled and the text of

these items (210.601b through 210.601d), page 113 of MP 250, 1965 edition,

should be deleted. These tests are now grouped under item 210.601z for

which fees are based on tlie nature of the test and the time required. As

before, for determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen, the

required sample is a cylindrical bar 46.0 cm long and approximately 2.54 cm uniform diameter.

Below is given the complete revised text of Part 210, Building

Researcii, which can be inserted after page 112 of MP 250, 1965 edition:

210.601 Thermal Conductivity.

Item Description

210.601a

210.601z

Determination for calibration purposes of the thermal

conductivity of a selected pair of specimens by means

of guarded hot-plate apparatus (conforming to ASTM

C177) for mean temperatures between 0 and 130 °F

(ordinarily U, 30, 75, and 130 °F), per determination

at one mean temperature

Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal specimen

for a range of mean temperature from -150 to 750 °C.

Required sample is a cylindrical bar 46.0 cm long and

approximately 2.54 cm uniform diameter

**Fees have not been fixed for these services. Charges

will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.

*Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NHS Misc. Publ. 250,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications, Washington, b . C. 20234.
Page 2 of 2 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 15 - Continued INSERT 15

September 1967

Change 26

Neutron Physics: The fees for the three Neutron Physics measurement

services have been revised upwards to reflect the increase in cost since

1965, as follows:

Item New1 Fee

204.701a $560

204.702a 110

204.703a 90

The old fees, listed on pages 5 and C of MP 250 Insert 13 (June 30, 1967),

should be deleted and the new fees entered.
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 16

November 1967

Page 1 of 3

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

National Bureau of Standards

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 27

Calibration of gamma-, beta-, and alpha- emitting radioactive

samples: The revised text of schedules 204.201, 204.202, and 204.203 given

in this insert supersedes the text of these same schedules as given both in

MP 250, pages 93 to 95, and in Insert 4, dated April 3, 1967.

The version of schedules 204.201, 204.202, and 204.203 on pages

93 to 95 of MP 250 therefore should be deleted (if this was not done when

Insert 4 was issued); Insert 4 should be discarded; and the present insert

should replace Insert 4 after page 92 of MP 250.

Changes also have been made in most of the fees, revising them

upward to yield full recovery of the cost of providing the services. The

old fees, on page 5 of Insert 13, should be deleted and the new ones written in.

Other changes are: (1) the addition of mercury-197 to the list

of samples referred to in items 204 . 201a (2) iii and 204.202aiii, and (2) the

text of the "z" item at the end of each schedule has been reworded.

204.201 Calibration of gamma- emitting radioactive samples.

Calibration of gamma- emitting radioactive samples that conform to

the physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement

in the National Bureau of Standards' 4 - ionization chamber:

Item Description Fee

204.201a (1) 100 -300 micrograms of radium

(2) Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the specified activity ranges can be

measured

i . 50-100 microcuries of sodium-22, sodium-24,

scandium-46, cobalt-60, yttrium-88.

ii

.

150-300 microcuries of manganese - 54 , iron-59,

zinc-65, strontium- 85 , niobium-95, iodine-131,

cesium-137, tantalum-182, gold-198, mercury-203.

iii

.

300-600 microcuries of potassium-42 , cobalt-57,

cerium-139, cerium-141, mercury-197.

Solutions should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in

glass vials or ampoules of O.D. 16.0 ± 0.5 mm, wall

thickness approximately 0.5 mm $120.

*Chan ges should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications.
Page 2 of 3 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 16 - Continued November 1967

I tern Description Fee

204. 201b Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the specified activity ranges can be

measured:

i. 10-20 microcuries of sodium-22, sodium-24,

scandium-46, cobalt-60, yttrium-88.

ii. 30-60 microcuries of manganese- 54 , iron-59,

zinc-65, strontium- 85 , niobium-95, iodine-131,

cesium-137, tantalum- 18 2 , gold-198, mercury-203.

iii. 60-100 microcuries of potassium-42 , cobalt-57,

cerium-139, cerium-141, mercury-197.

204 . 201z

Solutions should be 5 ml in volume and flame-sealed in

glass vials or ampoules of O.D. 16.0 ± 0.5 mm, wall

Fees have not been fixed for these services and charges

will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.

$135.

204.202 Calibration of alpha-emission rate of sources.

Calibration of alpha-emitting radioactive samples that conform to

the physical and activity level specifications for measurement in the

National Bureau of Standards' 2 na -proportional counter:

Item Description Fee

204 . 202a Chemically stable samples that conform to the physical

and activity level specifications listed below can be

measured

i. Source diameter should not exceed 10 cm.

ii. Source thickness should be such that more than

99.5% of the emitted alpha particles have an energy greater than 400 keV.

3

iii. Emission rate should not exceed 5 x 10 ps $92.

204. 202z Fees have not been fixed for these services and charges

will be made for actual cost incurred. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.
Page 3 of 3 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 16 - Continued November 1967

204.203 Calibration of beta- emitting radioactive samples,

Calibration of beta-emitting radioactive samples that conform to

the physical, chemical, and activity level specifications for measurement

in either the National Bureau of Standards' 2tt|3 -windowless proportional

flow counter or in the Bureau's 2 tt ioni zat ion chamber:

I tern

204.203a

204.203b

204. 203z

Description

Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the specified activity ranges can be

measured in the Bureau's 2 tt 3 -windowless proportional

flow counter:

1-10 microcuries/milli liter

s trontium-y ttr ium-9 0

.

of chlorine- 36

li

,

in

IV.

2-20 microcuries/milliliter of thallium- 204

.

5-50 microcuries/milliliter of calcium-45,

promethium- 147

.

10-100 microcuries/milliliter of sulfur-35.

Solutions should be approximately 5 ml in volume and

flame- sealed in glass vials or ampoules...

Chemically stable solutions of the following radionuclides in the specified activity ranges can be

measured in the Bureau's 2 tt 3 -ionization chamber:

i. 2-20 microcuries/milliliter of phosphorus - 32

.

Solution should be neutral or weak acid with not

more than 0.2 mg/ml total solids.

ii. 2-20 microcuries/milliliter of s trontium- 39

,

strontium-yttrium-90 . Solution should be weak

HC1 (IN or less) with not more than 0.2 mg/ml

total solids.

Solutions should be approximately 5 ml in volume and

flame-sealed in glass vials or ampoules

Fees have not been fixed for these services and charges

will be made for actual cost incurred. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.

Fee

$155
i
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 17

December 1967

Page 1 of 15

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OE THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

***************************************************************************

Change 28

Policies, services, procedures, and fees: Insert 17 is a revision of

the whole of "Part 200 —General," whose title is now changed to "Part 200 —

Policies, Services, Procedures, and Fees." It supersedes Insert 12, dated

June 30, 1967, as well as the still earlier version on pages 5 to 10 of MP

250, 1965 Edition. Insert 12 should be discarded and replaced by the

present insert which should be inserted after page 4 of MP 250, 1965

Edition

.

Attention is called to the first paragraph of the following page and

to schedule 200.116 of this insert, which imply that upon publication of

this revision of Part 200 in the Federal Register, official announcements

concerning the details of NBS measurement services will appear in MP 250

and its supplements (Inserts) rather than in the Federal Register. (In

regard to standard reference materials in the program of the MBS Institute

for Materials Research, a similar arrangement will be made shortly, with

official announcements to be made in MP 260, "Catalog and Price List of

Standard Materials Issued by the National Bureau of Standards.")

The revised text of Part 200 follows:

PART 200 —GENERAL

Sec

.

200.100 Statutory functions.

200.101 Measurement research.

200.102 Standards for measurement.

200.103 Types of calibration and test services.

200.104 Consulting and advisory services.

200.105 Standard reference materials.

200.106 Critically evaluated data.

200.107 Publications.

200.108 Broadcasts.

200.109 Request procedure.

200.110 Shipping, insurance, and risk of loss.

200.111 Priorities and time of completion.

200.112 Witnessing of operations.

200.113 Reports.

200.114 Use of results or reports.

200.115 Fees and bills.

200.116 Description of services and list of fees, incorporation by

reference.

^Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc . Publ . 250

,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from the NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications.
Pago 2 of 15 MBS MISC. PUBL. 250. INSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

This revision, effective upon publication in the Federal Register,

restates the policies and procedures relating to the National Bureau of

Standards' measurement services and incorporates by reference NBS

Miscellaneous Publication 250 (MP 250), "Calibration and Test Services of

the National Bureau of Standards." MP 250 states NBS policies, describes

NBS measurement services in detail, prescribes the procedures for obtaining

such services, and lists the fees charged.

200.100 Statutory functions.

(a) The National Bureau of Standards has been assigned the following

functions (15 U.S.C. 271-278e):

(1) The custody, maintenance, and development of the national

standards of measurement and the provision of means and methods for making

measurements consistent with those standards, including the comparison of

standards used in scientific investigations, engineering, manufacturing,

commerce, and educational institutions with the standards adopted or

recognized by the government.

(2) The determination of physical constants and properties of

materials when such data are of great importance to scientific or

manufacturing interests and are not to be obtained with sufficient accuracy

elsewhere

(3) The development of methods for testing materials, mechanisms,

and structures and the testing of materials, supplies, and equipment,

including items purchased for use of government departments and independent

establishments

(4) Cooperation with other governmental agencies and with private

organizations in the establishment of standard practices, incorporated in

codes and specifications.

(5) Advisory service to government agencies on scientific and

technical problems.

(6) Invention and development of devices to serve special needs

of the Government.

(b) The calibration and testing activities of the Bureau stem from

the functions in paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this Section. These

activities are assigned primarily to the NBS Institute for Basic Standards.

Its program provides the central basis within the United States for a complete and consistent system of physical measurement; coordinates that

system and the measurement systems of other nations; and furnishes

essential services leading to accurate and uniform physical measurements

throughout the Nation's scientific community, industry, and commerce.

(c) The provision of standard reference materials for sale to the

public is assigned to the Office of Standard Reference Materials of the NBS

Institute for Materials Research. It evaluates the requirements of science

and industry for carefully characterized reference materials, stimulates

the Bureau's efforts to develop methods for production of needed reference

materials, and directs their production and distribution. For information

on standard reference materials, see Subchapter B, Chapter II, Title 15, of

the Code of Federal Regulations.
December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250. INSERT 17 - Continued Page 3 of 15

(d) The provision of technical services to facilitate technical

innovation and industrial use of the results of modern science and

technology is assigned to the NBS Institute for Applied Technology. The

principal elements of the Institute are: (1) a Center for Computer

Sciences and Technology which conducts research and provides technical

services designed to improve cost effectiveness in the conduct of agency

programs through the use of computers and related techniques; (2)

technical divisions which provide services in technology of more general

applicability; and (3) the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and

Technical Information which promotes widest effective use by the scientific

community, industry, and commerce of current information in all fields of

industrial technology.

200.101 Measurement research.

(a) The NBS Institute for Basic Standards carries out the Bureau's

functions in developing an adequate national system of physical measurement

and in providing related calibration services. Its staff continually

reviews the advances in science and the trends in technology, examines the

measurement potentialities of newly discovered physical phenomena, and uses

these to devise and improve standards, measuring devices, and measurement

techniques. As new requirements appear, there are continual shifts of

program emphasis to meet the most urgent needs for the measurement of

additional quantities, extended ranges, or improved accuracies.

(b) The basic research and development activities of NBS are funded

primarily by direct appropriations and are aimed at meeting broad general

needs. Also the Bureau may undertake investigations or developments to

meet some specialized physical measurement problem of another government

agency, industrial group, or manufacturing firm, using funds supplied by

the requesting organization.

200.102 Standards for measurement.

(a) An international treaty, the Metric Convention, was signed by 18

countries in 1875. In 1893 the United States established prototype No. 27

of the international meter bar and prototype No. 20 of the international

kilogram as United States Prototype Standards for length and mass.

Representatives of many of the 40 nations now adhering to this treaty meet

periodically, in the General Conference of Weights and Measures, to

consider detailed proposals concerning international standards for physical

measurement. Successive Conferences now have agreed to adopt six units to

serve as a practical base for an International System of Units (Syste"me

International d'Unites, abbreviated SI) —kilogram, meter, second, kelvin,

ampere, and candela. These are arbitrarily chosen but precisely defined

magnitudes of six physical quantities— mass , length, time, temperature,

electric current, and luminous intensity, respectively —which are assigned

unitary value in the International System. Because the system is coherent,

the expressions for the other quantities of science and technology derived

from these six through the equations of physics will have unitary

coefficients also. The units of the English system— pound , inch, second,

degree Fahrenheit, etc. — and of other systems of units are related to the

SI units by agreed-upon conversion factors.
Page 4 of 15 NBS MISC. PUDL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

(b) The SI units for the six quantities are defined as follows:

(1) In terms of a prototype object:

(i) Mass: The kilogram is the mass of a platinum- iridium

cylinder preserved at the International Bureau of Weights and Measures in

SSvres, France. Prototype No. 20 is kept at NBS; equivalent prototypes are

kept by other countries.

(2) In terms of natural phenomena:

(i) Length: The meter is the length of exactly 1,650,763.73

wavelengths of radiation in vacuum corresponding to the unperturbed

transition between the levels 2p . , and 5d r of the atom of krypton 86, the

orange-red line. °

(ii) Time interval: The second was long defined as 1/86400 of

the time required for an average complete rotation of the earth on its axis

with respect to the sun. This, with daily corrections from zenith transits

of a star, is the basis for a universal time scale (UT) . With further

correction for polar motion, it becomes UT1, and with further correction

for annual seasonal variations, UT2. Also, the earth 1 s average daily

rotation rate has been decreasing, thereby increasing the length of each

year by about 6 ms over the length of the preceding year. Because of this,

and other larger random fluctuations, the universal second thus defined is

not a constant. Consequently, the 11th Conference (1960) ratified the

definition of a second based on ephemeris time (ET) : "the fraction

1/31,556,925.9747 of the tropical year for January 0, 1900 at 12 o'clock

ephmeris time." The 12th Conference (1964) authorized the designation of a cesium atom transition as a standard of frequency to be used temporarily

for the physical measurement of time. The 13th Conference (1967) abrogated

the 1960 action and decided that: The unit of time of the International

System of Units is the second, defined in the following terms: "The second

is the duration of 9,192,631,770 periods of the radiation corresponding to

the transition between the two hyperfine levels of the fundamental state of

the atom of cesium 133."

(iii) Temperature: The kelyin, the unit of thermodynamic

temperature, is the fraction 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature of

the triple point of water. It was decided by the 13th Conference that the

same name, kelvin, and the symbol K should be used for expressing

temperature intervals, dropping the former convention which expressed a temperature interval in degrees Kelvin or as abbreviated, deg K. However,

the old designations are acceptable temporarily as alternatives to the new

ones. One may also express temperature intervals in degrees Celsius.

(iv) Electric current: The ampere is that constant current

which if maintained in two straight parallel conductors of infinite length,

of negligible circular sections, and placed 1 meter apart in a vacuum,

would produce between these conductors a force equal to 2 x 10 "7 newton per

meter of length.

(v) Luminous intensity: The candela is the luminous intensity,

in the direction of the normal, of a blackbody surface 1/600,000 square

meter in area, at the temperature of solidification of platinum under a pressure of 101,325 newtons per square meter.
December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Page 5 of 15

(c) Although the six base units, and others derived from them, are

exactly defined, their practical use requires a realization through the

development of accurate measurement standards. Measurement standards may

be based on physical phenomena, specimen objects, signal sources, or

reference instruments. Extensive theoretical studies and laboratory

experiments are involved in their selection, design, construction, and

operation.

(d) It will be noted that a kilogran mass standard can be calibrated

only through a series of comparisons, starting from the International

Prototype. The units for the other five base quantities, and all

quantities derived from them, are in principle independently realizable in

many laboratories. In practice, however, inevitable minor differences

among instruments, environments, and operators are bound to introduce small

discrepancies. Periodic comparison of standards and the resolution of

these discrepancies is required for compatibility among domestic standards

laboratories, as well as internationally.

(e) Within the United States, NBS consults with the major industrial

and governmental standards laboratories and cooperates with the Department

of Defense and the National Conference of Standards Laboratories in

conducting measurement agreement comparisons. Periodic intercomparisons of

NBS standards with those of other countries are made through the

International Bureau of Weights and Measures, through international

scientific organizations, or by direct arrangement. The operations of the

International Bureau are supervised by the General Conference of Weights

and Measures to which U.S. delegates are appointed by the Department of

State

.

(f) Frequency and time comparisons within the United States are made

by the National Bureau of Standards, the United States Naval Observatory,

and other organizations which have an interest in precise time and

frequency standards. The data from world-wide astronomical observations

and from standards laboratories in many countries are coordinated by the

International Bureau of the Hour, which announces recommended

approximations for the rate difference between atomic and universal time,

as well as for epoch adjustments.

200.103 Types of calibration and test services.

(a) NBS has developed instrumentation and techniques for realizing

standards for the six base units of the International System of Units as agreed on by the General Conference of Weights and 'Measures. Reference

standards have been established not only for these six base units but also

for many derived quantities and their multiples and submultiples . Such

reference standards, or equivalent working standards, are used to calibrate

laboratory and plant standards for other organizations. Accuracy is

maintained by stability checks, by comparison with the standards of other

national and international laboratories, and by the exploration of

alternative techniques as a means of reducing possible systematic error.

(b) Calibrations for many types of instruments and ranges of

physical quantities are described in the itemized service schedules of MP

250. On those services for which fees have been established, the fees also

are listed in MP 250. In cases where fees have not been fixed, services

will be billed on the basis of actual costs incurred. (See Section 200.116

below for details relating to the description of service items and listing

of fees.) Changes in services and fees are announced in supplements to MP

250 and in the monthly NBS Technical News Bulletin.*

"For sale b~y the Superintendent of Documents, U. S~I Government Printing

Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.
Page 6 of 15 NBS MISC. PURL . 250, INSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

(c) Upon request, special measurements not listed in MP 250 may be

made. These might involve unusual physical quantities, upper or lower

extremes of range, higher levels of accuracy, fast response speeds, short

durations, broader ranges of associated parameters, or special

environmental conditions. Sucli inquiries should describe clearly the

measurement desired. Indication of the scientific or economic basis for

/ the requirement to be satisfied will be helpful in determining future NBS

' programs. Toes for work accepted will be based on actual costs incurred.

(d) The principal emphasis of the National Bureau of Standards is on

those calibrations and other tests requiring such accuracy as can be

obtained only by direct comparison with its standards. However, in order

to maintain efficient utilization of specialized equipment and skilled

personnel, when workload permits NBS may calibrate devices requiring lesser

accuracy but suitable for working standards in plant or laboratory.

(e) Other services which may be obtainable include:

(1) Tests of measuring instruments to determine compliance with

specifications or claims when the evaluation is critical in national

scientific or technical operations and when suitable facilities are not

available elsewhere.

(2) Referee tests in important cases when clients are unable to

agree upon the method of measurement, the results of tests, or the

interpretation of these results, but have agreed in advance in writing to

accept and abide by the findings of NBS.

(f) NBS reserves the right to decline any request for services if

the work would interfere with other activities deemed by the Director to be

of greater importance. In general, measurement services are not provided

when widely available from commercial laboratories or for organizations or

individuals in foreign countries.

(g) Suggestions will be offered on measurement techniques and on

other sources of assistance on calibration or measurement problems when the

Bureau's own equipment and personnel are unable to undertake the work. The

National Conference of Standards Laboratories issues a Directory of

Standards Laboratories in the United States which perform calibration work

(obtainable from NCSL Secretariat, c/o National Bureau of Standards,

Washington, D. C. 20234). Those which perform testing are listed in the

ASTM Directory of Testing Laboratories, Commercial and Institutional.

(Directory available from the American Society for Testing and Materials,

1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.) Similar listings

appear in buyer's guides for commercial products and in technical journals

concerned with physical measurement.

200.104 Consulting and advisory services.

(a) In areas of its special competence, the National Bureau of

Standards offers consulting and advisory services on various problems

related to measurement, e.g. details of design and construction,

operational aspects, unusual or extreme conditions, methods of statistical

control of the measurement process, automated acquisition of laboratory

data, and data reduction and analysis by computer. Brief consultation may

be obtained at no charge; the fee for extended effort will be based on

actual costs incurred.

(b) To enhance the competence of standards laboratory personnel, NBS

at irregular intervals conducts several group seminars on the precision

measurement of specific types of physical quantities, offering the

opportunity of laboratory observation and information discussion. A summer

course in electromagnetic measurements and standards is conducted

periodically by the NBS Radio Standards Laboratory at Boulder, Colorado.
) December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Page 7 of 15

200.105 Standard reference materials.

Often the performance of a device or structure can be evaluated at the

user's laboratory by comparing its response to unknown materials with its

response to a standardized specimen or a substance of certified

composition, properties, or purity. Types of such specimens are listed in

several of the detailed fee schedules in MP 260.* For information

regarding carefully characterized materials, see Subchapter B of Chapter

II, 15 CFR. The Office of Standard Reference Materials in the NBS

Institute for Materials Research administers a program to provide many

types of well-characterized materials that are needed to calibrate a measurement system or to produce scientific data that can be readily

referred to a common base.

200.106 Critically evaluated data.

Data on the physical properties of the thousands of well-defined

substances which are commercially available need to be compiled and

evaluated to be useful for reference in engineering design. The Office of

Standard Reference Data in the NBS Institute for Basic Standards provides

two-way communication with a number of governmental and non-governmental

data centers throughout the country. Its present compilation and

dissemination activities cover seven technical areas — nuclear data, atomic

and molecular data, solid state data, thermodynamic and transport data,

chemical kinetics, colloid and surface properties, and mechanical

properties. Accounts of progress appear in the National Standard Reference

Data System News (available upon request from the Office of Standard

Reference Data) and in the monthly NBS Technical News Bulletin.*

200.107 Publications.

Changes in services and fees, as published in the supplements to MP

250, appear also in the monthly NBS Technical News Bulletin.* The Bulletin

also describes recent results of Bureau staff work, lists currently issued

publications and carries sections giving up-to-date detailed information on

standards and calibrations, standard reference materials, seminar

announcements, conference summaries, and the National Standard Reference

Data System. An index to publications by the Bureau authors will be found

in Supplements to Miscellaneous Publication 240, Publications of the

National Bureau of Standards.* This index covers the publication series of

Monographs* and Technical Notes* and includes all papers appearing either

in the NBS Journal of Research* or in outside technical journals.

U. S. Government Research and Development Reports, a semi-monthly

announcement journal covering over 1000 new documents per issue, is sold by

the NBS Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information,

Springfield, Virginia 22151. Other CFSTI series available on subscription

include the USGRDR Index and a Fast Announcement Service which highlights

in 57 categories those USGRDR items of particular technological and

industrial significance. Any individual item announced is available as photostat or microfiche.

*For sale Ey the Superintendent of Documents, U. S~I Government Printing

Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.
Page 8 of 15 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Decemher 1967

200.108 Broadcasts.

(a) The NBS Radio Standards Laboratory broadcasts various types of

standard frequency and time signals as a service from three radio stations:

WWV, WH, and WWVB . A fourth' station, WWL, is engaged in an experimental

program to evaluate precise time synchronization techniques. NBS

Miscellaneous Publication 236, "NBS Standard Frequency and Time Services,"*

contains information concerning the broadcasts of such signals from these

four stations. WWII is located at Maui, Hawaii. WW, WWVL, and WWB are

located at Fort Collins, Colorado. Notices of precisions, accuracies, and

adjustments in NBS clocks and radio emissions are published in the Federal

Register. Such notices are published also in the Time and Frequency

Service Bulletin which is available on request from the NBS Radio Standards

Laboratory, Boulder, Colorado 80302.

(b) Broadcasts from WWV are at nominal frequencies of 2.5, 5, 10,

15, 20, and 25 MHz and from WWVH at 2.5, 5, 10, and 15 MHz. Time pulses

superimposed on these carrier frequencies occasionally are adjusted in

phase and also as to emission rate (by offsetting the carrier frequency

from nominal) in accordance with the Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)

system,** as recommended by the Bureau International de l'Heure (BIH) . The

carrier offset currently is minus 300 parts in giving pulses which

occur at intervals slightly longer than one second. With phase adjustment

the result approximates UT2 within about 100 ms and therefore is useful in

furnishing information about the earth's position on its axis as used to

determine the observer's longitude. WW and WWVII also provide standard

musical pitch at 440 hertz, ionospheric propagation condition forecasts,

and geophysical alerts. WWV broadcasts Greenwich Mean Time — seconds,

minutes, hours, and days of the year — in the code format of the National

Aeronautics and Space Administration. For more precise determination of

UT2, both WW and WWVH broadcast in International Morse Code appropriate

corrections based on astronomical data from the U. S. Naval Observatory,

Washington, D. C.

(c) At WWVL a carrier frequency of 20 kHz is provided and timeshared with others near 20 kHz. Also these carrier frequencies are offset

from nominal, hence timing information derived from their phase is also in

conformity with the UTC system. Station WWB broadcasts on the standard

radio frequency of 60 kHz without offset, emitting time marker pluses one

second apart, as determined by the NBS cesium clock. The phase of these

pulses is re-set every few months by 200 ms adjustments as recommended by

the Bureau International de l'Heure in order to approximate UT2 within

about 100 ms . This is the coordinated system known as Stepped Atomic Time

(SAT) .

(d) The U. S. Naval Observatory (USNO) also broadcasts standard UTC

time and time interval (frequency), using both astronomical and atomic

data. It coordinates a number of Navy and Coast Guard stations around the

globe and also monitors the NBS broadcasts. Both USNO and NBS monitor

broadcasts from selected laboratories in foreign countries and issue

periodic comparisons of reference signals.

*For sale try the Superintendent of documents , U. 5T Government Printing

Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.

**See G. E.. Hudson, Some Characteristics of Commonly Used Time Scales,

Proceedings, Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Vol. 55, No.

6, pp. 815-821, June 1967.
December 1967 NHS MISC. PIJBL. 250 , INSERT 17 - Continued Page 'J of 15

290.109 Request procedure.

(a) A formal purchase order for the calibration or test should be

sent before or at the time the instrument or standard is shipped. This

should provide clear identification of the apparatus being submitted and

give separate instructions for return shipment, mailing of report, and

billing. If a customer wishes to minimize the time during which his

equipment is out of service, usually he can arrange to delay shipment until

the test is scheduled to start (see Section 200.111 below). Requests from

Federal agencies, or from State agencies, for calibrations or tests on material to be used on private or Federal contract work, should be

accompanied either by purchase order or by letter or document authorizing

the cost of the work to be billed to the agency.

(b) The submission of a purchase order for measurement services

under this Subchapter shall be understood as constituting an agreement -on the part of the customer to be bound by the restrictions on the use of

results as set forth in Section 200.114 below. Acceptance of purchase

orders does not imply acceptance of any provisions set forth in the order

contrary to the policy, practice, or regulations of the National Bureau of

Standards or the U. S. r ovcrnnent. (A statement to the effect that the

National Lureau of Standards is an agency of the U. S. Government should

satisfy other government agencies with regard to compliance with government

regulations and executive orders.)

(c) A test number will be assigned by the Bureau to each instrument

or group of similar instruments or standards when the order is accepted.

This test number should be referred to in all subsequent communications.

Also, each instrument in a group must be uniquely identified, usually by

the manufacturer's name and instrument serial number. When the serial

number is lacking, an alternative identifying mark should be provided. If

none is found, the Bureau will mark the piece with an NBS identification

number. If the apparatus submitted has been calibrated previously by the

Bureau, the serial number or identifying mark should be given on the new

order so that a continuing record of stability history can be established.

(d) Inquiries for measurement services related to electrical

standards in the radio-frequency region (above 30 kHz) or to frequency and

time standards should be directed to:

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

(e) Inquiries for measurement services other than those noted in

paragraph (d) of this Section should be directed to the following:

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234
Page 10 of 15 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, I NSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

200.110 Shipping, insurance, and risk of loss.

(a) Shipment of apparatus to NBS for calibration or other test

should be made only after the customer has accepted the estimate of cost

and the tentative scheduling. Repairs and adjustments on apparatus

submitted should be attended to by the owner since NBS will not undertake

them except by special arrangement. Apparatus not in good condition will

not be calibrated. If defects are found after calibration has begun, the

effort may be terminated, a report issued summarizing such information as has been found, and a fee charged in accordance with the amount of work

done

(b) The customer should pack apparatus sent to NBS so as to minimize

the likelihood of damage in shipment and handling. Suggestions on packing

and shipping are made in some Sections of MP 250. In every case, the

sender should consider the nature of the apparatus, pack it accordingly,

and clearly label shipments containing fragile instruments or materials

such as glass, The use of "security express" should be considered in

shipping delicate instruments.

(c) To minimize damage during shipment resulting from inadequate

packing, the use of strong reusable containers is recommended. As an aid

in preventing loss of such containers, the customer's name should be

legibly and permanently marked on the outside. In order to prolong the

container's use, the notation REUSABLE CONTAINER, DO NOT DESTROY should be

marked on the outside.

(d) Shipping and insurance coverage instructions should be clearly

and legibly shown on the purciiase order for the calibration or test. The

customer must pay shipping charges to and from NBS; shipments from NBS will

be made collect. The method of return transportation should be stated, and

it is recommended that return shipments be insured, since NBS will not

assume liability for their loss or damage. For long-distance shipping it

is found that air express and air freight provide an advantage in reduction

of time in transit. If return shipment by parcel post is requested or is a suitable mode of transportation, shipments will be prepaid by NBS, but

without covering insurance. When no shipping or insurance instructions are

furnished, return shipment will be made by common carrier collect and

uninsured

(e) NBS will not be responsible for the risk of loss or damage to

any item during shipment to or from the Bureau. Any arrangements for

insurance covering this risk must be made by the customer. Return shipment

will be made by the Bureau as indicated in paragraph (d) of this section.

The purchase order should always show the value of the equipment and if

transit insurance is carried by the customer this fact should be stated.

(f) The risk of loss or damage in handling or testinc of any item by

NBS must be assumed by the customer, except when it is determined by the

Bureau that such loss or damage was occasioned solely by the negligence of

Bureau personnel.

(g) When a test number has been assigned prior to shipment to NBS,

this number should be clearly marked on the shipping container. When a test number has not been assigned, an invoice, copy of the purchase order,

or letter should be enclosed in the shipment to insure proper

identification. The original purchase order should be forwarded as appropriate to:
December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Page 11 of 15

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D. C. 20234

or to

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards LaboratoryNational Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

(h) The calibrations listed in MP 250 are performed at these

locations: Boulder, Colorado; Gaithersburg , Maryland; and Washington, D.C.

(1) Calibrations of electrical standards and materials in the

radio-frequency region (above 30 kHz) and all frequency and time

calibrations are performed at Boulder, Colorado and shipments should be

addressed to:

Coordinator, Calibration Services

Radio Standards Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

If apparatus for radio frequency is to be given incidental low-frequency

calibration also (below 30 kHz), this may be done at Boulder but if a complete range of low-frequency calibrations are needed, the instrument

should be sent to:

National Bureau of Standards •

' Route 70S and Quince Orchard Road

Gaithersburg, Maryland 20760

(2) Calibrations listed in MP 250 other than those noted in

paragraph (1) above, of this Section, are performed in the Bureau's

laboratories at either Githersburg, Maryland or Washington, D.C. For

shipments which are heavy (in excess of 100 lbs.) or bulky (a combined

girth in excess of 27 cu. ft.), request a shipping address from:

Test Administration Unit

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, P. C. 20234

Items other than heavy or bulky shipments that are sent by common carrier

should be addressed to:

National Bureau of Standards

Route 70S and Quince Orchard Road

Gaithersburg, Maryland 20760
Page 12 of 15 NL'»S MISC. PUBL. 250 , INSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

200.111 Priorities and time of completion.

Scheduled work assignments for calibrations and other tests generally

will be made in the order in which confirmed requests are received.

However, government work may be given priority. On the regular services,

the workload usually is such that the turn-around interval, between the

date a customer's apparatus is received and the date it is prepared for

return shipment, will be not more than 45 days. Some types of instruments

may require considerably longer, particularly if their abnormal behavior

requires re-runs to check reliability. Others can be calibrated and

returned within 10 days. Special tests, such as the "z" items listed in MP

250 require individual scheduling. The customer who can spare his

instrument for only a short time usually can arrange by letter or phone

call for shipping it to the Bureau just as his assigned starting date

approaches. A notice will be sent acknowledging receipt of the customer's

standard and/or purchase order. If both a confirmed purchase order (or

equivalent) and the apparatus have been received, estimates of a completion

date and a calibration fee will be sent upon request.

200.112 Witnessing of operations.

The Bureau welcomes scientists and engineers who may wish to visit its

laboratories and discuss its methods. Ordinarily visitors will not be

permitted to witness the actual carrying out of highly precise measurements

because their presence introduces distraction that may lead to errors or

delays. This policy may be waived in those cases where the visitor can be

of service in setting up apparatus of a new or unusual nature, in the case

of referee tests, or in other cases in which the legal validity of the

result may require the presence of duly authorized witnesses.

200.113 Reports.

(a) Results of calibrations and other tests are issued to the

customer as formal reports entitled, "National Bureau of Standards Report

of Calibration," "National Bureau of Standards Report of Test," or

"National Bureau of Standards Report of Analysis," as appropriate. Copies

are not supplied to other parties. Whenever formal certification is

required by law, or to meet special conditions adjudged by the National

Bureau of Standards to warrant it, a letter will be provided certifying

that the particular item was received and calibrated or tested, and

identifying the report containing the results.

(b) NBS reports of calibration generally include in sentence form a statement of the uncertainty attached to the numerical values reported.

Limits of uncertainty usually comprise (1) an estimate of systematic error,

plus (2) a value of imprecision.

(1) Often the systematic error estimate is based on experience or

judgment. Sometimes it is an explicit combination of a number of elemental

systematic errors. Sometimes the value can be checked by using two

completely different physical phenomena, types of standard, or measurement

techniques

(2) Imprecision is preferably expressed as three times the

standard deviation of a single determination or three times the standard

error of the arithmetic mean of n determinations, either being a canonical

value for the measurement process based on considerable recent experience.

When extended experience is lacking, the terms "computed standard

deviation" or "computed standard error" should be used.
December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Page 13 of 15

(3) A laboratory using NBS results to estimate the uncertainty

attached to its own work may equate its own systematic error to the NBS

quoted limit of uncertainty, as a minimum. The imprecision of its own work

is best evaluated by calibration records extended over considerable periods

of time, with repetition of its specified calibration procedure and

assurance that its measurement process is in statistical control. For

further information see:

(i) Youden, W. J., Uncertainties in Calibration. IRE Trans.,

Vol. I- 11 , Nos. 3 and 4, p. 133 (Dec. 1962).

(ii) Eisenhart, Churchill, Realistic Evaluation of the Precision

and Accuracy of Instrument Calibration Systems. NBS J.

Res., Vol. 67C, No. 2, p. 161 (April-June 1962).

(iii) Natrella, M. G., Experimental Statistics. NBS Handbook 91,

Ch. 23 (Aug. 1, 1963).

(iv) Wildhack, W. A.; Mason, H. L.; and Powell, R. C; Accuracy

in Measurements and Calibrations, 1965. NBS Technical

Note No. 262. (Shows the general status of NBS accuracy

limits as of June 1965.)

(v) Wildhack, W. A.; Mason, H. L.; and Powers, R. S., Jr.;

Accuracy Charts for RF Measurements. Proc. IEEE, Vol.

55, No. 6, pp. 1056-1063 (June 1967).

(vi) Eisenhart, Churchill and Ku, H. H. , Expression of the

Uncertainty of Final Results and a Tabular Guide to

Commonly Used Terms and Expressions. In press.

200.114 Use of results or reports.

(a) As the national standards laboratory of the United States, NBS

maintains and establishes the primary standards from which measurements in

science and industry ultimately derive. It is sometimes desirable

therefore for manufacturers or users of measurement standards to make

appropriate reference to the relationship of their calibrations to NBS

calibrations. The following considerations must be borne in mind and shall

be understood as constituting an agreement on the part of the NBS customer

to be bound thereby in making reference to NBS calibration and test

reports

.

(b) The results of calibrations and tests performed by NBS are

intended solely for the use of the organization requesting them and only

apply to a particular device or specimen at the time of its test. The

results shall not be used to indicate or imply that they are applicable to

other similar items. In addition, such results must not be used to

indicate or imply that NBS approves, recommends, or endorses the

manufacturer, the supplier, or the user of such devices or specimens, or

that NBS in any way "guarantees" the later performance of items after

calibration or test.

(c) NBS declares it to be in the national interest that the Bureau

maintain an impartial position with respect to any commercial product.

Advertising the findings on a single instrument could be misinterpreted as an indication of performance of other instruments of identical or similar

type. There will be no objection, however, to a statement by a manufacturer that his primary standards have been periodically calibrated

by NBS, if actually this is the case, or that his customer might arrange to

have NBS calibrate the item purchased from him.
Page 14 of 15 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued December 1967

(d) NBS does not approve, recommend, or endorse any proprietaryproduct or proprietary material. No reference shall be made to the Bureau

or to reports or results furnished by NBS in any advertising or sales

promotion which would indicate or imply that NBS approves, recommends, or

endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised

product to be used or purchased because of NBS test reports or results.

In its own activities as a scientific institution, the NBS uses many

different materials, equipments, and services. This does not imply that it

has given them a preferential position or a formal endorsement. Therefore,

NBS discourages references, either in advertising or in the scientific

literature, which identify it as a user of any proprietary product,

material, or service. Occasionally, effective communication of results by

NBS to the scientific community requires that a proprietary instrument,

product, or material be identified in an NBS publication. Such reference

to a proprietary item does not constitute endorsement and should not be

used in any way apart from the context of the NBS publication without the

express written consent of the Bureau.

200.115 Fees and bills.

(a) In accordance with 15 U.S.C. 271-278e, fees are charged for all

measurement services performed by the National Bureau of Standards unless

waived by the Director when deemed to be in the interest of the government.

The above-mentioned statutes authorize the Secretary of Commerce to make

appropriate regulations from time to time regarding the payment of fees,

the limits of tolerance on standards submitted for verification, and

related matters. See Section 200.116 below for information as to fees.

(bj The minimum fee for any service request accepted by the Bureau

is $10, unless otherwise indicated in MP 250. If an apparatus is returned

without testing, a minimum charge of $10 may be made to cover handling.

Charges commensurate with the work performed will be assessed for

calibrations which cannot be completed because of faulty operation of the

customer's device. Fees for calibrations or tests include the cost of

preparation of an NBS report. All checks should be made payable to NBS,

Department of Commerce.

200.116 Description of services and list of fees, incorporation by

reference.

(a) NBS Miscellaneous Publication 250 , "Calibration and Test

Services of the National Bureau of Standards," is hereby incorporated by

reference, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1) and 1 CFR Part 20. MP 250 states

the authority under which NBS performs various types of measurement

services, including calibrations and tests, and charges fees therefor,

states the general conditions under which the public may secure such

services, describes these services in considerable detail, lists the fees

to be charged, and sets out the instructions for requesting them.

(b) MP 250 is available at the following places:

(1) Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office,

Washington, D. C. 20402.

(2) Office of Technical Information and Publications, National

Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C. 20234.
December 1967 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 17 - Continued Page 15 of 15

(3) Field offices of the Office of Field Services, Department of

Commerce

.

(4) Federal Depository Libraries.

(c) Revisions, amendments, revocations, deletions, recodifications,

redes ignations , and corrections to MP 250 will be issued from time to time

by the National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C, in the form of

replacement pages or insert sheets j a postcard is provided in MP 250 for

requesting copies. NBS will maintain an official historic file of MP 250

and of replacement pages and insert sheets.

(d) Further information concerning policies, procedures, services,

and fees may be obtained by writing the Office of Technical Information and

Publications, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234.

USCOMM-NBS-DC
O ) c
U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 18

January 1968

Page 1 of 5

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

X- and gamma-ray instruments: This insert contains revised

versions of Schedules 204.501 and 204.502. The old text, appearing on

pages 95-99 of MP 250, 1965 edition, should be deleted and the present

insert placed after page 94.

Fees have been revised upward to yield full recovery of the cost

of providing the services. The old fees, which appear on page 5 of Insert

13 (June 30, 1967), should be deleted and the new fees written in beside

them. The other principal changes are the following:

204.501e: The calibration range has been extended upward to 100

roentgens

.

204.501g: This is a new item, providing for calibration of

guard- ring type chambers.

204.502: The wording of items in this schedule have been

modified for greater clarity.

The revised text of Schedules 204.501 and 204.502 follows:

204.501 X- and gamma-ray measuring instruments in exposure units

(roentgens

)

.

X-ray exposure- indicating instruments are calibrated to within ±2

percent by a substitution method in an x-ray beam at a point where the

exposure rate (R/min) has been determined by means of a standard free-air

ionization chamber. In order to provide instrument calibration over a wide

spectrum of x-ray energies, many combinations of kilovoltage and filtration

are available. These are given in the tables below. The calibration

technique chosen should be appropriate to the particular instrument

submitted.

*Changes should Be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ . 2 S 0

,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from the NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications.

Change 29
Page 2 of 5 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 18 - Continued January 1968

Lightly filtered x rays

Technique kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter Added

filter

Dietfl vann re11

Approx.

first half- value

layer

Homogeneity

coefficient

(1st HVL/2d HVL)

Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate

min. max. min. max.

mm Be mm Al cm mm Al R R R/min R/min

LFB 10 1. 00 0 25 0. 024 0. 75 50 500 10 100 LFC 15 1. 00 0 25 0. 035 0. 62 100 1000 25 250

LFD... so 20 0. 25 0 50 0. 06 0. 42 100 500 50 200 LFD... 70 20 0. 25 0 70 0. 07 50 100 20 80 LFD... ioo 20 0. 25 0 100 0. 08 25 50 7 30 LFE 20 0. 25 0. 5 50 0. 20 0. 68 10 100 2 8 LFG 30 0. 25 0. 5 50 0. 33 0. 67 25 250 5 20 LFI 50 0. 25 1. 0 50 0. 90 0. 68 25 250 6 25 LFK 75 0. 25 1. 5 50 1. 6 0. 66 25 250 10 22 LFM 100 0. 25 2. 0 50 2. 5 0. 63 25 250 14 25

Moderately filtered x rays

Technique kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter

Added filter Approx. first half-value

layer

Homogeneity

coefficient

(1st HVL/2d HVL)

Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate

Cu Al Cu Al min. max. min. max.

mm Al TflTfl mm mm mm R R R/min R/min

MFB 60 1. 5 0 0 1.& ...1 0. 67 5 100 0. 4 3. 0 MFC 60 1. 5 0 2. 5 0. 09 2. 7, 0. 77 5 100 0. 4 2. 5 MFE 75 1. 5 0 2. 5 0. 11 3.4, 0. 73 5 100 0. 4 4. 0 MFG 100 1. 5 0 3. 5 0. 20 5. 0s 0. 73 5 100 0. 9 6. 0 MFI 150 1.5 0. 25 3. 5 0. 66 10. 1 0. 87 5 100 1. 0 8. 0 MFK 200 1. 5 0. 5 3. 5 1. 2, 13. 2 0. 92 10 250 2. 0 13. 0 MFM 250 1. 5 1. 0 3. 5 2. 1 7 16. 2 0. 94 10 250 2. 5 17. 0 MFO 250 1. 5 3. 2 3. 5 3. 20 18. 4 0. 98 10 250 1. 3 10. 0

Heavily filtered x rays *

Technique

kvcp

Approx.

inherent

filter

Added filter Approximate Instrument

range from

zero

Exposure

rate

Pb Sn Cu Al Effective energy HVL HVL

min. max. min. max.

mm Al mm mm mm mm kev mm Cu mm Al R R R/min R/min

HFC._ . 50 1. 5 0. 12 0 0 2. 5 40 0. 16 4. 4 0. 1 1 0. 02 0. 09 HFE 100 1. 5 0. 53 0 0 2. 5 70 0. 72 11. 2 0. 1 5 0. 05 0. 27 HFG 150 1. 5 0 1. 5 4. 0 2. 5 120 2. 4 16. 8 0. 1 5 0. 04 0. 22 HF1 200 1. 5 0. 7 4. 0 0. 6 2. 5 170 4. 1 19. 5 0. 1 5 0. 03 0. 21 HFK 250 1. 5 2. 7 1. 0 0. 6 2. 5 215 5. 4 21. 5 0. 1 5 0. 03 0. 21

I
January 1968 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 18 - Continued Page 3 of 5

Item Description Fee

204.501a Calibration of one x-ray exposure or exposure-rate

indicating instrument of one range for each technique

or setup listed under "LIGHTLY FILTERED X RAYS" or

"MODERATELY FILTERED X RAYS" $68

204.501b Calibration of each additional x-ray exposure or

exposure-rate indicating instrument of the same range

by the same technique as selected under 204.501a and

not requiring a change in setup

204.501c Calibration of one x-ray exposure or exposure- rate

indicating instrument for each technique listed under

"HEAVILY FILTERED X PAYS"

204.501d Calibration of each additional x-ray exposure or

exposure-rate indicating instrument of the same range

by the same technique as selected under 204.501c, not

requiring a change in setup

Instrument calibrations for cobalt 60 and cesium 137

gamma radiation are performed by exposure of the

instrument to the gamma rays at points in the

collimated beams which have been calibrated to within

about ±2 percent by means of carbon wall cavity

ionization chambers. The exposure rates at the time of

the measurements are computed from the original

calibration data and appropriate decay corrections.

Ionization chambers submitted for calibration should

have sufficient wall thickness for electronic

equilibrium for the gamma-ray energy selected.

204.501e Calibration of one instrument for gamma rays when no stem

effect is considered:

26

87.

31

(1) Exposure-rate indicating instrument for

exposure-rate between 0.01 and 15 R/min; or

each

(2) Exposure- indicating instruments with full scale

readings from 0.1 to 100 R 62.

When the chamber must be calibrated with the stem

exposed and protected, the fee will be the sum of fees

for 204.501e and f.

204.501f Calibration of each additional instrument having the same

exposure or exposure-rate range as under 204.501e, when

the instruments are submitted at the same time, and

when no stem effect is considered 26.

When the chamber must be calibrated with the stem

exposed and protected the fee will be the sum of fees

for 204.501e and f.

Guard-ring type cavity ionization chambers independent of

electrometers may be calibrated for x and gamma rays in

terms of amperes per roentgen per minute. Calibrations

are performed for both positive and negative collection
Page 4 of 5 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250 . INSERT 18 - Continued January 196

potentials. The ratio of ionization currents for fulland half-voltage collection potentials and the exposure

rate used in the calibration will be stated.

204.501g Calibration of one guard-ring- type cavity ionization

chamber for each x-ray technique or gamma- ray energy

listed -- - $110.

204.501z Calibration of one x- or gamma-ray exposure or exposurerate indicating instrument:

(1) Calibrations of higher accuracy or greater range

than that routinely furnished; or

(2) Calibrations on x rays of energies other than

those listed under 204.501a, c, or e; or

(3) Calibrations requiring a special setup or special

procedure

Only a limited number of special calibrations can be

undertaken and requests for such should be submitted

with full details for consideration. For these and

other special measurements not covered by the above

schedule, fees have not been fixed and charges will be

made for actual costs incurred. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.

204.502 Gamma-ray sources .

Radioactive preparations submitted to the Bureau for test are

subject to the following conditions:

(a) Financial responsibility: The Bureau assumes no

responsibility for loss or damage to radioactive preparations while in its

possession. The risk should be covered by insurance.

(b) Period of measurement: Approximately 10 days are required

for measurement of these radioactive preparations.

(c) Preparation of specimens: Radioactive preparations

submitted for test must be sealed carefully so that there can be no escape

of any radioactive material, including any gaseous decay products. The

preparations, shielding, and packaging must be free of contamination.

Contaminated or leaking preparations cannot be measured and may cause

considerable loss of time and damage to laboratory facilities.

Preparations must have been sealed for a sufficient time to be

substantially in radioactive equilibrium with their decay products when

these contribute to the gamma emission (at least 30 days for radium)

(d) Packaging for shipment: Regulations of the Interstate

Commerce Commission regarding the shipment of radioactive substances by

rail must be complied with. These regulations are enforceable by law and

prospective shippers of these substances need to be familiar with them.

Copies of the regulations can be obtained from the Interstate Commerce

Commission, Washington, DC 20423.

(e) Possession of licensed material: In submitting specimens of

cobalt 60 or other licensed source material [except radium, which, is not
January 1968 NBS MISC. PUBL. 250, INSERT 18 - Continued Page 5 of 5

licensed) for calibration, it will be necessary for the submitter to

certify that he is duly authorized to possess the material under license by

the USAEC, except in the case of individuals residing in a State which has

entered into agreement with the USAEC, in which case State regulations are

applicable. This certification may be by letter, by a suitable statement

on the purchase order covering the calibration fee, or by a clear copy of

the submitter's Possession License for the source material.

(f) Type of measurements:

(1) Radium is calibrated in terms of milligrams of equivalent

radium content measured relative to the National Radium Standard through

comparison of the gamma radiation from the specimen and the standard.

Where the details of encapsulation of the specimen are known, corrections

can be made to obtain milligrams of radium content. Cobalt 60 is

calibrated in terms of exposure rate, milliroentgens per hour at one meter,

based on comparison with derived standards of cobalt 60.

(2) Postal regulations prohibit mailing radioactive materials

which require a caution label under ICC regulations. This effectively

prohibits placing radioactive preparations in the mail.

Item Description Fee

204.502a

204.502b

204.502c

204.502d

204.502e

204.502Z

Gamma-ray measurement of one radioactive preparation:

0.5 to 15 mg radium or encapsulated cobalt 60 having

exposure rates from 0.5 to 15 mRhm (milliroentgens per

hour at one meter). Measurement to ±0.7 percent for

radium and to ±3 percent for cobalt 60- $31

Gamma-ray measurement of one radioactive preparation:

15+ to 100 mg radium or encapsulated cobalt 60 having

exposure rates from 15+ to 100 mRhm (milliroentgens per

hour at one meter). Measurement to ±0.7 percent for

radium and to ±3 percent for cobalt 60-- -

Gamma-ray measurement of one radioactive preparation:

100+ to 250 mg radium or encapsulated cobalt 60 having

exposure rates from 100+ to 200 mRhm (milliroentgens

per hour at one meter). Measurement to ±0.7 percent

for radium and to ±3 percent for cobalt 60 -

For measurements in groups not exceeding 10 preparations,

double the fee for preparations of same content as the

total content of the group.

For handling and examination of a shipment containing

contaminated or leaking preparations, the fee will be

the same as for measurements of a preparation having a content equal to the total nominal radioactive content

of the shipment.

For special measurements not covered by the above

schedule, fees have not been fixed and charges will be

made for actual costs incurred. As only a limited

number of special tests can be carried out, prior

arrangements must be made, including submission of full

details concerning the required test. Upon request,

estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which

should provide a close approximation of actual cost.

44

63

U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSERT 19

February 1968

Page 1 of 1 CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

MMMMMMMMMO*M#M^MMMMMM*********«*********M*t************

Change 30

Electricity, Microwave Region: Several new services, all pertaining to

waveguide WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz), are now offered:

Item 201.920a-6 is added to Section 201 . 920- -Waveguide reflectors (mismatches) , reflection coefficient magnitude. The most recent version of this

section appear3 on page 20 of Insert 5 (Apr. 3, 1967), and the following

line should be written in the space between items 201. 920a- 5 and 201. 920a- 20

of the table there given:

201,92Qa-6 WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) (*)

Three new items are added to Section 201.910, as shown in the table below. To enter these changes, the present sheet should be inserted just

ahead of page 19 of Insert 5 (Apr. 3, 1967).

Section 201,, 910 Continuous-wave, low-level power measurements of waveguide bolometer units and bolometer-coupler units.

Item Description Fee

201. 910a7

Determination of effective efficiency of bolometer unit,

at a single frequency, of the following waveguide size

terminated with a standard waveguide connector:

WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) _-_»-„.--_-„ (**)

201.910b-7 Determination of calibration factor of bolometer unit, at

a single frequency, of the following waveguide size

terminated with a standard waveguide connector:

WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) ------- - — (**)

201.910c-7 Determination of calibration factor of bolometer-coupler

unit, at a single frequency, of the following waveguide

size terminated with a standard waveguide connector:

WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz) — --- ------ (**)

(**) As fixed prices have not been established for these services, charges

will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual

costs.

* Changes should be made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250,

1965 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from Office of

Technical Information and Publications, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C. 20234.

U. S. Department of Commerce

National Bureau of Standards

INSBRT 20

February 1968

Page 1 of 1

CALIBRATION AND TEST SERVICES OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Notice of Change to NBS Misc. Publ. 250, 1965 Edition*

Change 31

Electricity, Microwave Region: A series of services for nonref lecting

waveguide ports has been added, as described in the new Section 201.921, the

complete text of which is given below. To enter this change, the present

sheet (Insert 20) should be inserted just ahead of page 21 of Insert 5 (Apr. 3,

1967).

Section 201.921 Nonref lecting waveguide ports (including matched loads),

with reflection coefficient magnitude of nearly zero.

(a) Evaluations are made on nonref lecting waveguide ports, including

matched loads.

(b) Nonref lecting waveguide ports must be fitted with a standard type

of waveguide flange. The face of the flange should be machined

flat and smooth and should not contain protusions or indentations.

The connecting holes of the flange should be symmetrically and ac- curately aligned to the rectangular waveguide opening. The back

of the flange which makes contact with the connecting bolts should

be nominally flat and free of soft materials, including paint.

Item Description Fee

201. 921a1

201.921a-2

201. 921a3

201.921a-4

201.921a-5

201.92U-6

201.921a-20

Evaluation of nonref lecting waveguide port at a single frequency of the following waveguide sires

terminated with standard waveguide connectors:

WR90 (8.20-12.4 GHz)

WR62 (12.4-18.0 GHz)

WR137 (5.85-8.20 GHz)

WR112 (7.05-10.0 GHz)

UR187 (3.95-5.85 GHz)

WR284 (2.60-3.95 GHz)

Evaluation of each additional nonref lecting waveguide port at the same frequency as for

201.92U-1 to 201.921a-6

(**)

(**)

(**)

(**)

(**)

(**)

(**)

(**) As fixed prices have not been established for these services,

charges will be made for actual costs incurred. Upon request, estimates

will be furnished for specific tasks which should provide a close approximation of actual costs.

)

Changes should He made immediately in your copy of NBS Misc. Publ. 250

,

196 5 Edition. Additional copies of the insert are available from NBS

Office of Technical Information and Publications, Washington, D. C. 20234.